Quarterlytics / Technology / Supply@ME Capital

Supply@ME Capital

syme · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker syme
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Supply@ME Capital
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Supply@ME has proven its concept, 
with a successful initial transaction 
The business is now actively pursuing clear 
opportunities for growth 

Annual Report and Accounts 2022

We are now building on the  
lessons learned, to realise  
the opportunities presented  
following the proof of concept, 
and to grow the business.

Contents

Highlights 
Chairman’s Statement 
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement 
Investment Case 
How are we Different 

Strategic Report 
2
4
6
8
9
10 Business Model Canvas: Our Value Proposition 
15 Our Platform 
18 Key Strategic Priorities 
25 Our Team 
30 Engaging with our Stakeholders 
32 Financial Review 
38 Environmental, Social and Governance Review 
40 Principle Risks and Uncertainties 

Corporate Governance Report 
44 Corporate Governance Introduction 
45 Directors’ Infomation 
50 Statement of Compliance with the QCA Corporate  

Governance Code 

54 Report of the Nominations Committee 
58 Report of the Audit Committee 
66 Directors’ Remuneration Report 
87 Report of the Directors 

Company registration number: 03936915

Financial Statements 
94 Independent Auditor’s Report 
100 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
101 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
102 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
103 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Cash Flows 
105 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
152 Company Statement of Financial Position 
153 Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
154 Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

Information 
174 Company Information 
175 Glossary

 
 
 
Strategic  
Report

1 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

Highlights

While 2021 was the year in which the various components 
that make up the Supply@ME Capital Plc (Supply@ME) 
platform and model came together, 2022 was when  
we proved the concept worked. We facilitated the first  
inventory monetisation transaction and forged a partnership 
that provides the funding to complete several more.  
We overcame the hurdle that has held the business back, 
namely, reluctance to finalise transactions with a platform 
that did not have a clear track record. This applied to both 
corporates and funders. 

There is now momentum, we have a clear pipeline  
of inventory to monetise in our core markets. Funder  
discussions have become more focused and interest from 
potential client companies has increased significantly. 

Our platform has been enhanced and we have continued 
to add additional expertise to our team. Our business  
is now being tested and refined through the experiences 
of third parties, both corporates and funders, and while 
our processes will continue to be enhanced, this is no 
longer the primary focus. We are now building on the  
lessons learned, to realise the opportunities presented  
following the proof of concept, and grow the business. 
Progress will not always be as fast as we would like, but  
it will now be more discernible to external stakeholders. 
The investments we have made in our technology  
and capabilities are beginning to generate clear returns. 
While these have not yet been reflected in our financial 
results, the rapid expansion of our pipeline is indicative  
of the heightened interest in the services we offer.

Financial KPIs

Total revenue from continuing  
operations

Adjusted operating (loss) from  
continuing operations*

(Loss) before tax from continuing 
operations

£0.1m

(£4.6m)

(£7.7m)

£0.3m in 2021

(£4.0m) in 2021

(£7.0m) in 2021

(Loss) from discontinued  
operations

(£2.2m)

Total Group assets

Total Group net (liabilities)

£8.3m

(£2.0m)

(£5.1m) in 2021

£10.5 at 31 December 2021

(£1.4m) at 31 December 2021

*Adjusted operating loss from continuing operations is the operating loss from continuing operations before impairment charges.

2 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
Operational KPIs

Warehoused goods monetisation pipeline at 21 April 2023

£374.6m

£164.8m at 24 May 2022

The pipeline KPI represents the current potential value  
of warehoused goods inventory to be monetised rather 
than pipeline revenue expected to be earned by the Group. 
As such, this provides a good indicator of the level of  
demand for the Group’s warehoused goods monetisation 
services. This pipeline represents the value as at most 
practical date possible prior to the issue of this annual  
report (being 21 April 2023).

3 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

Chairman’s Statement

Dear Shareholders, 

I am proud to share my first statement as the Chair of 
Supply@ME. I will start, as is tradition, by talking about why  
I joined. 

The vision Alessandro and his team have for Supply@ME  
is compelling. When I started to get under the skin of the 
issue which Supply@ME is committed to solving it seems  
so simple yet, at least until this year, it has not been achieved 
anywhere with any satisfaction. The problem is common 
across every business that retains physical goods – historically, 
inventory has been an unattractive asset to fund for financial 
institutions. It has been perceived as high risk and liable to 
fraud due to an inability to effectively monitor stock levels. 

Traditional inventory financing options, which heavily discount 
the value of inventory, are offered with multiple covenants, 
or are linked to a receivables facility. This impacts businesses’ 
ability to generate cash flow until goods are sold. Supply@ME 
sought to combine three elements to solve this long-standing 
problem for businesses and enable them to unlock capital 
trapped in unsold inventory: 
> Use of advanced monitoring technology on a unit basis 
gives financial institutions and other funders greater risk 
transparency and as a result they can provide funding  
at a more competitive level; 

> Unique accounting, legal and technology framework  

enables clients to sell eligible  inventory  as a true legal 
sale transaction without incurring debt; and 

> Unparalleled understanding of this market issue and  
a drive to solve this common, but complex, problem  
efficiently, with use of modern dedicated technology  
resulting in an effective funding solution. 

With a potential addressable market worth trillions, the  
potential for Supply@ME was clear, the business just needed 
to prove it. 

The second, equally compelling reason, was the people 
which the business has attracted. The calibre is impressive.  
I felt that if anyone could provide a solution to a decades  
old problem, it was the team Supply@ME has assembled. 
They have built an experienced panel of Directors and  
advisors in the appropriate areas of expertise, who each 
have an acute focus on governance matters. Since I have 
joined this process has continued. 

The Board has been strengthened with the appointment  
of Alexandra Galligan and we will continue to expand our 
headcount to reflect the broadening needs of the business 
and as more and more revenue streams come online. 

John Collis and Tom James will be missed as Board members. 
Yet a restructuring of our relationship with TradeFlow and 
clear demarcation between the fund and fintech business 
was essential and will enable both businesses to realise their 
full potential. 

I was fortunate to join in time to be a part of the key  
moments for the business which have seen Supply@ME 
transition to a new stage where it is positioned for scaling.  
A key indication of this development was the signing of our 
loan facility with Banco BPM. Enhancing our capital position 
was a crucial stepping-stone in lowering the cost of capital 
for the Group. As part of the broader plan to re-capitalise 
the Company to lower the cost of capital and minimise  
dilution to the shareholders, we have also completed equity 
financing with Venus and repaid and closed the Mercator  
facility during 2022. 

Also announced on 28 April 2023, the Company has agreed 
a new equity subscription agreement with gross proceeds  
of up to £2.2m and has entered into an unsecured working 
capital loan agreement with the AvantGarde Group S.p.A 
(“TAG”) of up to £2.8m. Both these facilities are essential to 
support the working capital and growth needs of the Group 
over the coming months. The unsecured working capital 
loan agreement with TAG represents a material related 
party transaction for the purposes of the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules and as such the independent Directors 
consider this transaction to be fair and reasonable from the 
perspective of the Company and its Shareholders who are 
not a related party. 

4 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2022 has been a year punctuated by milestones for 
Supply@ME, which highlight the progress being made.  
The first monetisation in Italy was crucial to providing  
potential partners with the reassurance that this is a model 
that works. This should now allow us to forge ahead with  
the white-label proposition, providing banks and other  
financial institutions with access to our technology and  
platform for them to deploy with their customer bases. 

Shareholders will, understandably, also want to see progress 
in our financial performance. While this will not be immediately 
visible, it will naturally follow the business developments that 
have taken place this year. Supply@ME has made progress 
in proving its concept, with a successful initial transaction, 
and has learned from the challenges which all start-up  
businesses face. The business is now actively pursuing clear 
opportunities for growth, with the support and backing of 
blue-chip global businesses. 

Expansion in our core markets of Italy and the UK will continue 
and we are now targeting the facilitation of monetisations  
in our next tier of growth geographies. Success in 2023 will 
be the strengthening of our core markets and the addition 
of new territories. We will also judge ourselves on the  
uptake of our white-label proposition and the completion  
of agreements for its use. 

I joined Supply@ME because it is an exciting, unique, fintech 
start-up, led by an experienced and ambitious leadership 
team, that opens up inventory as a new asset class and solves 
a problem for businesses that would otherwise hinder  
their growth. In the coming months, I believe we can  
begin to shed our start-up tag. It is an exciting time  
for Supply@ME and I am looking forward to the  
challenges and opportunities to come as we scale. 

Albert Ganyushin 
Chairman

5 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement

Dear Shareholders, 

As the world learned to live with Covid-19, businesses will 
have begun 2022 hoping that the worst was behind them. 
Sadly, for many, this has not been the case. 

Inflation and energy prices have meant that costs have  
continued to rise. As ‘just in time’ has given way to the more 
cautious ‘just in case’ stocking approach, hedging against 
now common disruptions in supply chains, holding more  
inventory means more costs. The value of what Supply@ME 
offers has become even more pronounced. Any business 
which holds non-perishable stock, from heavy manufacturing 
and chemicals to high fashion and luxury goods, can improve 
their cash flow and unlock much needed working capital. 

In last year’s report, I talked about the lessons we had 
learned. Many of these involved adjusting to the significantly 
altered supply chain landscape and focusing on how we 
could best support businesses. I am immensely proud that, 
this year, our development reached a new stage, putting 
what we learned into practice. 

2022 has given us the ability to prove the Supply@ME 
model. The importance of completing our first inventory 
monetisation cannot be overstated. It opens the gates to 
corporates globally. The time and effort invested in making 
this first transaction a reality was enormous. I understand 
that the delays have been frustrating for our shareholders, 
and we share these frustrations. Supply@ME’s model  
is highly innovative; it provides a much-needed solution  
to a longstanding problem which has impeded the growth  
of many businesses. However, encouraging uptake of any  
innovation takes time. 

While 2021 was a formative year for our business, much  
of this year was spent educating our potential partners  
and markets, significantly improving the understanding  
and confidence in the service we offer. Our business and 
proposition has grown every day. This progress is incremental 
and cannot always be quantified or communicated in a 
manner that would be perceptible to external stakeholders, 
yet, when we take a step back, the milestones achieved  
provide clear evidence of how far the business has come 
and its potential in the months and years ahead. 

The first and most obvious achievement was the inaugural 
inventory monetisation using our Platform. We have refined 
every aspect of our business processes to streamline  
onboarding and monitoring. The monetisation of €1.6m  
of inventory with funding from the VeChain Foundation  
enabled us to put the Platform and our systems to the test. 
The fact that this monetisation occurred with funds from  
an NFT issuance is a testament to the agility and scalability  
of our model.  

As we observed in early 2023, it also opened a new source 
of funding, cryptocurrencies, alongside more traditional 
markets. Supply@ME was founded to help businesses  
grow by providing access to its Platform in order to facilitate 
funding to the monetisation of their inventory. We are now 
doing this in Italy and over time will add more and more 
countries and clients. 

The problem Supply@ME solves is common across every 
business that retains physical goods and, in time, we want  
to provide the means for businesses globally to improve 
their working capital positions by facilitating access to  
funding based exclusively on the value of their inventory.  
To achieve that goal, we needed to prove that the model 
worked. VeChain and our initial client enabled us to do that. 

Securing the wider partnership with the VeChain Foundation 
was, arguably, as pivotal as our first inventory monetisation 
transaction. This, combined with the work underway to 
agree the first commitment by a consortium of European  
Investors to fund a dedicated new transaction, completes 
our initial phase of development. We have proven the offer 
to client companies and secured the backing of funders 
both traditional and non. This endorsement of our business 
model has been crucial in developing further conversations 
with potential funders. For Supply@ME to realise its ambitions, 
we needed the ability to scale through a committed pool  
of funders with appetites aligned to our growing pipeline  
of potential client companies. 

The impact that this progress has had on discussions with 
potential corporate clients has been immense. They have 
changed the tone of conversations with potential partners 
and businesses can now see how the platform performs. 
Supply@ME offers a significantly more cost-effective option 
for businesses than traditional financing, without businesses 
incurring debt. For corporates, it is not overstating to  
say that it had appeared too good to be true. There was, 
understandably, scepticism until they saw the process in  
action. Those doubts have now been removed. Supply@ME 
now has a clear trajectory aimed at working with stable 
funders with an appetite to monetise the inventory of  
businesses in the UK and Italy, with new geographies  
expected to be added in the future. 

6 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our pipeline of corporates is more robust than ever and 
with clear proof of concept in our initial target markets, 
we are now primed to realise our business’ potential. 

The first monetisation was made possible through the 
Global Inventory Fund created with TradeFlow. Since  
joining the Supply@ME Group, Tom James and John Collis 
have been instrumental in the Group’s development  
and I am grateful for their support. Changes in the fund 
management industry and feedback from potential 
funders highlighted the need to restructure the relationship 
between the Supply@ME platform and TradeFlow.  
This will benefit both businesses and enable us and 
TradeFlow to realise our full potential. 

Anyone who has followed Supply@ME will know that 
management’s faith in our model has never wavered. 
While the achievement of visible milestones has not always 
been as swift as we would have liked, our progress is now 
clear. I am truly grateful for the dedication of the Supply@ME 
team, the support of our growing list of partners and  
of our shareholders. We have never lost sight of the need 
to create value and we will do everything we can to repay 
the trust placed in us in 2023 and beyond. 

Alessandro Zamboni 
Chief Executive Officer

7 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
Investment Case

Supply@ME has worked tirelessly to create a solution  
that can capitalise on a growing market opportunity.  
The business is now better placed than ever to do so,  
with a concept that is proven following the execution  

of the first inventory monetisation transaction. We are 
committed to delivering shareholder value and ensuring 
the shareholders benefit as the business scales.

1. Novel and innovative 

solution

3. Scale of opportunity 
and ability to grow

> We have created a novel solution for creditworthy  

> At Supply@ME we have created a highly scalable,  

companies to optimise inventory management and  
improve cash flow. 

> Our platform enables on-boarding of eligible clients 

who then use the platform to facilitate a legal true-sale 
transaction of eligible inventories with the ability to  
request to repurchase as required, in order to release 
value from their inventory and satisfy their working 
capital needs. 

> A data and analytics driven technology solution  

embedded in the platform enables selection, monitoring 
and management of eligible inventories on a unit basis 
and provides the digital knowledge base for successful 
funding transactions facilitated by the platform. 

global business. We’ve built a team of subject matter 
experts and our inventory analytics specialists are  
able to manage complex due diligence processes, 
using proprietary techniques. 

> We have an exciting pipeline of monetisation  

opportunities, which demonstrates the strong  
level of demand for the Group’s warehoused goods 
monetisation services. 

4. Solid foundations  

built

2. Clear gap in the  

market

> Inventory financing is a very large market opportunity 
worth trillions but it is also a naturally difficult one  
for traditional banks to address due to information 
asymmetry issues and complexity. 

> This makes it an attractive market for a disruptive  

fintech company aiming to use technology to solve the 
problem of inventory funding and we are one of the 
first movers in a market where the current funding  
solutions are not fit for purpose. 

> We have spent the time over the last five years investing 
in the platform and solution, building solid foundations 
from which to grow. 

> This initial hard work and heavy lifting has now been 

completed, positioning Supply@ME for future growth. 

5. Concept proven and 
multi market ready

> The small number of alternative, non-bank, funding  

> With the completion of the inaugural Inventory  

solutions focus predominantly on larger ticket investment 
grade companies and do not rely on a technology  
platform, which impedes their ability to access smaller 
transactions and scale. 

Monetisation transaction in September 2022, we now 
have a fully proven concept and clear demonstration 
that the model is working. 

> With a transaction now completed in Italy, we are 

ready to expand, with our White-Label proposition  
providing banks and other financial institutions with  
access to our technology and platform.

8 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
How we are Different

Supply@ME is disrupting the industry with its unique model. 
Not only does it offer a new approach to businesses with 
cash flow needs, but it is doing so at a much more competitive 
rate than traditional lenders. 

Outlined below are some of the ways in which Supply@ME 
offers a more complete, flexible service, that reflects  
client’s needs than traditional inventory funders or other 
competitors.

Supply@ME

Traditional  
inventory 
funders

Other  
competitors

Purely focused on inventory

Non-credit approach

Non-intrusive of other financing options

Legal true sale

Platform based

Supply chain resilience enabler

Quick initial yes or no

Initial amount subject to due diligence

Fixed due diligence fee and timescale

Revolving facility

Cross border

Event led independent valuations

Positive impact on key ratios

Tax deductible costs

With fewer drawbacks or restrictions

Linked to other facilities on the balance sheet

Debt facility

Interest payable

Security taken on Inventory or other assets

Covenants in place

Management accounts and borrowing base certificates

Use of funds pre-determined

Advance rate subject to Net Orderly Liquidation Value

Regular independent evaluations

ICT maturity required (to transfer data)

Inventory segregation (if required)

Inventory tracking (if required)

9 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
3
3
3

œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
3
3
œ
3
3
œ
œ
œ

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
œ
œ
œ

3
3
3
3
œ
3
3
3
œ
3
3
œ
œ
œ

3
œ
œ
3
œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
œ
œ

Business Model Canvas: Our Value Proposition

Inventory funders 

Client companies 

Supply@ME creates a market 
For existing and potential funders, we are opening up a new 
asset class and offering access to an untapped alternative  
to receivables, with strong returns. Corporates across the 
globe are taking a multilayered approach to improving  
their supply chain resilience. These steps have included  
increasing inventory levels, with the incumbent cost of storing 
this inventory also increasing. The impact on cash flow  
and the demand for funding to alleviate this has never been 
greater. There is now an abundance of highly profitable, 
long-established manufacturing and trading businesses 
which present an opportunity for investors, particularly 
those comfortable with receivables, to generate strong  
returns by underwriting their inventories via the Supply@ME 
platform. 

It offers diversification 
Supply@ME offers investors further diversification through 
an asset class which has limited correlation with other types 
of securities. Real assets have historically exhibited a lower 
correlation to a wide variety of investment alternatives,  
with returns varying depending on the type of real asset.  
The performance drivers for real assets are fundamentally 
different from other types of securities. By expanding  
into asset classes with lower correlations, such as the  
warehoused goods in funded business’ inventories, investors 
may benefit from greater diversification. Real assets have 
also exhibited a greater ability to hedge inflation than  
the broader equity and fixed income markets. Finally, real 
assets typically offer stronger returns during periods when 
inflation is rising. 

And overcomes the fraud risk which has prevented  
the growth of this asset class to date 
Supply@ME’s proprietary technology enables real time 
monitoring of stock levels and whereabouts, mitigating the 
fraud risk which has prevented the development of this 
asset class. Traditional financial institutions are not specialists 
in inventory. Historically, the risk of fraud due to infrequent 
and imprecise monitoring combined with the unattractive 
prospect of disposing of unsold inventory has reduced  
engagement with this asset, with lenders offering restrictive 
terms and unattractive rates. However, the need for a  
commercial facility for inventory is clear. Supply@ME has  
developed systems and technology which remove the barriers 
to entry and provide certainty and security for funders. 

Supply@ME solves a problem for client companies  
and facilitates growth 
The problem which Supply@ME solves is common across 
every business that retains physical goods – historically,  
inventory has been an unattractive asset to fund for financial 
institutions. It has been perceived as high risk and liable  
to fraud due to the reasons stated above. Supply@ME  
is providing a means for businesses globally to improve  
their capital positions by providing access to funding based 
exclusively on the value of their inventory. In turn, businesses 
can deploy these funds to facilitate growth. 

Flexible 
Any business which retains physical goods can avail and 
benefit. Supply@ME can fund a portion of a business’  
inventory or the entirety. The process can be completed  
and funds released within 40 days and a typical contract 
lasts for three years across three annual sales cycles.  
It is intended to offer funders certainty through seamless  
integration with a business’ existing stock monitoring  
systems, without creating friction or delaying processes  
for the businesses which hold the stock. Furthermore, 
Supply@ME’s sophisticated monitoring tools mean it does 
not need to take physical ownership of any stock; stock  
remains in the warehouse of the funded business. 

Cost-effective 
Supply@ME offers a significantly more cost-effective option 
for businesses than traditional financing, without businesses 
incurring debt. Traditional inventory financing options 
heavily discount the value of the inventory, are offered with 
multiple covenants, or are only available on receivables.  
This has impacted businesses’ ability to generate cash flow 
until goods are sold. The Supply@ME solution can offer  
80-90% of the value of the stock with fewer conditions.  
As a legal true sale of the inventory, Supply@ME’s solution 
also means that businesses do not incur debt, further  
improving their capital positions. 

Straightforward 
We have invested heavily in our inventory monitoring  
technology to ensure that it plugs seamlessly into existing 
systems and enhances monitoring. Traditional financial  
institutions are not specialists in inventory. Historically,  
the risk of fraud due to infrequent and imprecise monitoring 
combined with the unattractive prospect of disposing of  
unsold inventory has reduced engagement with this asset, 
with lenders offering restrictive terms and unattractive rates. 
However, the need for a commercial facility for inventory  
is clear. Supply@ME has developed systems and technology 
which remove the barriers to entry and provide certainty 
and security for funders. 

10 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For shareholders 

Supply@ME has proven its concept, with a successful  
initial transaction, and has learned from the challenges 
which all start-up businesses face. The business is now  
actively pursuing clear opportunities for growth, with  
the support and backing of global businesses. 

The completion of the inaugural inventory monetisation 
transaction was a watershed moment, providing irrefutable 
proof of concept and removing the barrier which had  
prevented many corporates from engaging. This prompted 
a significant increase in interest, with many corporates  
renewing engagement, particularly in the UK and Italy. 
The business is now on a clear growth trajectory. 

Supply@ME has first mover advantage,  
few competitors in its target geographies,  
and has spent several years familiarising  
corporates in multiple sectors with how  
the Supply@ME platform works. This has  
enabled the business to build a pipeline of  
client companies in multiple countries. 

We have also attracted a highly experienced panel of  
directors and advisors in the appropriate areas of expertise, 
who each have an acute focus on governance matters.  
As the business has grown and adapted, it has attracted 
an increasingly high calibre of people – including Albert 
Ganyushin (former Euronext and NYSE), Alexandra Galligan, 
Amy Benning, Nicola Bonini, Mark Kavanagh, Stuart  
Nelson and Alice Buxton – recognised experts in their  
respective fields. Their experience has contributed  
to our significant progress, providing market knowledge 
and know how to the business.

11 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
Business Model Canvas: Our Value Proposition

Country breakdown

Core markets

Future markets

Middle East and North Africa (MENA) 
The focus of our pipeline, at the moment, is on European 
markets. However, we continue to view the MENA region, 
particularly the UAE as a key growth market in the longer 
term. Following last year’s successful transaction between 
TradeFlow and Cargoes Finance by DP World, we are in 
discussion towards a first transaction in relation to the 
core Supply@ME offering. Additionally, we remain in  
contact with a bank operating in Saudi Arabia regarding  
a white-label tender, though that has been delayed for 
operational reasons due to the bank’s business priorities. 

Finally, with the objective of prioritising the traditional 
funding routes and optimising its capability plan, the 
Company temporarily placed the Shariah project  
on hold, waiting for the optimal time to go to market. 

United States 
The Company intends to conclude the project started with 
a Big 4 consultancy firm aimed at conducting a dedicated 
assessment regarding the application of the IM framework 
under the US GAAP. We continue to work with Anthony 
Brown, consulting company Epicirean Brands and  
The Trade Advisory, to engage with potential Inventory 
Funders and white-label partners on how best to structure 
the first IM transaction in US.

Italy 
As the awareness of our Inventory Monetisation Platform, 
and its associated offer grows, following the inaugural  
Italian transaction, there is increasing interest from larger 
corporates, with greater levels of monetisable inventory. 
Discussions have also been reignited from businesses, 
which had first been introduced to Supply@ME before  
the pandemic and with the success of our first Inventory 
Monetisation (IM), have got back in contact. Our pipeline 
of Italian corporates is growing and we are developing  
the options to facilitate further IMs with VeChain and also 
with traditional Inventory Funders. 

The publication of the Pegno non Possessorio (the “PNP 
Regulation”) in the Official Journal of the Italian Republic  
in January is providing increased opportunities for our 
self-funding and white-label business model. We also expect 
the PNP Regulation will create further opportunity for  
traditional Inventory Funders to invest in IM transactions 
considering the proposed improvements to the legal  
enforceability of guarantees over the inventory, through 
the arrangement of self-funding and/or white-label  
agreements, which leverage the Platform. 

Client companies originated in Italy of GBP equivalent 
£162.5m as at 21 April 2023 (43% of the current  
pipeline) 

United Kingdom 
Origination in the UK has continued to grow with client 
companies ready for on-boarding and progressing through 
the due diligence process. Client companies have been 
sourced through Supply@ME’s strong relationships held 
with a global eco-system of introducers which have also 
enabled the growth in a wider European portfolio of client 
companies; including opportunities in France and Germany. 
There are several larger ticket opportunities to monetise 
inventory subject to the appropriate structure and funding 
being in place. As the Company continues to onboard the 
existing pipeline and build its track record, this will unlock 
further related client company opportunities. 

Client companies originated through the UK of GBP  
equivalent £212.1m as at 21 April 2023 (57% of the  
current pipeline) 

12 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue streams 

During 2022 we have continued to enhance our business 
model, with continued differentiation of the pure fintech 
business (our Platform being our people and our software) 
from the inventory funding structure. The Platform has, an 
intrinsic value and can be used by other operators (such as 
banks or other debt funders) to improve inventory backed 
or based facilities. We consider it to be an enabler of each 
transaction. We continue to focus on growing the following 
active, and future, revenue streams from the Group's con-
tinuing operations: 

C.IM 
“Captive” inventory monetisation platform servicing (“C.IM”): 
this is revenue generated through the use of the Platform to 
facilitate inventory monetisation transactions performed by 
the Global Inventory Funding route and its Inventory Funders. 
This revenue is generated by the Group’s Supply@ME  
operating subsidiaries. Revenue will be earned in relation  
to the following activities: 
> origination and due diligence (pre-inventory monetisation); 

and 

> monitoring, controlling and reporting (post-inventory 

monetisation). 

During the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group  
recognised £0.1m of C.IM revenue relating to due diligence 
fees, origination fees, IM Platform usage fees and IM service 
fees. When fully delivered, this stream is expected to generate 
revenues of approximately 1-3% of the gross value of the  
inventories monetised (purchase price plus VAT). 

WL.IM 
“White-label” inventory monetisation platform servicing 
(“WL.IM”): this is the revenue to be generated through the 
use of the Platform by third parties who choose to employ 
the self-funding model. When delivered, this stream  
is expected to generate recurring software-as-a-service  
revenues of approximately 0.5-1.5% of the value of each  
Inventory Monetisation transaction (the amount of funding 
provided). No WL.IM revenue was recognised by the Group 
during the year ended 31 December 2022. 

Over the last two years of test marketing and exploration  
it has become clear there is a need for any regulated asset 
management structure involved in transactions to be separate 
from the core Supply@ME business. This segregation  
unlocks the opportunity to work with a broader range of 
asset managers. It also leads to the conclusion that once  
the TradeFlow buy back is complete the Investment Advisory 
(“IA”) revenue stream will be discontinued.

Revenue model – platform revenue model mostly made of recurring (multi-annual) fees

C.IM Captive Monetisation

WL.IM White-label (Tech Only) 

1. Funds directly
sponsored by Supply@ME

2. Special deals 
3. Partnerships with banks 

4. Token route 

3. Commercial Banks 

Regulated Funds 
Includes Shariah route 

Bespoke structures 
Includes direct lending 

Security token 
NFT as collateral 

Inventory
financing product 

Fintech Platform

Digital on-boarding 
and CRM/ Due 
Diligence workflow 

Data integration with the 
Corporate and third-party 
(including blockchain protocols) 

Inventory
digital register 

Key Risk Indicators 
to monitor the assets 
purchased/ pledged 

Printable/
Regulatory reports  

The Platform is managed by Supply@ME Technologies,  a dedicated entity (fully owned by the Company) 
focussed on the management of roadmap consisting in technology, accounting and legal framework 

C.IM fees charged by 
the Platform to either 
the Segregated Stock 
Trading Company 
or the Client Company, 
depending on the 
activity

Segregated Stock 
Trading Company 

Client
Companies 

WL.IM fees charged by the 
Platform to the Bank

Client
Companies 

Originated by Introducers or via 
the Digital on-boarding or by 
Banks/ ABLs (“self-funding” mode) 

Directly Originated by Banks/ ABLs 

13 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
Business Model Canvas: Our Value Proposition

Special situations / deals 
Supply@ME also recognises the importance of allowing  
initial traditional Inventory Funders to build up a bespoke 
funding structure on top of the stock companies (trading 
companies which deliver the IM transactions by using  
the Platform). This route can be built through dedicated  
securitisation issuances or similar direct investing structures, 
which are still being considered. 

Direct partnerships with banks 
Global and local banks have expressed an interest in using 
the Platform to directly serve their clients. Supply@ME  
has developed two alternative approaches for such banks, 
including the “self-funding” model (where a bank will be able 
to use the Platform, including the legal and accounting 
framework provided by Supply@ME, to fund companies that 
are already clients of such bank) or the “white-label” model 
(where a bank will only use the technology components  
of the Platform to fund directly such bank’s existing clients). 

Token route 
As per the RNS of 21 December 2022, the Company aims  
to involve multiple liquidity providers to deploy new IM 
transactions (including crypto asset managers and direct  
investors through liquidity pools partnerships) in line with 
the goals of Phase Two of the Strategic Agreement with  
VeChain Foundation (“VeChain”). In this regard, Supply@ME 
is compiling, from its global pipeline, a portfolio of potential 
client companies with up to approximately US$50m of  
inventory to be monetised across such portfolio. This reflects 
the residual commitment of US$8.5m budgeted by VeChain 
and, the objective to raise additional capital from the  
VeChain community and other crypto/digital assets investors.

Supply@ME’s focus remains on maintaining, growing and  
converting a pipeline of corporates with monetisable stock, 
whilst attracting new Inventory Funders, starting with smaller 
transactions, to build a track record, and then moving to 
monetisations of larger values of inventory. 

With the inaugural IM completed and others in process of 
being arranged, the foundations of positive track record are 
being laid by Supply@ME with the expectation that it would 
become progressively easier to attract new Inventory Funders 
to IM transactions. The appetite of Inventory Funders has 
also driven the Supply@ME origination team to assess  
potential IM amounts over GBP/EUR/USD 10m and, subject 
to the appropriate structure and funding being in place, 
there are a number of larger ticket opportunities at various 
stages of discussion and included in the pipeline. 

The market need for inventory solutions with a proven  
technology platform and infrastructure from day one is  
continuing to drive forward opportunities for Supply@ME’s 
client company origination and for self-funding opportunities 
with global and local banks. As client companies are  
onboarded to the Platform this allows for the generation  
of due diligence fees and, once the client companies have 
signed binding IM agreements, origination fees. 

Supply@ME has continued to work diligently to build quality 
portfolios of client companies to attract additional Inventory 
Funders. Leveraging the first IM transaction made in 2022, 
Supply@ME, as the provider of the Platform and inventory 
servicer, is now working on the following funding routes: 

Inventory Funders via the Global Inventory Fund (“GIF”) 
Replacing the Cayman-based structure serviced by APEX 
Group, advised by TradeFlow, Supply@ME is evaluating  
the option of sponsoring the creation of an independent  
inventory trading business (consisting of a group of operating 
stock companies across the targeted jurisdictions) and,  
in the future, a European structure together with a market-
leading fund service provider and to build, progressively,  
a multi-asset management model where the Group can  
also cooperate with further European and UK authorised 
asset managers. 

14 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Platform

The Supply@ME platform is a unique bespoke set of  
connected plug and play modules that allows Supply@ME 
to offer innovative ways for:

Clients are then granted access to and trained on the 
Trading module which allows important interactions  
between the Client, Supply@ME (as inventory servicer), and 
the Stock Company (owned by the Global Inventory Fund).

Prospective clients to propose inventory for  
monetisation through the Due Diligence Module 
which allows: 

> Supply@ME to: 

> Analyse and identify eligible inventory items 
using purpose built workflows to drive due  
diligence tasks 

> Clear and transparent pipeline tracking 
> Comprehension and insight into the inventory 

associated risks 

The Trading Module allows: 

> Clients to upload inventory transactions via web 

upload or an API connection to their ERP 
> Automated inventory eligibility and other key 

client parameter checks that allow the trade to 
fully comply with the contractual obligations 
> Production of e-signature contracts for signature 

by the Stock Company and the Client, which legally 
cements the transaction 

> Tracking of activities using workflows and  

> Secure exchange of data for clients and to  

dashboards

various third parties 

> Production of critical inputs into the Trading  

and Monitoring modules 

> Production of Due Diligence reports for  

presentation to potential funders 

> Supply@ME to represent clients to prospective 

funders 

> Supply@ME to offer signature of contracts

The Monitoring and Tracking Module allows: 

> Stock Company to ingest periodic updates of  

data from various sources including the client’s 
ERP system 

> Comparison of key data points to track for  
inventory anomalies, including IoT data 
> Tracking of inventory performance against  

agreed KPIs 

> Production of anomalies / KPI activities to be  

remediated 

> Tracking of remediation follow up including  
independent inspections of inventories 
> Ingestion of data into the Reporting module

The Reporting Module allows: 

> Production of standard report packages 
> Collaboration between parties for queries 
> Production of regulatory reporting reports

15 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

Our Platform

As explained above, the platform is built in a modular 
format that allows for effortless white-labelling, where  
an institution can deploy all or some of the modules  
as required to suit their needs. 

The platform is built in an MS Azure environment with  
in-built cloud monitoring and security packages to ensure 
all data controlled and processed is done so safely and  
securely, and any potential data threat is easily detected 
and remediated. The security package sits hand in hand 
with Supply@ME’s bureau of policies surrounding data 
protection and retention. 

Client, investors, and other third parties can rest assured 
that not only is their data safe, but also the above modules 
make it so that they can easily achieve transparency on  
inventories traded and held. 

The key to Supply@ME’s platform is the scalability in  
combination with its unique business model and legal 
framework. The platform is able to carry out many  
automated tasks keeping the staffing of the inventory  
servicer lean. 

Platform updates 
In last year’s report we noted that our platform has an  
intrinsic value. Over the past year, we have continued  
to improve it to ensure that it is and will continue to be 
best-in-class and that it has the capabilities to scale with 
the business and diversification of our monetisation  
portfolios, both in terms of geographies and industries. 

The first and most visible progress has been in the 
strength of our team. We have made key hires to enhance 
our infrastructure, database, inventory and analysis  
capabilities. We are proud both of the calibre of the 
people whom we have attracted to our growing team  
and what our increasingly multidisciplined team has 
allowed us to achieve. Alongside our significantly enhanced 
in-house team, we have also established vital partnerships 
with the Software Factory and others which have enabled 
us to positively revise our roadmap and the timeline for 
enhancements. Improvements to the platform are often 
incremental, but when compared with 12 months ago,  
the progress has been immense. 

The key areas of development can be broken down into 
four categories: 

Cloud 
In last year’s report, we outlined our goal to have two 
cloud environments: MS Azure for the monetisation  
of warehoused goods and AWS for those in-transit.  
As above, we now have a dedicated MS Azure cloud  
environment which enables us to scale the business at 
pace. It also allows for multi-tenancy, meaning that we 
can provide current and prospective clients and partners 
with multiple solutions from across our funding routes. 

Data 
Data and analysis are core to our business model and 
what makes Supply@ME’s platform distinct. In 2021’s  
annual report we acknowledged the critical role which 
data ingestion services have in the platform’s operations 
and their enhancement has been a core focus in 2022. 
The Supply@ME Data Factory allows for the level of data 
ingestion we have envisaged alongside API management 
and the automated application of key business rules.  
Finally, it has enabled us to create a unique inventory 
data-lake to design & develop advanced inventory data 
analytic metrics such as seasonality, obsolescence risk, 
critical components, margin and sales trends, inventory 
risk scores. 

Security 
Data is at the core of our business and as more and  
more corporates trust us with their data, we are highly 
cognisant of the need to protect this trust by constantly 
evolving our security. We have worked diligently to  
mitigate the threats posed to the business from cyber 
risks and ICT compliance risks. We have continued to  
improve our cloud security and application access, while 
our monitoring and support services have been significantly 
reinforced. We are now registered with the Information 
Commissioners Office, under number ZB401287. 

Web3 
This year we also launched our first Web3 solution,  
implementing a key Web3 partner transaction by adopting 
the VeChain Thor blockchain protocol. Integrating the 
technology to make Supply@ME’s Inventory Monetisation 
platform ready for Web3 will help us to introduce inventory 
as a new asset class to a broader range of investors.  
It also means we are able to harness the developments  
in this nascent sector at pace, including the ability to explore 
the issuance of NFTs, participating in digital ownership 
and business-to-business (B2B) marketplaces, decentralised 
finance and tokenised governance protocol. Furthermore, 
the registration of the inventory assets on the blockchain 
give additional comfort to any inventory funders that the 
assets funded are under their immutable ownership.

16 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Working with Zoosh

“

As a breakthrough ICT house and innovative software  
technology factory, we at Zoosh are extremely excited  
to bring to the table our Agile design and development  
practices and related software product strategies to assist 
Supply@ME with the acceleration of their disruptive  
software platform evolution. Our team are stimulated  
by the unique domain challenge, the innovative Supply@ME 
product roadmap and the ultimate vision for this proposition. 
We are working with Supply@ME to rapidly advance their 
technological ambitions with the delivery of a scalable 
white-label platform that is enriched with a best-in-class 
user experience. 

Zoosh

”

17 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

Key Strategic Priorities

Our three Key Strategic Priorities as outlined in the  
prospectus in March 2020 are: 

1. Become the best fintech at Inventory Data Monitoring 
2. Develop a “phygital” fintech funding strategy 
3. Spread a highly scalable global business 

Progress against these strategic priorities in 2022 are  
detailed in the next pages.

18 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
1. Becoming the best Fintech Inventory  
Data Monitoring Business

Priority

2022 Progress

Integrate platform 
with bank accounts

Currently on hold 
Supply@ME observed that the current API (Open Banking) ICT maturity environment is still 
not sufficient to prepare integrations with bank accounts of corporate clients. On the other 
hand, to target the same goal, Supply@ME enhanced its monitoring processes with reference 
to potential integrations with corporate client’s information systems to gather data from 
their businesses.

Due diligence/ 
onboarding  
digitisation

Ongoing 
The completion of the inaugural inventory monetisation has enabled us to further test and 
refine our onboarding while our growing pipeline, which now spans an increasingly broad 
spectrum of industries, places new and welcome challenges on our due diligence processes. 
The introduction and refinement of our due diligence digital workflow allows us to have 
greater oversight on pipeline activities and prioritisation. Following the evolvement and the 
scalability of our offering, these changes will be incremental and aligned with geographic  
or industry needs.

Enterprise Resource 
Planning (ERP) fully 
integrated

Ongoing 
The data-ingestion cloud-based scalable component purchased and customised during 
2022 will allow the Platform to integrate multiple-data sources (for example ERP, Warehouse 
Management Systems, etc.), underpinning the management of an inventory analytics data 
hub in line with Supply@ME’s strategic goals.

Internet of Things 
(“IoT”) (smart cameras, 
Radio Frequency 
Identification RFID) 
integration for  
inventory off-site 
monitoring 

Remarketing  
digital workplace  
(e-marketplace where 
remarketer can 
monitor, and place 
signed Inventory 
purchase offers)

Ongoing 
The data-ingestion cloud-based scalable component purchased and customised during 
2022 aimed at monitoring data directly gathered from the information system of the  
corporate clients, creates the basis to study future integrations with IoT-based smart  
factory and/ or smart product initiatives developed by the most technology mature  
corporate clients.

Ongoing 
The remarketing activities represent a key requirement of the Inventory Monetisation model 
since they mitigate the risk for the inventory funders to manage, directly or indirectly, the  
disposal of any unsold goods and, from another perspective, improve the selling capabilities 
of the over-all model to not only rely to the performance of the corporate clients. 

In this regard, Supply@ME continues to work with inventory disposal specialists in order  
to develop a standard framework, underpinning the remarketing phase. Additionally,  
on 28 June 2022, Supply@ME announced the strategic alliance with VeChain Foundation  
and the launch of the Web3 stream. Specifically, the phase 2 of the latter alliance has  
an expected roadmap of Web3 features which includes, among things, the issuance  
of Non-Fungible Tokens (“NFT”), digital ownership and B2B marketplaces.

19 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
Key Strategic Priorities

2. Developing a multi-channel funding strategy

Priority

2022 Progress

Client Company – 
strategy

Europe (including Italy) 
The Group’s Marketing and Sales Team works with a select panel of originators and local 
business introducers who continue to make introductions to high quality businesses.  
As the awareness of IM grows, following the first IM transaction, Supply@ME is also seeing 
‘larger ticket’ opportunities. The Group has built a strong pipeline in Italy and other European 
jurisdictions to facilitate further IMs with VeChain in “Phase Two” and other traditional  
Inventory Funders. Supply@ME is also seeing more opportunities for self-funding with local 
banks across Europe and their client companies. For example, Supply@ME is currently  
working with: 
> an Italian bank and a Big 4 accountancy firm to secure an IM transaction with an IM value 

of up to €10m, which involves an existing client of the relevant Italian bank; and 

> a consortium of European investors for a securitisation issuance to fund an IM transaction 
with an IM value of up to €5m, which will involve at least one Italian and one UK client company. 
Furthermore, the Company believes the new PNP Regulation, will create further opportunity 
for traditional Inventory Funders to invest in IM transactions in light of the proposed  
improvements to the legal enforceability of guarantees over the inventory, through the  
arrangement of self-funding and/or white-label agreements, which leverage the Platform. 

United Kingdom 
Origination in the UK has continued to grow, with client companies sourced through 
Supply@ME’s strong relationships held with a wide eco-system of introducers which have 
also enabled the growth in the European portfolio of client companies. There are several 
large ticket opportunities to monetise subject to the appropriate structure and funding 
being in place and as the Company continues to build its track record, this will unlock further 
client company opportunities. Additionally, as stated above, Supply@ME is working with  
a consortium of European investors for a securitisation issuance to fund an IM transaction 
with an inventory monetisation value of up to €5m, which involves a first UK client company 
and at least one Italian client company. 

Middle East and North Africa (MENA) 
Business opportunities in the UK and Europe continue to be Supply@ME’s core focus,  
but progress is also being made for future IM transactions in the MENA region, particularly  
in the United Arab Emirates, supported by a select panel of local partners and brokers.  
More specifically, leveraging the partnership agreement signed in 2022 by TradeFlow and 
Cargoes Finance (by DP World), Supply@ME started to work directly with DP World to structure 
an IM transaction. As previously announced, the Company remains in discussions with  
a bank operating in Saudi Arabia regarding the white-label tender, though that has been  
delayed for operational reasons due to the bank’s business priorities. Finally, with the objective 
of prioritising the traditional funding routes and optimising its capability plan, the Company 
temporarily placed the Shariah project on hold, waiting for the optimal time-to-market. 

United States 
The Company intends to conclude the project started with a Big 4 consultancy firm aimed  
at conducting a dedicated assessment regarding the application of the IM framework under 
the US GAAP. In parallel, leveraging the partnership with Anthony Brown, consulting company 
Epicirean Brands and The Trade Advisory, Supply@ME continues to engage with specific  
potential Inventory Funders and white-label partners on how best to structure the first  
IM transaction in US. As previously stated, while Supply@ME sees a number of opportunities 
in the US, the Company’s current priority is to concentrate, for now, on its core markets.

20 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
3. Creating a highly scalable global business

Priority

2022 Progress

Funders

Supply@ME has continued to work diligently to build quality portfolios of client companies  
to attract additional Inventory Funders. Leveraging the first IM transaction made in 2022, 
Supply@ME, as the provider of the Platform and inventory servicer, is now working on the 
following funding routes: 

Inventory Funders via the Global Inventory Fund (“GIF”) 
Replacing the Cayman-based structure serviced by APEX Group, advised by TradeFlow, 
Supply@ME is evaluating the option of sponsoring the creation of an independent inventory 
trading business (consisting of a group of operating stock companies across the targeted  
jurisdictions) and, in the future, a European structure together with a market-leading fund 
service provider and to build, progressively, a multi-asset management model where the 
Group can also cooperate with further European and UK authorised asset managers. 

Special situations / deals 
Supply@ME also recognises the importance of allowing initial traditional Inventory Funders 
to build up a bespoke funding structure on top of the stock companies (trading companies 
which deliver the IM transactions by using the Platform). This route can be built through 
dedicated securitisation issuances or similar direct investing structures, which are still being 
considered. 

Direct partnerships with banks 
Global and local banks have expressed an interest in using the Platform to directly serve 
their clients. Supply@ME has developed two alternative approaches for such banks, including 
the “self-funding” model (where a bank will be able to use the Platform, including the legal 
and accounting framework provided by Supply@ME, to fund companies that are already 
clients of such bank) or the “white-label” model (where a bank will only use the technology 
components of the Platform to fund directly such bank’s existing clients). 

Token route 
As per the RNS of 21 December 2022, the Company aims to involve multiple liquidity  
providers to deploy new IM transactions (including crypto asset managers and direct  
investors through liquidity pools partnerships) in line with the goals of Phase Two of the  
Strategic Agreement with VeChain Foundation (“VeChain”). In this regard, Supply@ME  
is compiling, from its global pipeline, a portfolio of potential client companies with up to  
approximately US$50m of inventory to be monetised across such portfolio. This reflects  
the residual commitment of US$8.5m budgeted by VeChain and, the objective to raise  
additional capital from the VeChain community and other crypto/digital assets investors.

21 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
Maintain a solid pipeline of targeted corporate clients 
The solution which Supply@ME offers helps a range  
of companies. The approach to attracting and targeting 
companies on our target company list, in order to help solve 
their potential cash flow issues, is still evolving. This will  
help us to continue to build the corporate client pipeline.  
In particular, the frequency of inventory turns and volume  
of inventory to be monetised will be key considerations.

Key Strategic Priorities

For the first time, the Board would also like to share shorter 
term goals for 2023 which will contribute to the Group’s  
ability to achieve its long term aims articulated above. 

Build a track record 
The team are focused on establishing a solid track record  
of inventory monetisations across Supply@ME’s initial core 
markets of UK and Italy and expect to have a first portfolio  
of transactions executed within the next six months, following 
the publication of this report. The establishment of this  
initial track record will allow the Group to build out its more 
predictable recurring revenue base. 

Expand the pool of Inventory Funders 
The team are also committed to broadening the possible  
inventory funding routes and ensuring we have the ability  
to facilitate inventory monetisations with a range of different 
funders. Part of this goal is to build funders understanding 
of Supply@ME’s offering by clearly articulating its benefits  
as a, largely, untapped asset class. As well as demonstrating 
the corporate clients and their specific items of inventory 
available to invest. A key element of this is the explanation  
of the types of clients and inventory which will not pass our 
Due Diligence processes to access the platform. 

22 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
VeChain: Building a Track Record

The problem 

Inventory has, historically, been viewed as an unattractive 
investment for traditional funders. The risk of fraud due  
to infrequent and imprecise monitoring, combined with 
the prospect of disposing of unsold inventory has reduced 
engagement with this asset, with lenders offering  
restrictive terms and unattractive rates. Yet the need for  
a commercial facility for inventory was clear; the stock 
which businesses held, largely acted as a cash drain until 
it was sold. The shift to “just in case” exacerbated the 
issue. Businesses are now holding more stock with higher 
incumbent costs. Yet, traditional funding models remain 
restrictive and onerous. Supply@ME’s founding goal  
was to change this dynamic, to develop a platform that 
enables funders to confidently invest in inventory, thereby 
unlocking a new, untapped real asset class while providing 
a new model of accessing capital in the supply chain  
for manufacturing and trading businesses. Proving this 
concept required a visionary partner, who was willing  
to embrace this goal and be the pioneer funder. 

The solution 

In 2022, Supply@ME and VeChain formed a strategic  
partnership to complete the first inventory monetisation 
using Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs). The initial transaction 
was worth EUR 1.6m and allowed enhanced cash flow and 
better access to working capital for a client company which 
builds industrial and specialised vehicles, manufacturing 
in Italy, the USA and Africa. 

Within a few months, the client completed its first ‘buy 
back’, purchasing 100% of the initial monetised inventory 
to put back into their manufacturing process at the  
appropriate timing to fulfil their order pipeline to it’s end 
customers. 

This provides further evidence of the strength of the 
Supply@ME proposition and its ability to model future  
demand from client companies and provide greater  
security for funders. During the period between initial 
monetisation and the ‘buy back’ Supply@ME monitored 
the inventory to ensure the client’s custodianship of the 
inventory was in accordance with the contract. 

Underpinned by blockchain technology, specifically  
VeChainThor, the Supply@ME platform enables investors 
to have real-time oversight of the inventories, which  
remains untouched in the client’s (custodian’s) warehouses, 
while providing a seamless touch free integration with 
their existing systems for the clients. VeChainThor’s  
technology also enables the clients to monitor stock levels 
in real time reducing  potential overstocking. 

Following the successful completion of the first inventory 
monetisation transaction, the next phase of the agreement 
with VeChain will see the creation of an “Inventory  
Monetisation Platform 3.0”, incorporating a suite of Web3 
features. Phase Two is designed to facilitate additional 
capital raising for IM transactions from the VeChain  
community and other crypto/digital asset investors. 
Supply@ME and VeChain Partnership will launch a liquidity 
pool to fund a portfolio of potential Client Companies, 
from within Supply@ME’s existing global pipeline, with up 
to approximately US$ 50m of inventory to be monetised. 
This will include a further EUR 8.4m in funding already 
budgeted by VeChain. Once complete, crypto asset  
managers and retail investors will have access to a new 
digital asset class linked to the real economy and can  
contribute to multiple monetisations. 

The impact 

In the words of VeChain’s CEO Sunny LU, “This partnership 
brought to market a highly innovative solution which  
employs emerging digital technologies to solve a decades 
old problem for businesses globally. By deploying this,  
VeChain and Supply@ME, together, can limit a need for 
overproduction, promote sustainable global development, 
improve cash flow for businesses and create a new digital 
asset class which provides capital directly to the real 
economy.” 

It has provided the evidence which further funders 
needed to begin to embrace this new asset class.

23 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outfitting the Vehicles Sector

Enabling a business to win more government tenders  
and invest in further Research and Development. 

The problem 

The solution 

Specialist vehicles, from ambulances and fire engines  
to mobile laboratories, civil defence and roads rescue  
and public safety vehicles represent a capital-intensive 
industry, requiring exceptional research and development 
expenditure to keep pace with cutting edge technology, 
procurement requirements and safety standards. 
Supply@ME’s client has been a market leader in the  
production of specialist civil and off-road vehicles for  
over 30 years. Government tenders represent a key pillar 
of their business revenue. The nature of these purchases 
means that the business has significant warehousing 
requirements for vehicles until an order is completed, 
sometimes numbering hundreds of bespoke machines. 
This invariably places a strain on cash flow. 

Every day this capital is parked, literally, it is not being  
deployed in research and development. Historically, the 
business has turned to receivables financing to alleviate 
some of this strain and to free up cash. However, the  
nature of these facilities, focusing on providing a bridge 
between delivery and payment, offers no solution for the 
months while the full consignment of vehicles are being 
produced, the parts assembled and a near complete fleet 
idling in warehouses. Capital locked up in inventory is  
not being spent on the necessary improvements to meet 
a new tender, expand operations, employ more staff  
or realise market opportunities. 

The independent stock trading company purchased 
through a commercial agreement a tranche of the  
businesses inventory, with the client company receiving 
funds to free up cash flow. This process has been designed 
to be frictionless. The inventory stays parked where it  
is. Production does not slow and orders are met, yet the 
funds now exist to do more. Supply@ME as inventory  
servicer selects the eligible inventory through its due  
diligence process before proceeding to contracts and 
Stock Company releasing the funds. It offers a rate  
comparative with traditional financing facilities, with  
the goal to complete new monetisations within 40 days. 

The impact 

The business received funds of Euro 1.6m, with the further 
opportunity to monetise more inventory in the future,  
providing them with the cash flow to invest significantly 
into next generation research and development and  
enabling them to compete for and win more governmental 
mandates. It has improved the business’ balance sheet, 
reducing inventory and improving working capital  
management, whilst not taking on additional debt.  
This provides a new opportunity for the business to enable 
it to grow, supporting it to better to realise its full potential.

24 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Team 

(excluding TradeFlow)

Permanent and fixed  
term contractors

Day-rate contractors

19

3

Our team is based in  
13 locations across three 
European countries

Chief Executive Officer

Finance

Operations and  
Due Diligence

Technology and Product

1

3

7

5

People

Risk

Sales and Marketing

Female

50%

4

Male

50%

1

1

Less than 1 year tenure

1 to 2 years tenure

2+ years tenure

5

8

9

25 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

Our Leadership Team

1

4

2

5

3

26 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

Mark Kavanagh 
Group Head of Operations and Transformation (4) 
Mark is an experienced Risk Leader with over 25 years  
in Credit & Risk functions. Before joining Supply@ME, 
Mark worked for Greensill Capital as Head of Product  
Risk. Whilst there, he implemented accounts receivable 
(AR) policies and procedures, installed an AR platform, 
helped Greensill expand territorially, and trained the 
Credit team on any new product offerings, acquisitions 
and integrations. Prior to that, he worked for GE Working 
Capital Solutions (the monetisation arm of General  
Electric group) for 15 years, heading up their European 
Credit Team, managing the auto scoring and decisioning 
system, and ensuring processes were safe and efficient. 
Mark joined Supply@ME in June 2021. 

Nicola Bonini 
Group Head of Origination (5) 
Nicola has more than 20 years’ experience in balance 
sheet lending and cash flow finance, gained during  
her time at some of the UK’s most prominent banking  
institutions. Previously, she was Vice President and Head 
of Commercial Finance at Bank Leumi (UK) PLC, where 
she managed a portfolio of companies with turnover  
of up to £1bn. Before this, Nicola served as Executive  
Director at Falcon Group UK, where she joined the newly 
formed UK inventory finance team. Nicola has also held 
senior, high-profile business development and relationship 
management roles at major banks, including BNP Paribas, 
The Royal Bank of Scotland and Bank of Scotland Corporate. 
Nicola joined the team in September 2021 to take a leading 
role in business development, client onboarding and  
retention at Supply@ME.

Amy Benning 
Chief Financial Officer (1) 
Amy gained Chartered Accountancy qualifications in New 
Zealand while working with KPMG on a range of clients 
across various industry sectors. On moving to the United 
Kingdom, Amy worked briefly with BP’s shipping arm, before 
moving to PwC’s London Capital Markets Team where she 
spent 12 years focusing on technical accounting, mergers 
and acquisitions and initial public offerings for a wide 
range of clients. In 2018, Amy moved to Alfa Financial  
Software Holdings PLC, a UK main market listed company 
and developer and provider of software for the automotive 
leasing sector. As Finance Director, Amy was responsible 
for the team which managed accounting, reporting  
(internal & external), corporate governance, audit,  
systems, process improvement, controls and transactional 
accounting. Amy joined Supply@ME in June 2021. 

Stuart Nelson 
Group Head of Enterprise Risk Management (2) 
Stuart is an experienced credit risk analyst, with global  
experience of assessing the risk of financing solutions 
across multiple asset classes. Having begun his career  
at JPMorgan in the EMEA Emerging Markets Team in 2000, 
he then spent almost two decades in leadership roles at 
S&P Global Ratings. During his time at S&P, he managed 
multiple teams across the European office network in 
London, Milan, Frankfurt, Madrid and Paris, focusing on 
the assessment of asset securitisation in all sectors, with 
oversight of ratings on securities of more than €50bn 
equivalent over that period. From 2015, he concentrated 
his attention on the refinement and validation of risk 
methodologies across a global spectrum of asset classes. 
Stuart joined Supply@ME in 2020, where he monitors all 
aspects of the risk and operational functions. 

Alice Buxton 
Chief People Officer (3) 
Alice is a HR leader motivated to help businesses succeed 
by creating environments which enable individuals, teams 
and leaders to thrive. She has considerable experience  
in the Financial Services and fintech industries. Prior to 
joining Supply@ME she built the Global Talent function  
at Greensill, helping the business grow its workforce from 
250 to over 1200 in multiple jurisdictions in just over two 
years. Previously she worked as an Executive Director  
in Goldman Sachs Human Capital Management Division, 
focusing on the EMEA Trading floor and Risk, Audit and 
Compliance teams attracting and developing high potential 
talent. Before this she worked in Talent Acquisition for 
Ernst and Young’s London office, recruiting for their risk 
and advisory business. Alice has a BSc in Psychology,  
MSc in Human Resource Management and is a qualified 
corporate and executive coach. Alice joined Supply@ME  
in June 2021. 

27 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
Team Q&As

Maria Mingari 
Senior Credit Analyst 

Can you outline your career to date? 
I joined Supply@ME in March 2020 after spending  
23 years as a credit analyst, almost entirely with Cerved 
Group, half of this working in business information  
and the other half for Cerved Rating Agency, although  
the company did change hands a number of times.  
I worked across a range of areas relating to credit risk, 
from analysing prospects to supporting the sales and 
marketing of the business as it grew. My experience 
covered the analysis of multiple companies and related 
sectors from commodities to furniture and everything  
in between and, over the course of my career, I have  
encountered a vast array of businesses and their  
operating models. 

What attracted you to Supply@ME? 
Alessandro contacted me in early 2020 and when I heard 
about Supply@ME and what it aimed to do, I was sold. I 
have seen first-hand how access to funding and availability 
of credit is critical for many businesses; regardless of their 
size and stage of development. What Alessandro outlined 
was not only an innovative alternative finance tool, but 
also non-traditional instruments, such as blockchain.  
I saw the potential for this to change the market in terms 
of access to credit and liquidity for potentially thousands 
of businesses, not only in Italy, but globally. It was an  
opportunity I didn’t want to miss. 

Can you tell us about your role at Supply@ME? 
As a Senior Credit Analyst, I oversee the various  
onboarding stages for potential client companies working 
closely with our sales and marketing teams both in Italy 
and the UK. At the first analysis stage, we look at whether 
we can support a prospect, whether the inventory they 
holds meets the pre-determined criteria, or if there are 
any factors that would rule it ineligible for monetisation, 
for example, inventory such as perishable goods or those 
governed by regulations, for example pharmaceuticals,  
do not meet the pre-determined eligibility criteria.  
Following on from this, the due diligence and onboarding 
stage includes preliminary credit risk analysis, both  
actual and forward looking, and analysis of the sector 
within which the company operates, the market for their 
inventories and the specific sales cycle. 

These factors all allow us to gain a detailed understanding 
of the specific business and to conclude on which inventory 
items, if any, meet the eligibility criteria for monetisation. 
The level of demand from our pipeline has increased  
dramatically since our inaugural monetisation in 2022. 
There has always been a steady level of interest, particularly 
from small and medium sized businesses, however,  
now we are seeing regular enquiries from some of Italy’s 
largest manufacturers, alongside the SME enterprises  
that make up the majority of the Italy’s current economic 
structure. The levels of inventory which businesses are 
looking to monetise has also increased over time. 

What does the future look like from your perspective? 
We have overcome the initial hurdles and the business  
is now gaining traction in our core markets. Enquiries 
from new potential client companies are coming in daily, 
and the amount that businesses want to monetise  
continues to increase. The problems which Supply@ME 
solves are not exclusive to Italy or the UK. Businesses 
across Europe can benefit, likewise for the US and Middle 
East. The opportunity for Supply@ME geographically  
provides an exciting future ahead. Continuing to improve 
our technology availing more fully of Web 3.0 and  
blockchain will also provide further opportunities for 
growth. The business has achieved and evolved a lot  
since I joined three years ago, and it is an exciting time  
to be a part of the Supply@ME team.

28 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
What does the future look like from your perspective? 
Our proposition for client companies is clear: to help them 
improve their working capital positions. While there are  
alternative funding options on the market, our digital  
capabilities really are a brand new, novel solution. Supply 
chain data does not always tell a clear story and sharing  
that data externally is an even tougher challenge. So, the  
inventory reporting capability we are building out will be  
a unique element that really makes our platform unique. 
One of my priorities this year is to advance the reporting 
provision, to ensure we are collecting data from client  
companies in the most efficient way and delivering  
action-oriented insights based on companies’ data, which 
will reinforce our position as the leading fintech for inventory 
monetisation.

Angel Poyato 
Head of Inventory Analysis Engine 

Can you outline your career to date? 
I joined Supply@ME in August 2022, having spent more  
than a decade managing supply chain operations for various 
international firms across Europe, Hong Kong and the US.  
A large part of my work has focused on working with different 
enterprise resource planning (ERP) software that helps  
companies to understand their supply chains via data analysis. 
My experience to date spans a range of supply chain  
functions, from logistics and purchasing to auditing and 
quality control, which means I have a first-hand insight into 
the challenges clients of Supply@ME face when managing 
their inventory – and how detailed data collection, analysis 
and monitoring can pinpoint and overcome them. 

What attracted you to Supply@ME? 
Having worked across every function of supply chain  
management, I thought I had seen the extent of what  
ERP systems and data analysis could do. However, the  
technological capabilities that sit behind the platform 
Supply@ME is building are completely new. There are  
no competitors in the market, which means there is  
no blueprint for our solution. Our Platform is constantly 
evolving and has already become more efficient since I 
joined the business, and I find that really exciting. I was also 
drawn by the opportunity to work with the experienced 
management team already in place at Supply@ME. 

Can you tell us about your role at Supply@ME? 
As Head of Inventory Analysis Engine, my role is to manage 
how we assess the risk of inventory. I like to think of it as  
a control tower, where we are building a 360-degree view  
of the risks of holding certain types of inventories and how 
that might change over time. This process informs both  
our due diligence processes internally, before we agree to 
work with a company that has warehoused goods, and on 
behalf of the investors who provide the funds for inventory 
monetisation transactions. Once we have distilled the  
appetites of potential inventory funders into inventory KPIs,  
I use the supply chain and inventory data we collect to  
report on that basis. Alongside managing these reporting 
requirements, I work with our vendors and software  
providers and developers to maintain and continue building 
out Supply@ME’s proprietary inventory analysis engine. 

29 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engaging with our Stakeholders

Directors’ statement under section 172 (1) 
The following disclosure forms the Directors’ statement 
required under the Companies Act 2006 on how the Directors 
have had regard to the matters set out in section 172 (1) (a) 
to (f) in performing their duties. The Board recognises that 
engagement with its stakeholders is fundamental to the 
long-term success of the Group and considers the views 
and interests of all key stakeholders in its decision-making. 
Below is a summary of how the Board engaged with each 
key stakeholder group during the year. 

Our people 
The Board recognises the critical importance of our growing 
team – a motivated, committed, engaged workforce is essential 
for the Group’s success. 

The Executive Directors work closely and collaboratively  
with our global team, having regular contact both formally 
and informally. The Chief People Officer, Alice Buxton,  
has developed a People Strategy, focused on growing the 
businesses people capability to enable successful business 
growth and cultivating an engaged and high performing 
workforce. During 2022, an employee experience and  
engagement survey was undertaken to assess the employee 
experience at Supply@ME. The results demonstrated high 
levels of trust in the organisation and also among colleagues, 
with members of the team able to volunteer their views,  
be listened to and have their ideas considered, which is  
essential for an innovative growing business. The results 
from the survey have helped to develop the people focused 
goals for 2023, focusing on the retention, and internal growth 
of individuals and teams for future success, demonstrating 
Supply@ME’s commitment to this important group of  
stakeholders. In 2022, Supply@ME also implemented its 
Long-Term Incentive Plan with the goal of rewarding and  
retaining specific employees for reaching goals that lead  
to increased shareholder value. The Board will continue  
to engage with our people to ensure areas of importance 
are prioritised. 

Our shareholders 
The continued support of our shareholders is vital to the 
long-term success of the business. We aim to engage with 
our shareholders in line with the Group’s strategic objectives 
and delivery of these, with the overall aim of delivering value 
to all our stakeholders. 

The Group continually seeks to improve its engagement  
with shareholders, both private and institutional investors. 
During 2022, assisted by the investor relations team, focus 
has been placed on disseminating information to the market 
in a timely manner, as well as monitoring and responding  
to communications in the dedicated investor relations  
inbox, where it is possible to respond, for shareholders  
to be furnished with non-market sensitive information  
and to receive responses to enquiries in a timely manner. 
This is an evolutionary process and Supply@ME will continue 
to augment its investor relations function to provide more 
insights into the Company through regular engagement  
and discourse. The business has also sought to outline  
its business model canvas and ensure that our revenue 
streams and the foundations for our business are clear  
to external stakeholders and will update, via official regulated 
channels, on these components as and when material  
developments can be relayed. 

During the year Supply@ME announced a Capital  
Enhancement Plan (“CEP”) to provide additional commercial 
and financial support during the next phase of the Group’s 
development. As part of the CEP, In July Supply@ME gave 
qualifying shareholders the opportunity to subscribe for  
up to 641,710,082 open offer shares. The Company received 
valid acceptances from qualifying shareholders in respect  
of 369,122,494 open offer shares pursuant to the open 
offer entitlements. In addition, the Company received  
applications from qualifying shareholders under the excess 
application facility in respect of 5,334,122,228 excess shares. 
We regard the oversubscription of this facility as a positive 
endorsement of the business and its potential. 

30 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate clients 
Corporate clients, both current and prospective, are a crucial 
stakeholder group for our business. Our platform is designed 
to be simple, allowing an unobtrusive user experience.  
We want our clients to become advocates for the business 
and we are committed to working with them to refine the 
onboarding, trading and monitoring processes. Through 
continuous communication our client-facing teams can  
build established relationships that ensure we understand 
and meet their business needs. This includes receiving  
regular feedback about our processes and product  
solutions and enhancing them to ensure they are best  
in class and continue to evolve as our customers business 
and the commercial environment changes. Every piece  
of feedback from prospective clients is also vital. We believe 
wholeheartedly in our proposition, and every client we  
onboard strengthens this belief. Ensuring that we reflect the 
issues which potential clients face and that our proposition 
is articulated appropriately is crucial to ensuring we realise 
our potential. 

Inventory funders and fund investors 
Inventory Funders are essential to our business, and the 
ecosystem we support as inventory servicers. We are focused 
on creating a new asset class in which funders can confidently 
invest in inventory. Where required we will evolve our  
business model to ensure we are reflecting the feedback 
and views of current and prospective funders, and regulators. 
An example of this is the consideration being given to  
sponsoring the creation of an independent inventory trading 
business (consisting of a group of operating stock companies 
across the targeted jurisdictions) and, in the future, a  
European structure together with a market-leading fund  
service provider. This over time will enable a multi-asset 
management model where the Group can cooperate  
with further European and UK authorised asset managers.

31 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
Financial Review

                                                                                                                                                                                                 2022                                 2021                      Movement 
                                                                                                                                                                                                    £m                                    £m                                    £m 

Continuing operations 
Revenue from continuing operations                                                                                    0.1                           0.3                          (0.2) 

Operating loss from continuing operations before impairment charges                 (4.6)                         (4.0)                         (0.6) 
Impairment charges                                                                                                                 (1.1)                         (1.8)                          0.7 

Operating (loss) from continuing operations                                                                    (5.7)                         (5.8)                          0.1 
Finance costs                                                                                                                              (2.0)                         (1.2)                         (0.8) 

(Loss) before tax from continuing operations                                                                  (7.7)                         (7.0)                         (0.7) 
Income tax                                                                                                                                       –                          (0.4)                          0.4 

(Loss) after tax from continuing operations                                                                      (7.7)                         (7.4)                         (0.3) 
Loss from discontinued operations                                                                                      (2.2)                         (5.1)                          2.9 

Total loss for the year                                                                                                              (9.9)                       (12.5)                          2.6 

                                                                                                                                                                                                 2022                                 2021                      Movement 
                                                                                                                                                                                              Pence                               Pence                               Pence 

Total earning/(loss) per share (EPS)                                                                                  (0.023)                    (0.037)                     0.014

32 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

The Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2022 (“FY22”) have been prepared in 
line with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). 
Given the activities that commenced in the second half of 2022 
with respect to the proposed restructuring the Company’s 
ownership with TradeFlow (the “TradeFlow Restructuring”), 
and the fact that as at 31 December 2022 agreement  
in principle had been reached with respect to the specific 
proposal in place at this time, the TradeFlow operations 
have been classified as discontinued operations and assets 
held for resale in line with the requirements of IFRS 5 (“Non-
current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”). 
The prior year income statement has been represented to 
aid comparability in line with the standard. 

Subsequent to the agreement in principle referred to  
above, on 24 March 2023, the Company announced the 
TradeFlow directors, being Tom James and John Collis,  
provided written notice of their intention to exercise their 
rights to buy back 100% of the share capital of TradeFlow 
(the “Buy Back”), pursuant to certain earn-out arrangements 
entered into in connection with the Company’s acquisition  
of TradeFlow, the completion of which was announced  
on 6 July 2021. As a result of the exercise of the Buy Back, 
the details of the TradeFlow Restructure now need to be 
renegotiated, and a new independent valuation of the 
TradeFlow operations needs to be completed. As at the  
date of these consolidated financial statements, these  
activities had not been completed and were still ongoing. 

Revenue from continuing operations 

                                                                            2022                2021      Movement 
                                                                            £000                £000                £000 

Revenue                                                                                           
Due Diligence fees                           102             279            (177) 
Inventory Monetisation fees              36                  –               36 

Total revenue from  
   continuing operations               138             279            (141) 

The table above provides a break down of the Group’s  
revenue from inventory monetisation activities during the 
current financial year. Revenue is recognised in accordance 
with IFRS 15 (“Revenue from Contracts with Customers”)  
and more details on the Group’s revenue recognition  
policies can be found in the note 2 to the consolidated  
financial statements. 

During FY22, the Group recognised £0.1m (for the year 
ended 31 December 2021 (“FY21”): £0.3m) of Inventory 
Monetisation revenue, of which the majority related to due 
diligence fees. In line with IFRS 15 (“Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers”) the Group recognised these revenues 
when the due diligence services have been delivered and 
the Group’s performance obligation has been satisfied.  
During the current financial year, the Group has continued 
to carry out, and charge for due diligence activities, and the 
£0.1m recognised reflects the value of those due diligence 
activities completed during FY22. 

The reduction in the due diligence fees recognised during 
FY22 is primarily the result of the majority of the Group’s  
efforts in the first half of the year, being focused on the  
finalisation of the strategic alliance with VeChain, alongside 
the efforts required to identify the most suitable client  
company to participate in the inaugural IM transaction and 
to flex the established processes and procedures to meet 
the requirements of the VeChain Agreement. This resulted 
in no due diligence revenue being recognised in the first  
half of 2022. 

As a result of the completion of the of the inaugural IM 
transaction, which was facilitated using the Group’s IM  
Platform, new revenues were recognised for the first time  
in respect of origination fees, IM Platform usage fees and IM 
service fees. These fees related to the following activities: 
1) Origination fees – the origination of the contracts  
between the client company wishing to have their  
inventory monetised and the independent stock (trading) 
company that purchased the inventory from the client 
company. In line with IFRS 15 (“Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers”) the Group recognised these revenues 
at the point in time they are due to be received from  
the client. 

2) IM Platform usage fees – usage of the Group’s IM  

Platform, under a Software as a Service (“SaaS”) contract, 
by the independent stock (trading) company to facilitate 
the purchase of the inventory from the client company.  
In line with IFRS 15 (“Revenue from Contracts with  
Customers”) the Group recognised these revenues over 
the time period they related to. 

3) IM service fees – the support and administration activities, 
such as the monitoring of the inventory purchased, that 
the Group performs in connection with the use of the 
Group’s IM Platform. In line with IFRS 15 (“Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers”) the Group recognised these 
revenues over the time period they related to. 

While the new IM revenue items were not significant in terms 
of value during FY22, the ability of the Group to successfully 
facilitate the first IM transaction was a significant business 
milestone. 

33 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Review

Operating loss from continuing operations  
before impairment charges 

During the year ended 31 December 2022 the Group  
continued to focus on refining and developing the business 
model, with significant amount of time and effort having 
been spent on the achieved milestones of securing  
a strategic alliance agreement with VeChain and finalising 
the contractual commitment package to deploy the inaugural 
IM transaction. Given the Group’s innovative IM Platform 
and business model, the execution of both these commitments 
required discussions and negotiations that ran longer than 
the Company had originally expected. 

The Group recorded an operating loss from continuing  
operations before impairment charges for FY22 of £4.6m 
(FY21: £4.0m loss). This increase is largely due to: 
> An increase in staff and contractor costs of £0.9m in FY22 
as the Group built out its leadership, business operations 
and finance teams. The majority of the build out took 
place during the second half of FY21 or early in FY22,  
with the full year impact of the costs being seen for  
the first time in FY22. Additionally, the Group focused  
on developing its ICT architecture during 2022 with the 
support of specific contractors. The investment in staff 
and contractor costs is expected to give the Group  
a strong foundation as it enters the next stage of  
development and growth. 

> An increase in professional and legal fees of £0.4m in 

FY22 as the Group undertook the Capital Enhancement 
Plan which required the preparation and publication  
certain regulatory documents associated with the open 
offer and share issues. Additionally, certain professional 
and legal fees were incurred during the second half  
of 2022 in respect of the TradeFlow Restructuring. 
> These increases were offset by a decrease in the  

amortisation of the internally developed IM Platform  
of £0.3m following this being fully impaired as at  
31 December 2021. 

Impairment charges from continuing operations 

                                                                                                      2022                2021 
                                                                                                      £000                £000 

Impairment charges from  
   continuing operations                                       1.1              1.8 

                                                                                1.1              1.8 

The impairment charges of £1.1m recognised during FY22 
from continuing operations relate to the impairment of the 
Group’s internally developed IM platform at 31 December 
2022 following an impairment test in line with IAS 36  
(“Impairment of Assets”). This followed the conclusion that 
indicators of impairment were present, which included the 
prior and current year losses being generated by the assets 
held by the Group’s Italian operating subsidiaries. In line  
with the going concern statement, set out in note 2 to the 
consolidated financial statements, there is currently a material 
uncertainty with respect to both the future timing and 
growth rates of the forecast cash flows arising from the  
use of the internally developed IM Platform intangible asset. 
As such, the Directors have prudently decided to continue  
to impair the full carrying amount of this asset of £1.1m  
as at 31 December 2022. 

Discontinued Operations 

The revenue and operating loss of the TradeFlow operations 
for the year ended 31 December 2022 are shown in the table 
below. It should be noted that as TradeFlow was acquired  
by the Group in July 2021, the prior year figures include  
the six months of results that were consolidated by the 
Group, whereas the current year figures include a full year 
of results. 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
Discontinued Operations                                                                                                                                                                             £000                                 £000 

Revenue from discontinued operations                                                                                                             629                          259 

Operating (loss) from discontinued operations before  
   acquisition relation costs and impairment charges                                                                              (1,054)                        (438) 
Transaction costs                                                                                                                                                           –                      (2,009) 
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisition                                                                                   (846)                        (391) 
Acquisition related earn-out payments                                                                                                                710                      (1,410) 
Impairment charges                                                                                                                                                (765)                        (800) 

Operating (loss) from discontinued operations                                                                                           (1,955)                     (5,048) 

34 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TradeFlow’s investment advisory revenue arises from  
investment advisory services provided in TradeFlow’s capacity 
as investment advisor to its well-established USD fund and 
its growing EUR fund. In line with IFRS 15 (“Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers”) these revenues are recognised 
when the investment advisory services have been delivered 
and the Group’s performance obligation has been satisfied. 

The acquisition related costs in FY22 arose in connection 
with the TradeFlow acquisition that was completed in July 
2021. Further details are set out below: 
> Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisition  
of £0.8m. These costs related to the intangible assets  
recognised by the Group in connection with the  
TradeFlow acquisition, which had an initial fair value  
of £6.9m. The £0.8m represents the amortisation charge 
arising on these assets for the year ended 31 December 
2022; and 

> Acquisition related earn-out costs of (£0.7m). Elements  

of the consideration payable for the TradeFlow acquisition 
require post-acquisition service obligations to be performed 
by the earn-out shareholders over a three-year period. 
While these legally form part of the consideration costs 
under IFRS 3 (“Business Combinations”), they must be  
accounting for as deemed remuneration through the 
statement of comprehensive income. The credit of £0.7m 
recognised in the income statement for the year ended 
31 December 2022 represents the reversal of amounts 
previously recognised in the income statement in relation 
to the FY22 and FY23 earn-out payments, slightly offset 
by the additional amount in respect of the FY21 earn-out 
payments recognised in the current financial year. The  
reversal reflects the fact that the earn-out milestone targets 
were not met in FY22 and managements expectation that 
these targets will be met in 2023 is now remote. 

The discontinued operations impairment charge relates to 
the goodwill recognised on the TradeFlow acquisition. As at 
30 June 2022, management carried out an impairment test 
in line with IAS 36 (“Impairment of Assets”) on the TradeFlow 
Cash Generated Unit (“CGU”). This followed the conclusion 
that indicators of impairment were present, including under 
performance against forecast for the first half of 2022.  
The result of this impairment test was that the recoverable 
amount of the TradeFlow CGU was determined to be lower 
than the net invested capital value held on the balance 
sheet at 30 June 2022 by £0.8m and as such an impairment 
charge has been recognised for this amount. 

An additional impairment assessment was carried out as  
at 31 December 2022, however due to the classification  
as discontinued operation, this assessment was carried out 
in accordance with IFRS 5 (“Non-current Assets Held for Sale 
and Discontinued Operations”). 

This required management to consider the fair value of  
the TradeFlow operations, being what would be the agreed 
price between two market participants. As the details of the 
Buy Back are still being considered and finalised as at the 
date of these financial statements, management considered 
the specifics set out in the TradeFlow Restructuring share 
purchase agreement that had been agreed in principle  
as at 31 December 2022. Taking this into consideration,  
no additional impairment charges were recognised as at  
31 December 2022. 

Group Funding Facilities utilised during the year 

Capital Enhancement Plan 
During FY22, the Company entered into a subscription 
agreement with Venus Capital S.A. (“Venus Capital”), which 
raised £6.7m through the issue of new equity capital.  
This new equity capital enabled the Company to settle the 
outstanding loan notes and convertible loan notes with  
Mercator Capital Management Fund LP (“Mercator”) in cash 
rather than by the further conversion of the convertible  
loan notes into new ordinary shares. During the year ended 
31 December 2022, the Company issued a total of 
14,350,000,000 new ordinary shares to Venus in line with 
the mandatory and optional equity tranches outlined in  
the subscription agreement. 

In connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan, the  
Company also executed a convertible loan note agreement 
with Venus Capital, under which the Company, issued  
to Venus Capital convertible loan notes worth £1.9m during 
FY22. These convertible loan notes were split as £0.4m to 
cover the fees associated with the Venus Capital subscription 
and convertible loan note agreements, and £1.5m covering 
a working capital funding facility which was received in cash 
during the second half of FY22. As at 31 December 2022, 
the full £1.9m of this convertible loan note liability had been 
extinguished through the issue of 3,897,484,385 new ordinary 
shares. The conversion to new ordinary shares was at a 
fixed price of 0.05pence. The interest expense recognised  
in respect of these convertible loan notes in FY22 was £0.1m. 

The subscription agreement with Venus Capital also 
required the Company to issue warrants in connection  
with the equity share issues made under the Venus Capital 
subscription agreements. During the year ended 31  
December 2022 a total of 8,175,000,000 share warrants 
were issued by the Company to Venus Capital. These share 
warrants had a total fair value of £4.8m. As at 31 December 
2022, all of these share warrants remain outstanding. 

35 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Review

The Capital Enhancement Plan also included the Open Offer 
made by the Company to its existing retail shareholders  
during the second half of 2022. The Open Offer provided 
the ability for existing retail shareholder to purchase additional 
new ordinary shares on the same conditions agreed with 
Venus Capital. The Open Offer resulted in the issue of 
641,710,082 new ordinary shares and raised £0.3m for  
the Company. The Open Offer also required the issue  
of warrants to the retail shareholders and during the year 
ended 31 December 2022 a total of 320,855,008 share  
warrants were issued by the Company to retail shareholders. 
These share warrants had a total fair value of £0.3m.  
As at 31 December 2022, a total of 271,347,008 share  
warrants remained outstanding. 

The total share issues costs incurred in connection with the 
Capital Enhancement Plan during FY22 was £5.6m including 
£5.1m relating to the fair value of the warrants issued, £0.4m 
relating the fees charged by Venus Capital and £0.1m of other 
share issue costs. This has been accounted for as a £4.0m 
reduction to share premium and a £1.6m reduction to  
retaining losses during FY22. The reduction to share premium 
amount has been limited to the increase to share premium 
recorded during the same period in respect of the various 
equity issues making up the Capital Enhancement Plan. 

Mercator funding facilities 
Prior to the cash repayment of outstanding loan note and 
convertible loan balance with Mercator Capital Management 
LP (“Mercator”) following the execution of the Capital  
Enhancement Plan, the Group continued to make monthly 
repayments under the loan note facility through the issue  
of a convertible loan note. The movement in loan note  
liability to Mercator during the current financial year are set 
out in the table below: 

                                                                                                    Mercator loan notes 
                                                                                                                                  £m 

Loan note liability at 1 January 2022                                     5.7 
Amortisation of finance costs during the  
   period (recognised in the income statement)                  1.1 
Less: settlements made via issue of  
   convertible loan notes                                                         (4.6) 
Less: repayments made in cash                                            (2.2) 

Loan note liability at 31 December 2022                             – 

In connection with the drawdown of the Mercator loan note 
facility during 2021, the Company also issued share warrants 
representing 20% of the total amounts drawn down. The fair 
value of these warrants was capitalised at the time of issue 
and this, together with the other capitalised finance costs  
relating to the loan note facility and are being recognised 
over the term of the loan notes using the effective interest 
rate method. The total of these finance costs recognised 
during FY22 is £1.1m. 

Following the issue of £4.6m of convertible loan notes to 
Mercator in lieu of cash repayments during the year, these 
were subsequently settled as follows: 
a) the conversion of £1.3m in principal amount of convertible 
loan notes into 1,400,898,372 new ordinary shares; and 

b) a repayment in cash of £3.4m in principal amount of  

convertible loan notes. 

The movement in convertible loan note liability to Mercator 
during the current financial year are set out in the table below: 

                                                                               Mercator convertible loan notes 
                                                                                                                                  £m 

Convertible loan note liability at 1 January 2022                     – 
Monthly loan note settlements made via  
   issue of convertible loan notes                                           4.6 
Finance costs satisfied via the issue of  
   convertible loan notes                                                          0.1 
Less: convertible loan notes converted  
   into ordinary shares                                                             (1.3) 
Less: convertible loan notes repaid in cash                        (3.4) 

Convertible loan note liability  
at 31 December 2022                                                                – 

The Mercator convertible loan notes do not have any interest 
costs in addition to that of the Mercator loan notes, however 
finance costs of £0.8m were recognised during the current 
financial year as a result of: 
> Additional commitment fees and late payment interest 
charges of £0.5m, or which £0.4m was paid in cash and 
the remaining £0.1m was settled through the issue of 
convertible loan notes; and 

> The fair value of the warrants of £0.2m issued in connection 

with the convertible loan notes. 

Both costs have been fully recognised in the income  
statement during FY22 given the liability to which they relate 
has been extinguished by 31 December 2022. This amount, 
together with the finance costs of £1.1m in respect of the 
Mercator loan notes, resulted in a total finance cost of £1.9m 
in respect of the Mercator funding facilities during the year 
ended 31 December 2022. 

TradeFlow long term borrowings 
On the 1 April 2022, TradeFlow entered into a new long 
term loan facility with its existing finance provider, and  
in connection with this, chose to settle its existing unsecured 
loan note facility ahead of its maturity date on the 23  
October 2022. The key terms of the new long term loan  
facility are set out below: 
> A principal amount of US$3.8m; 
> A maturity date of 31 March 2026; 
> An additional redemption premium cost of US$0.2m 

which is payable at the time the principal is repaid; and 
> Interest at a fixed rate at a fixed rate of 7.9% per annum. 

36 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance costs recognised during the year ended 31 December 
2022 relating to TradeFlow long term borrowings total 
£0.2m and relates to accrued monthly interest amounts  
and the recognition of the redemption premium costs over 
the expected life of the loan using the effective interest  
rate method. The early settlement of the existing unsecured 
loan note facility accounted for additional finance costs  
of £0.1m being recognised in relation to the acceleration  
of the redemption premium cost due on repayment of the 
principal of the existing loan note facility. 

Other long term funding 
On 13 October 2022, the Company announced that  
its subsidiary, Supply@ME Technologies S.r.l, had entered 
into a new long term loan facility with Banco BPM S.p.A  
(the “Banco BPM Facility”). The obligations of Supply@ME 
Technologies S.r.l under the Banco BPM Facility are  
guaranteed by the Company. The key commercial terms  
of the Banco BPM Facility include: 
> €1m in principal amount; 
> 275 basis points over Euribor interest rate; and 
> a five-year repayment term (the final payment to be made 

on 11 October 2027), including an initial six months  
of interest only repayments, followed by 54 months  
of combined principal and interest repayments. 

The proceeds of this loan have been used to support  
the continued investment into the Group’s IM Platform,  
the ownership of which was transferred to Supply@ME 
Technologies S.r.l prior to the execution of the Banco  
BPM Facility. 

Cash flow 

The Group decreased its net cash balance by £1.1m (year 
ended 31 December 2021: £1.1m increase) due to proceeds 
from the Capital Enhancement Plan share issues of £7.0m, 
the proceeds from the Venus Capital convertible loan notes 
of £1.5m, and net proceeds from the TradeFlow and Banco 
BPM Facility long term borrowing of £2.3m, offset by the  
following items: 
> Repayments made on the Mercator loan note and  

                                                                                                      2022                2021 
                                                                                                      £000                £000 

Net cash flow from operating activities            (4.5)            (3.9) 
Net cash flow from investing activities             (1.2)            (4.6) 
Net cash flow from financing activities              4.6              9.6 

Net increase in cash and  
   cash equivalents                                             (1.1)             1.1 
Cash and cash equivalents  
   at 1 January 2022                                               1.7              0.6 

Cash and cash equivalents as  
   at 31 December 2022                                     0.6              1.7 

Net liabilities 

As at 31 December 2022 net liabilities were £2.0m (31  
December 2021: net liabilities of £1.4m). The £0.6m increase 
in net liabilities reflects: 
> A decrease in the Group’s intangible assets and goodwill 
of £1.5m due to amortisation of £0.9m and impairment 
charges of £1.8m during the year ended 31 December 
2022. This was offset by additions to the Group’s IM  
Platform of £1.2m during the period; 

> A decrease in amounts outstanding under the Mercator 
loan note and convertible loan facilities of £5.7m in  
aggregate. This is due to the settlement activities  
described above; 

> An increase in long terms borrowings of £2.6m, due  

to a £1.8m increase in TradeFlow long term borrowing 
following the loan refinancing, and an £0.8m increase in 
borrowings as a result of the new Banco BPM Facility; and 

> A £2.2m decrease in working capital primarily due to the 

overall net cash outflows from operations. 

Going Concern 

The Board’s assessment of going concern and the key  
considerations thereto are set out in the Directors’ Report 
and note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the 
year ended 31 December 2022. 

convertible loan note facilities of £5.6m; 

Related Parties 

> Additional finance costs paid in cash related to the  

Mercator loan note and convertible loan note facilities  
of £0.4m; 

> Share issues cost paid in cash of £0.2m; 
> Net outflows from operating activities of £4.5m (year 
ended 31 December 2021: £3.9m net outflow) as the 
Group’s operating expenses increased primarily due to 
growing headcount, together with spend on IT contractor 
specialists and professional and legal fees; and 

> Increased investment in the Group’s IM Platform of £1.2m 

(year ended 30 December 2021: £4.6m). 

Note 28 to the to the consolidated financial statements  
for the year ended 31 December 2022 contains details  
of the Group’s related parties. 

Subsequent events 

Note 30 of the to the consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended 31 December 2022 contains details of all 
subsequent events.

37 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental, Social and Governance Review

The Group recognise the importance of considering and 
managing our impact on society and the environment as 
well as protecting and developing the business’s long-term 
value for its shareholder base. Consideration has been given 
to how to assess, measure and manage this impact over and 
above that which is required from a statutory perspective 
and managing and leveraging the Group’s opportunity to 
have a positive impact. Supply@ME recognise that the Group 
has the ability to have a positive impact in this area and  
intends to continually develop its approach. Key to this  
approach will be ensuring that consideration is being given 
to the Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) impacts 
of the business as its builds its track record of successful  
IM transactions executed over its Platform. 

Environmental 

Current 
During 2022, the Group continued to be a low energy user, 
using less than 40 MWh per annum. 

As required by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic and  
Directors Report) Regulations 2013 and the Companies  
(Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy 
and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 the Directors have 
undertaken a review of the Group energy consumption  
and associated emissions. The Group uses significantly less 
than 40MWh of energy per year and is therefore classed  
as a “low energy user” by the regulations, as a consequence 
of which it is exempt from reporting annual emissions, 
energy use and an intensity ratio. 

Below is voluntary reporting to provide more detail of this 
assessment and aspirations for the future. 

Scope 1 emissions and associated energy usage 
These emissions are directly related to combustible fuel, 
used for heating company premises and or powering  
company owned vehicles. The UK and Italian businesses are 
remote first and do not own or lease offices. At times desk 
sharing spaces or managed offices are rented for company 
meetings. TradeFlow rents office space but does not use 
heating fuel. The business does not own vehicles and focuses 
on using technology as a means of communication which  
limits business travel, for example all 2022 board meetings 
having taken place via video conference. 

Scope 2 emissions and associated energy usage 
These emissions relate to electricity and / or heat supplied 
to an organisation. No part of the organisation is directly 
supplied with or pays for electricity. TradeFlow lease an  
office, electricity usage being part of the rental fee. The total 
electricity use of the organisation is therefore restricted to 
the supply to the Singaporean office. 

Scope 3 emissions 
These emissions are the result of activities from assets not 
owned or controlled by the reporting organization, but that 
the organisation indirectly affects in its value chain. Reporting 
in this area is something that the Group will look to develop 
in the future. 

Since December 2020, TradeFlow advised funds have been 
one of the first trade funds in the world to start buying carbon 
credits, with the aim of netting off carbon emissions from 
transportation related to the funds TradeFlow advises. 

Aspirations 
Continue to keep energy consumption as low as possible, 
exploring ways to reduce or offset this as the business grows. 

Continue to utilise technology to avoid unnecessary travel, 
especially given the staff and directors are based in a number 
of different locations. 

Continue to build on voluntary disclosure, considering the 
impact and business supply chain in particular scope 3 
emissions tracking and calculation. 

Social capital 

Current 
The Group seeks to reach the highest ethical standards  
and behaviours when conducting our business, and to  
ensure this is done with integrity, openness and appropriate 
protections for those with whom our business interacts  
and impacts. 

A key area of focus during 2022 has been a review by  
an external partner of our Data Protection Governance with 
the aim of ensuring the Group continues to build on and 
embed privacy by design principles across the Group. This 
proactive approach to data protection will form a bedrock  
to the Group’s data management as the business grows. 

The Group’s Platform, by its nature, helps businesses to  
free up working capital earlier in their production or sales 
cycle through the facilitation of Inventory Monetisation 
transactions. Inventory Monetisation also allows trading 
businesses to buy and hold more inventory in warehouse, 
potentially resulting in fewer deliveries (facilitating a lower 
carbon footprint from reduced supplier haulage). 

Aspiration 
Supply@ME aims to have a positive impact on society and 
will continue to illicit feedback from our key stakeholders  
on mechanisms through which to achieve this aim. In 2023 
we plan to ask for feedback from the Supply@ME team to 
ensure we are incorporating our employees’ views on how 
the Group can contribute to our local communities. 

38 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aspiration 
Robust, Systematic ESG assessment of potential users of 
our Platform to become a core element of due diligence. 

Leadership and governance 

Current 
The Company is a listed business which complies with  
the QCA Corporate Governance Code. Risk is regularly  
considered by the board and a proactive approach is taken 
to risks identified, most recently through the application  
of the COSO (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations  
of the Treadway Commission) framework. Legal advice and 
guidance are sought from external experts, as and when 
required, in addition to a small inhouse team. 

Aspiration 
Further development and disclosure of proactive internal 
risk management processes in line with business growth.

Human capital 

Current 
Our goal is to be a leading employer which offers real  
opportunities for growth and development. As highlighted  
in the Engaging with our Stakeholders section on pages  
30 to 31, during 2022 feedback was sought from the team 
about their experience of being an employee at Supply@ME. 
The responses to this have informed the Group’s people 
strategy. In particular, this focused on career growth and  
retention of our employees to enable future success of  
the business. As previously highlighted, the gender diversity 
of the leadership team immediately below board level is 
60% female and our employee population is 50% female 
(excluding TradeFlow), which will be an ongoing focus for  
the organisation. 

Supply@ME’s equal opportunities policy aims to ensure  
that the work environment is free from direct and indirect 
discrimination on the grounds; of race, sex, disability,  
sexual orientation, gender reassignment, marriage or  
civil partnership, pregnancy or maternity, religion or belief  
or age, and enables everyone to achieve their potential. 

Having a global mindset, being collaborative and embracing 
differences are fundamental to our corporate culture.  
They run deeply through our people practices, including  
in recruitment, performance management and development 
of the team. In addition to the behaviours of innovation  
and focusing on delivery. 

Aspiration 
Continue to build a diverse, inclusive organisation which 
offers opportunities for growth and development for all  
employees and contractors. 

Business model and innovation 

Current 
Supply@ME’s model is, by its nature, innovative. The Group’s 
desire is for the business to have a positive impact on the 
environment, society and our stakeholders. One area of 
focus during 2022 has been the assessment of the Group’s 
corporate client’s approach to ESG, ensuring clients’ ESG  
impact is being taken into consideration during the onboarding 
process. This also allows potential inventory funders to  
be informed of the corporate clients’ ESG impact to enable  
a proactive approach to ESG management. Currently, during 
due diligence, Moody’s ESG predictor is used to assess  
corporate clients, which takes into consideration a potential 
client's jurisdiction, size and industry. This information can 
then be shared with potential inventory funders. 

39 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

The Board confirms that throughout 2022, a robust  
assessment of the principal risks facing the Company was 
completed. A comprehensive list of Group-wide risks and 
emerging risks was reviewed and monitored throughout the 
year, managed by our designated risk officer Stuart Nelson, 
Head of Enterprise Risk Management. The most significant 
risks and uncertainties we face are listed in the table below, 
categorised by principal risk. 

Strategic risk 

Strategic risk is defined as the failure to build a sustainable, 
diversified and profitable business that can successfully 
adapt to environment changes due to the inefficient use  
of Group’s available resources.

Key risks

Management of risk

Strategic competition 
The Company’s business model is that of an innovative 
Platform for inventory monetisation, aiming to capitalise 
upon market developments where supply chains may 
be placed under pressure. This has led suppliers to  
hold increased amounts of inventory in order to supply 
both on and off-line retailers, with a resultant restriction 
on available working capital. The Company is aware  
of certain larger key entrants to related markets that 
may be able to offer competing or related products  
on a larger scale that the Company is able to. This could 
affect the Company’s ability to increase revenues and 
profit margins in the future.

The Company acknowledges the risk of new and  
potentially larger competitors and regularly monitors 
new entrants to keep abreast of changes to this risk  
factor. At present, the Company believes it is able  
to more readily adapt to changing market conditions 
than larger entrants, utilising its nimbler organisational 
structure.

Future development and strategy 
During 2022, the Company has proven its ability to  
deliver a successful inventory monetisation transaction. 
However, as the transaction process has not yet been 
repeated, the business’ ability to scale remains unproven, 
which could affect the Company’s ability to increase  
revenues and profit margins in the future.

The key to our long-term business growth is the platform. 
The platform and product roadmap are continually being 
enhanced to enable seamless interactions with clients 
and inventory funders, with minimal human intervention, 
using a lean workforce to deliver a high volume of  
transactions and revenue.

Inventory funding risk 
The risk that demand from corporate clients for  
Inventory Monetisation transactions – which generates 
revenue for the Company via the due diligence and  
origination fees and Platform consumption – cannot  
be met by the debt funding providers to the respective 
Stock Companies, and the Global Inventory Funds  
as the demand requires or can only be met at an  
uneconomic price. This risk varies with the economic  
attractiveness of the Global Inventory programme  
as an investment for potential inventory funders, the 
level of diversification of funding sources, and the  
level of resilience of these funding sources through 
economic cycles.

This risk is carefully managed by: 
> developing and building long-term relationships  

with a portfolio of investors (Investors in the Global 
Inventory programme and Inventory Funders)  
and developing a forward-looking pipeline of new  
investors/ inventory funders; 

> actively managing concentration risk and diversifying 

sources of funding; and 

> leveraging a seasoned team of arrangers and placing 
agents to help identify and secure new investors/ 
inventory funders.

40 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
Key risks

Management of risk

The Company remains engaged with several key  
stakeholders in respect of funding strategies and has 
also announced on 28 April 2023, that the Company  
has agreed a new equity subscription agreement with 
gross proceeds of up to £2.2m and has entered into  
an unsecured working capital loan agreement with  
the AvantGarde Group S.p.A (“TAG”) of up to £2.8m. 
Both these facilities are essential to support the  
working capital and growth needs of the Group over  
the coming months.

The Company acknowledges the risk, but believes it is 
able to more readily adapt to changing market conditions 
than larger entrants utilising its nimbler organisational 
structure.

Group funding risk 
The Company and the Group are currently in the early 
stage of development and have not generated consistent 
revenues from operations to date and are not currently 
profitable. In addition, predicting the time frames within 
which the Group will commence the generation of  
consistent revenues is difficult. As a result of the current 
stage of development, the Group has needed to rely  
on funding from various sources including convertible 
loan note facilities, equity investments and most recently, 
more traditional bank financing to continue to operate. 
Despite continued confidence in its business plan and 
forecasts, the Directors recognise additional financing 
may be required and that the availability of future  
potential funding options maybe be limited, may not  
be on terms that are favourable to the Group and may 
be dilutive to shareholders.

Global economic risks 
The disruption of global supply chain operations related 
to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine continues; however,  
the impact on supply chains may prove positive for  
the Company’s business. Nonetheless, the Board  
acknowledges the creation of inherent uncertainly 
posed by current geo-political crises and attendant  
interest and inflationary risks.

Operational risks 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate 
or failed internal processes, people and systems or from  
external events.

Key risks

Management of risk

Talent and diversity risk 
Loss of certain member of the board and leadership 
team could lead to a reduced ability to effectively run 
the Company, while loss of the key members of the 
team could materially hamper the speed at which the 
Company is able to scale up the business and increase 
operational efficiency.

During 2022 an employee experience and engagement 
survey was undertaken to ensure the board and  
leadership team are building a company which retains 
and enables talent, which resulted in an action plan  
focused on areas important to the team. The first awards 
on the Long-Term incentive plan were made during 
2022, with the goal of long-term retention of key members 
of the team. Regular succession planning reviews are 
conducted by the Nomination Committee supported  
by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief People Officer.

41 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Key risks

Management of risk

Business continuity risk 
As an expanding company, business continuity plans  
inherently will lack visibility as it continues to develop 
and grow.

The Company presents to third parties its business  
continuity plans, when necessary, for third-party insight, 
and continually reviews and tests its robustness to  
attack or failure.

Regulatory, reputation and conduct risk 

Regulatory, reputation and conduct risk is defined as  
engaging in activities that detract from Group’s goal of being 
a trusted and reputable company with products, services  

and processes designed for customer success and  
delivered in a way that will not cause customer detriment  
or regulatory censure.

Key risks

Management of risk

Data protection 
The Company undergoes data protection assessments, 
predominantly under Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (General 
Data Protection Regulation) and the Data Protection Act 
2018, but the Board recognises that operating in multiple 
jurisdictions leaves it at risk of breach of individual  
jurisdictional legislation.

The Company has engaged extensively over the past  
year with recognised data protection experts to  
establish appropriate data protection protections  
in the jurisdictions within which it currently operates,  
with any issues raised considered by appropriate  
committee.

Intellectual property risk 
The proprietary fintech Platform developed by the Group 
and used to facilitate inventory monetisation transactions 
is the intellectual property of the Supply@ME Group. Given 
the global rise in the number of data and cybersecurity 
breaches carried out by malicious actors or hackers, the 
Group’s intellectual property may be at risk of being 
stolen as a result of unauthorised access to its systems.

Financial risk management 
The Board monitors the internal risk management  
function across the Group and advises on all relevant 
risk issues. There is regular communication with internal 
departments, external advisors and regulators.  
The Company’s policies on financial instruments and  
the risks pertaining to those instruments are set out  
in the accounting policies in notes 2 and 23 of the  
Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company and Group are aware of growing  
cybersecurity risks and regularly reviews the robustness 
of cybersecurity provisions around its network. This  
includes mandatory staff training to recognise data 
breach and/or phishing attempts, via software such  
as malware or ransomware.

The Board are apprised of the Company’s risk register 
on at least a quarterly basis, and respond appropriately.

The strategic report set out from pages 1 to 42 is  
approved by the Board of Directors and signed on  
its behalf by: 

Alessandro Zamboni 
Chief Executive Officer 
28 April 2023

42 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Strategic Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate 
Governance 
Report

43 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

Corporate Governance Introduction

Our Board of Directors are focused on ensuring sound 
corporate governance and an effective board. The Board 
jointly takes responsibility for overseeing the Company’s 
corporate governance model and ensuring that effective 
communication flows freely between Executives and  
Non-Executives in a timely manner. 

We have adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance  
Corporate Governance for small and mid-sized quoted 
companies (“QCA code”). This report follows the structure 
of these guidelines and explains how we have applied  
the guidance. The Board is cognisant of the importance  
of compliance with the QCA Code and endeavours  
to adhere to this as far as practicable having regard  
to the size, nature and current stage of development  
of the Company. 

We understand that application of the QCA code support 
the Company’s medium to long term success whilst  
simultaneously managing risks and providing an  
underlying framework of commitment and transparent 
communications with stakeholders. We are committed  
to monitoring and promoting a socially responsible  
corporate culture, illustrated through internal policies  
and external stakeholder engagement. 

As a main market company, (standard segment, trading 
on the London Stock Exchange) this information needs  
to be reviewed annually and details of our Corporate  
Governance can be found on our website. 

Outlined below are details of the Directors of the Group 
during 2022.

3

1

4

2

5

44 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Information

Current Executive Directors 

Alessandro Zamboni 
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director (1) 
Appointed 23 March 2020 
Alessandro is CEO and Executive Director of Supply@ME 
Capital Plc. He specialises in the financial services industry 
and related strategic and digital models. Since 2008,  
he has been managing the delivery and the sales operations 
of a consulting company specialising in Regulatory & Internal 
Controls for Banks and Insurance Firms. He founded the  
AvanteGarde Group S.p.A, the former parent company  
of Supply@ME S.r.l., in 2014. He holds a BA degree in  
Economics from the University of Turin. 

As well as being CEO of Supply@ME Capital Plc, Alessandro 
holds executive positions at AZ Company S.r.l., AvantGarde 
4.0 S.r.l., Orchestra Group (rete di imprese), The AvantGarde 
Group S.p.A., RegTech Open Project S.p.A., Future of Fintech 
S.r.l. and 1AF2 Limited and a Non-Executive Director role  
at Darwinsurance S.r.l. 

Current Non-Executive Directors 

Albert Ganyushin 
Independent Chairperson and Non-Executive Director (2) 
Appointed 30 June 2022 
Albert was appointed as independent chairperson and  
a Non-Executive Director in 2022 following a long career  
in capital markets. Since 2017, he has served as Head  
of Capital Markets at Dr. Peters Group with responsibility  
for international institutional business, including investment 
management, capital markets, financing and investor  
relations. Prior to joining Dr. Peters Group, between 2010 
and 2016, he worked in leadership roles in the listings  
business of NYSE Euronext Group after a career in investment 
banking that started with Deutsche Bank A.G. (London 
Branch) in 2000. 

He graduated with an MBA degree from London Business 
School in 2000 and began his professional career as a  
management consultant with Accenture in London in 1995. 
In addition to his role with Supply@ME Albert is also a  
director of Westcott Hill Capital Limited and Austen Grove 
Capital Limited. 

Enrico Camerinelli 
Independent Non-Executive Director (3) 
Appointed 23 March 2020 
Enrico keeps abreast of market trends and business  
practices by taking an active part in projects launched  
by the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe, 
the World Bank, the World Trade Board, and the Council  
of Supply Chain Management Professionals. He regularly  
attends major industry events as invited guest speaker and 
writes on specialized magazines and papers. He holds an 
MSc in Electronic Engineering from Università degli Studi  
“La Sapienza”, Rome, Italy. 

David Bull 
Independent Non-Executive Director (4) 
Appointed 22 July 2021 
David, a Chartered Accountant, with 30 year’s experience,  
is a technology-driven experienced financial services  
professional with a banking and financial services digitisation 
mindset. He has held a number of senior board roles within 
banking, asset finance, treasury and credit management  
institutions, including several years as Chief Financial  
Accountant at The Bank of England. He holds a BSc (First 
Class) in Mathematics and Statistics from the University  
of Bradford. 

During 2022 David was a director of Eight Capital Partners 
plc until he resigned on 12 August 2022, and Epsion Capital 
Ltd until he resigned on 12 October 2022. He remains  
a director of Braintree Hockey Club Limited & KDB Office 
Services Limited. On 24 February 2023 he was appointed  
a director at Thumb Soldiers Limited. 

Alexandra Galligan 
Independent Non-Executive Director (5) 
Appointed 16 March 2023 
Alexandra holds more than 20 years’ experience in senior 
business development positions, including most recently  
as Partner and Chief Executive Officer at FCA-regulated  
investment advisory firm MUSST Investments LLP (“MUSST”) 
– a role she held for over a decade. During her time at 
MUSST, Alexandra maintained and developed relationships 
with a wide network of investors advising them on investing 
in early-stage hedge funds, private credit and alternative  
assets. Her previous roles also included business development 
at financial services firm Matrix Group Ltd, where she was 
appointed to create in-house platform of hedge funds and 
UCITS vehicles. She was also responsible for the structuring 
of these funds, preparation of related prospectuses,  
subscription documentation and marketing materials. 

45 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Information

Previous Executive Directors 

Thomas (Tom) James 
Executive Director 
Appointed 30 July 2021 Resigned 23 March 2023 
Tom was an Executive Director during 2022, and continues 
to be the CIO, CEO and co-founder of the Trade Flow Funds 
and fintech solutions. He has over 30 years of commercial 
expertise in the commodity and energy industry and is the 
business and system architect for this unique and innovative 
digitised trade finance solution for bulk physical commodity 
transactions. He has experience of senior regulated roles  
in financial institutions (including Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi 
UFJ, Credit Agricole and Credit Lyonnais) and various trading 
firms including BHP Billiton, covering a full range of functional 
areas including trade finance, project finance, investment 
banking, supply chain/operations, derivatives, physical  
markets, and fund management. 

During his career he has operated in many countries in  
Africa, Europe, Middle East, and Asia Pacific. He has authored 
over nine books in the energy and commodity trading  
and risk management field and served as Chair Professor 
and Adjunct Professor at various universities around the 
world and is a former member of the United Nations FAO 
Commodity Risk Management Advisory Group, and a former 
Senior Energy Advisor to the United States Department  
of Defence (TFBSO). He holds a PhD in Practices for the  
Global Commodity Markets within the Functional Disciplines 
of Trading and Risk Management and a Masters in Energy 
Price Risk Management from Middlesex University London. 

In addition to his role on the board of Supply@ME Capital 
Plc during 2022, Tom is also Director of TradeFlow Capital 
Management Pte. Limited, Tijara Pte. Limited, TradeFlow 
Capital Management Systems Pte. Limited and the following 
dormant companies, Navitas Resources (UK) Limited, Navitas 
Resources Pte Limited and NR Capital Pte Limited which is 
currently in liquidation. 

John Collis 
Executive Director 
Appointed 30 July 2021 Resigned 23 March 2023 
John was an Executive Director during 2022 and is co-founder 
of the Trade Flow Funds and fintech solution where he holds 
the position of Chief Risk Officer (CRO). As well as overseeing 
the development of the fund’s critical legal infrastructure 
and working with leading counsel on its enforceability, John 
has overseen the classification of the specialist intellectual 
property developed and acquired by TradeFlow and its 
licensing. John is a commercial lawyer with expertise in  
regulatory, compliance, structuring, and transactional matters. 
John operated his own law firm from 2003, specialising  
in international commercial work. John has written and  

lectured about the rule of law, Eurasia Economic Union, 
CSTO, and International Commercial Enforcement. Before 
becoming a lawyer, John worked for Ernst & Young, he was 
educated at Oxford University and is chairman of Hertford 
College RFC. 

In addition to his role as a Director of Supply@ME during 
2022, John is also a director of TradeFlow Capital Management 
Pte. Limited, Tijara Pte. Limited, TradeFlow Capital Management 
Systems Pte. Limited, Kenwood Nominees Limited, Kenwood 
Secretaries Limited, Higher Education Research Limited,  
MTI Solutions Limited, JCS 107 Limited, JCS 110 Limited,  
NR Capital Pte Limited, Price Verifier System Limited, 
Softnpower Limited and Ultraponix Limited. 

Previous Non-Executive Directors 

Andrew Thomas 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Appointed 30 June 2022 Resigned 115 March 2023 
Andrew has over 20 years’ experience in various business 
advisory roles and during this time has worked across  
the US, UK, EU and APAC regions, acquiring expertise  
of onshore and offshore fund structuring and oversight,  
particularly in relation to regulatory issues. He also has  
extensive experience in mitigating ESG risks while helping 
organisations to maximise ESG opportunities. He holds  
BA in History and Politics from the University of Exeter.  
In addition to his role with Supply@ME he is also a director 
of Transatlantic Regulatory Consulting LLC. 

Susanne Chishti 
Appointed 23 March 2020 Resigned 14 April 2022 
Susanne has over 20 years of financial expertise and  
board-level experience focused on organisational governance, 
and a strong understanding of the small/medium size  
enterprise market. Her experience draws on 14 years  
in banking with senior positions at Morgan Stanley, Lloyds 
Banking Group and Deutsche Bank. 

As CEO of FINTECH Circle, she is an award-winning  
entrepreneur and global expert in financial technology, new 
business models and a bestselling Editor of The FINTECH 
Book Series published by Wiley. During 2022 Susanne also 
held directorships with FINTECH circle Ltd, Crowne Agents 
Bank, CAB Tech HoldCo Ltd and Just Loans Group Plc. 

James (Jim) Coyle 
Appointed 28 October 2021 Resigned 4 March 2022 
Jim is a highly respected, strategic leader with over four  
decades of both executive and non-executive financial  
services experience. After a thirty-year career at some of the 
UK’s largest institutions, including BP, Bank of Scotland and 
Lloyds Banking Group Plc, where he served most recently  

46 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Since the end of the 2022 financial year, further Board  
composition changes have taken place, with Andrew  
Thomas stepping down on 15 March and being replaced  
by Alexandra Galligan on 16 March and Tom James and John 
Collis stepping down from the Plc Board on 23 March 2023. 

The board generally plans to meet once a month, however, 
additional board meetings were held during 2022 which  
reflect the pivotal activities undertaken during the year  
including, but not limited to, those activities related to the 
capital enhancement plan and the open offer, and the level 
of consideration and input provided by the board to these 
matters. During 2022, there were 19 board meetings held 
during the year, seven subcommittee meetings and 11  
formal written resolutions. 

Sub-committees are convened by the board to manage  
specific work streams in a timely efficient manner, and  
keep the board appraised of progress. The Sub-committee 
meetings were focused on approval of the issuance of  
convertible loan notes, warrant issuances and finalisation  
of aspects of the open offer and prospectus post discussion 
of such at board meetings. Written resolutions require  
consideration and signatures from all members of the  
board and covered the approval of conversion of open  
offer warrants, finalisation and formalisation of PDMR  
categorisations and approval of interim accounts. 

as Group Financial Controller and Deputy Group Finance  
Director, he has been appointed to a number of Board roles 
mainly across the financial services industry. During 2022, 
prior to his resignation from Supply@ME, Jim also held  
directorships at HSBC UK Bank Plc, HSBC Trust Company 
(UK) Limited, Marks and Spencer Financial Services Plc, 
Marks and Spencer Unit Trust Management Limited,  
Honeycomb Investment Trust Plc and Scottish Water  
Horizons Holdings Limited and Scottish Water Business 
Streams Holding Limited until he resigned from the latter 
two positions on 31 March 2022. 

Overview 

During the course of 2022 there have been a number  
of changes to the board structure and composition.  
The Group started the year with Jim Coyle as Chairman,  
Susanne Chishti as Senior Non-Executive Director, Enrico 
Camerinelli as Non-Executive Director and Alessandro  
Zamboni, John Collis and Tom James as Executive Directors. 

On 4 March 2022 Jim Coyle stepped down as chair for  
personal reasons, allowing him to better balance  
existing time obligations across his extensive portfolio  
of Non-Executive roles. Susanne Chishti ended her tenure 
as Senior Non-Executive Director and Remuneration  
Committee Chair on 14 April after having been with the 
company since its listing in March 2020. 

Albert Ganyushin and Andrew Thomas joined the board 
post the AGM on 30 June 2022 as Chair of the Board and 
Non-Executive Director respectively. 

2022 Board attendance 

Director                                                                                       Scheduled meeting attended                Appointed to Board                                Resigned (if applicable) 

David Bull                                                             18 / 19                                        22 July 2021                               N/A 

Enrico Camerinelli                                               16 / 19                                        23 March 2020                         N/A 

Susanne Chishti                                                  4 / 5                                             23 March 2020                         14 April 2022 

John Collis                                                            12 / 19                                        30 July 2021                               23 March 2023 

Jim Coyle                                                               3 / 3                                             28 October 2021                      4 March 2022 

Alexandra Galligan                                              0 / 0                                             16 March 2023                         N/A 

Albert Ganyushin                                                8 / 8                                             30 June 2022                             N/A 

Tom James                                                           16 / 19                                        30 July 2021                               23 March 2023 

Andrew Thomas                                                  7 / 8                                             30 June 2022                             15 March 2023 

Alessandro Zamboni                                          17 / 19                                        23 March 2020                         N/A 

47 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Information

Independence 

Principal Board Activities and Decisions in 2022 

The Board has considered the Non-Executive Directors  
independence periodically throughout the year. The approach 
taken to this is considering the UK Corporate Governance 
Code’s definition of circumstances which are likely to impair 
a Non-Executive Directors’ independence. These include 
where a director: 
> has been an employee of company/group within the last 

5 years; 

> has, or has had within the last 3 years, material business 
relationship with the company, directly or as a partner, 
shareholder, director or senior employee of a body that 
has such a relationship; 

> receives additional remuneration from the company 

apart from director’s fee, participates in the company’s 
share option or a performance-related pay scheme,  
or is a member of company’s pension scheme; has close 
family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors 
or senior employees; 

> holds cross-directorships or has significant links with 

other directors through involvement in other companies 
or bodies; 

> represents a significant shareholder; or 
> has served on the board for more than nine years from 

the date of their first appointment. 

Having given consideration to these factors the following 
current Non-Executive Directors are considered independent 
by the Board, Albert Ganyushin, Enrico Camerinelli, David 
Bull, Alexandra Galligan. In addition, Susanne Chishti, Andrew 
Thomas and Jim Coyle were considered independent during 
their tenure. 

The principal decisions made, and activities carried out,  
by the Board during 2022 are summarised below: 

Ongoing regular governance activities 
> During the pre-scheduled monthly board meetings,  

regular agenda items included updates from the Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Group Head  
of Enterprise Risk Management, Chief People Officer  
and business updates from TradeFlow. Updates were also 
provided from each of the Remuneration, Nomination 
and Audit Committees, following these respective  
committee meetings, and where necessary, input and  
approval was sought from the board on key topics in 
lines with the terms of reference. This included, but was 
not limited to, review of: 
> related party transaction and potential conflicts  

of interest; 

> committee terms of reference; 
> business continuity; 
> discussion, review and approval of budgets and cash 

flow forecasts; 

> approval of regulatory news announcements including 
those relating to the interim financial statements,  
annual reports and accounts, prospectus, Open Offer 
circular, issue of new ordinary shares, adhoc business 
updates etc; 

> risk management framework, with a focus on the  

principal risks and uncertainties; and 

> communication with and responses to enquiries  

from regulators. 

> Discussion and approval of board changes, including 
members stepping down, and appointment of Albert  
Ganyushin and Andrew Thomas during the year. 

> Establishment of a new wholly owned Italian subsidiary, 
Supply@ME Technologies S.r.l. and the approval of the 
transfer of the Group’s Intellectual Property rights relating 
to the Platform to this new entity from the existing Italian 
subsidiary, Supply@ME Srl. The Board considered this  
an important step for the Group, prior to the execution  
of the first IM transaction, as it ensured the Platform,  
and its associated Trademarks were able to be managed 
by a dedicated entity within the Supply@ME Group. 
> During the year, the Board established a new Disclosure 
Committee, responsible for ensuring timely and accurate 
disclosure of all information that is required to be disclosed 
to the market to meet the legal and regulatory obligations 
and requirements. 

> Discussion, consideration and development of a new 

shareholder communications strategy. 

> Approval of the new long term incentive plan and granting 
of share options to certain employees on 31 October 2022. 

48 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
Oversight of the key strategic activities carried  
out during the year 
> Completion of strategic alliance agreement in September 
2022 with VeChain Foundation to complete the inaugural 
inventory monetisation transaction. 

> Discussions regarding the need to consider the  

restructuring of the wholly owned subsidiary relationship 
with TradeFlow. These discussions initially focussed on 
the feedback received from the regulators in Singapore 
on the perceived conflicts of interest between the fund 
manager and advisor activities of TradeFlow and the  
fintech activities of Supply@ME. Following these initial  
discussions, various options to restructure the relationship 
with TradeFlow were considered by the Board and work 
began in 2022 on agreeing the terms and conditions of the 
TradeFlow Restructuring. The Company was planning to 
announce the completion of the TradeFlow Restructuring 
in tandem with the publication of the Group’s 2022  
Annual Report and Accounts at the end of April 2023, and 
to publish a supplementary prospectus in conjunction 
therewith, subject to the approval of the Financial Conduct 
Authority (the “FCA”). However, immediately after tendering 
their resignations as Directors, the TradeFlow Directors 
provided further written notice to the Board of their  
intention to exercise their rights to buy back 100% of the 
share capital of TradeFlow (the “Buy Back”), pursuant to 
certain earn out arrangements entered into in connection 
with the Company’s acquisition of TradeFlow.

Oversight of existing financing, implementation of the 
Capital Enhancement Plan and execution of traditional 
bank financing arrangements 
> During the first half of the year, the Board invested time 
and effort evaluating and managing the Group’s short 
term financing arrangements with Mercator Capital  
Management Fund LP (“Mercator”). This included the 
monthly consideration of the Group’s working capital 
position in assessing whether to fund the monthly  
repayments through cash or the issues of convertible 
loan notes. In addition, as required, the Board approved 
of share issues connected to the conversion by Mercator 
of the convertible loan notes they held. 

> During the early part of 2022, the Board spent time  

exploring alternative longer-term funding options that 
would allow the repayment of the Mercator financing  
facility referred to above. Of the various options presented, 
the Board agreed that the new Capital Enhancement  
Plan would provide the Group with greater balance sheet 
stability through the replacement of short-term financing 
with the issue of shares to a new longer-term investor. 
The Capital Enhancement Plan consisted of the issue of 
new equity to Venus Capital S.A. (“Venus Capital”) for cash 
and in settlement of convertible loan notes provided, and 
the issue of new equity to existing retail shareholders 
through an Open Offer. 

> Following on from the decision made to enter in the  
Capital Enhancement Plan, the Board was involved  
in approving the issue of new share capital and warrants 
to Venus Capital, the approval of the Open Offer to  
existing retail shareholders, and review and approval  
of the prospectus issued on 3 October 2022. 

> The ongoing approval related to the issue of shares  

connected to the conversion of the Open Offer warrants 
exercised by existing shareholders. 

> In the later part of 2022, the Board assessed the  

opportunity for Supply@ME Technologies S.r.l to execute 
a more traditional unsecured debt facility with Banco 
BPM, the third largest banking group in Italy. This facility 
was completed in October 2022 and has been primarily 
used for continued investment into the Group’s Platform 
technology. 

49 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
Statement of Compliance with the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code

Principle 1 

Principle 3 

Establish a strategy and business model which promote 
long-term value for shareholders. 
The Board and management team have been focused  
on the long-term growth of the business and building  
solid foundation which underpin the reasons shareholders 
should invest. Supply@ME has developed a novel and 
unique solution which has taken time and investment.  
There is a clear gap in the market which represents a  
huge opportunity for the organisation to scale and grow, 
whilst creating long-term value for shareholders. The solid 
foundations have been built and the unique solution is 
proven and multimarket ready. 

Principle 2 

Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs  
and expectations. 
The Group continually seeks to improve its engagement  
with its shareholders, both private and institutional investors. 
During 2022, guided by our external Public and Investor  
relations team, focus has been placed on disseminating  
information to the market in a timely manner, as well  
as monitoring and responding to communications in the 
dedicated investor relations inbox, where it is possible to  
respond, for shareholders to be furnished with non-market 
sensitive information. As a growing business, with limited 
bandwidth, it is not possible for our team to provide an  
individualised response to each and every enquiry we receive. 
However, every communication is reviewed and, where 
possible, furnished with a full response as a priority. This  
is an evolutionary process and Supply@ME will continue  
to augment its investor relations function to provide more 
insights into the Company through regular engagement  
and discourse. 

The business has also sought to outline our business  
model canvas and ensure that our revenue streams and  
the foundations for our business are clear to external  
stakeholders and will update, via regulated channels, on 
these components as and when material developments  
can be relayed. 

Take into account wider stakeholder and social  
responsibilities and their implications for long-term  
success. 
The Board considers the interests of shareholders and  
all relevant stakeholders in line with section 172 of the  
Companies Act 2006. Proactively engaging with our  
stakeholders strengthens our relationships and helps  
us make better business decisions to deliver on our  
commitments. The Board is regularly updated on wider 
stakeholder engagement feedback to stay abreast of  
stakeholder insights into the issues that matter most  
to them and our business, and to enable the Board to 
understand and consider these issues in decision-making. 
Details of how we seek to understand and meet shareholder 
needs and expectations are set out at Principle 2, above.  
Details of how the Board has engaged with our wider  
stakeholder group, including our people, shareholders,  
corporate clients inventory funders and fund investors  
can be found as part of the engagement with stakeholders 
and section 172. 

Principle 4 

Embed effective risk management, considering both  
opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation. 
The Board has established a risk management process  
for identifying, assessing and mitigating the principal risks 
and uncertainties facing the Group. The Group’s risk position 
is considered by the Board on a regular basis, with ad hoc 
reviews conducted as required. The Board is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining the Group’s system of internal 
financial controls and the Audit Committee assists the Board 
in discharging its duties relating to internal financial controls. 
Internal financial control systems are designed to meet  
the particular needs of the Group and the risk to which  
it is exposed, and by its very nature can provide reasonable, 
but not absolute, assurance against material misstatement 
or loss. 

Areas of focus for internal financial controls include strategic 
planning, approval of annual budgets, regular monitoring  
of performance against budget (including full investigation  
of significant variances), control of capital expenditure  
and ensuring proper accounting records are maintained. 
The Directors will continue to reassess internal financial  
controls as the Group expands further. It is the Board’s  
policy to ensure that the management structure and the 
quality and integrity of the personnel are compatible with 
the requirements of the Group. 

50 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Group’s auditors are encouraged to raise comments on 
internal control in their management letter following their 
audit, and the points raised and actions arising are moni-
tored through to completion by the Audit Committee.  

Principle 5 

Maintaining the Board as a well- functioning, balanced  
team led by the Chair. 
As referenced above there have been a number of Board 
membership changes during 2022 and in early 2023 post 
year end. The Board currently consists of one Executive  
Director, Alessandro Zamboni, CEO. Tom James and John 
Collis were Executive Directors for the financial year 2022, 
departing the Board in March 2023. Albert Ganyushin leads 
the Board as Non-Executive Chair supported by David Bull, 
Enrico Camerinelli and Alexandra Galligan as Non-Executive 
Directors. The balance of the Executive and Non-Executives 
and the structure of the committees is in compliance  
with the QCA code. The biographical details of the Board 
members can be found in this Annual Report on page 45,  
as well as on the Company’s website. 

The Board typically meets monthly in order to, amongst 
other things, approve financial statements and significant 
changes in accounting practices and key commercial matters, 
as well as receive functional updates from the Leadership 
team. The Directors commit the requisite amount of time to 
their respective roles to ensure that they fulfil their individual 
and collective responsibilities in an effective manner. The 
Company has effective procedures in place to monitor and 
deal with conflicts of interest. The Board is supported by an 
Audit Committee, a Remuneration Committee, a Nomination 
Committee and a Disclosure Committee, the latter of which 
is a new layer of governance introduced during 2022. 
Further details of the Nominations, Remuneration and Audit 
Committee can be found in each of the Committee Reports 
within this Annual Report on pages 54, 66, 58 respectively, 
as well as on the Company’s website. One element of the 
role of the Independent Non-Executive Directors is to be 
available to shareholders who wish to raise any concerns 
that they have been unable to resolve through other channels 
and to attend meetings between management and major  
investors. 

Principle 6 

Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary 
up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities. 
During the recruitment process for a new Chair and  
Independent Non-Executive Board members, a great deal  
of consideration has been given to the knowledge, skills  
and experience required for the future of group. Ensuring  
a balance of broad corporate governance knowledge with 
specific skills sets including regulations, trade finance, capital 
markets, fintech sector knowledge and investor relations 
and business development experience has been crucial.  
In addition to the appropriate balance of personal qualities 
and capabilities for our innovative global business. The Board 
changes during 2022 and early 2023 are testament to the 
fact the structure, size and composition of the Board is  
regularly reviewed to ensure the Board operates effectively. 

In order to develop their skills and keep up to date with  
market developments and corporate governance matters, 
new joiners to the Board are provided with a comprehensive 
induction into the business. The Board also has regular  
updates from and access to the management team.  
All directors are able to take independent professional  
advice in the furtherance of their duties, if necessary,  
at the Company’s expense. 

Biographies for each of the directors, including details on 
their experience and skills, are set out on the Company’s 
website and in the Directors’ Report section of this Annual 
Report. 

Principle 7 

Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous improvement. 
The Board’s effectiveness and the individual performance  
of Directors are considered regularly by the Board on an  
informal basis. A formal Board evaluation was conducted  
in December 2022 and reported on to the Chair. This  
evaluation looked at the process that underpins Board  
effectiveness, Board and committee constitution and  
commitment, Board dynamics and culture, stakeholder 
oversight and strategy. As a result of this, changes have  
also been made to the committee composition, which are 
outlined in the individual committee reports. This evaluation 
will be conducted annually. Board and Leadership Team 
succession planning is a matter considered by the Nomination 
Committee. During 2022 the risk and the impact of key 
members of the team taking the decision to leave the Group 
was assessed. How these risks would be mitigated was  
considered and plans put in place. This evaluation will take 
place at least annually. 

51 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Compliance with the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code

Principle 8 

Promote a culture that is based on ethical values  
and behaviours. 
The Board believes that the promotion of a corporate culture 
based on sound ethical values and behaviours is essential  
to maximise shareholder value. The Executive team seeks  
to engender open and positive interactions with a focus  
on innovation, collaboration, delivery and a global mindset. 
This culture is encouraged throughout the business,  
with people management practices aligned to support. 
Supply@ME is operating in a new business area and the 
ability to innovate will be essential to the Group’s success. 
Collaboration and ensuring each member of the team’s 
views and opinions are heard will lead to a better product 
and outcome for all the Group’s stakeholders. Understanding 
the global perspective of each decision and having an 
understanding of global nuances will lead to a greater  
long-term reach of the Group. Most of all, the Group wants 
to deliver for all its stakeholders and this is central to the  
culture which is being created. The Company’s policies  
set out its zero-tolerance approach towards any form  
of modern slavery, discrimination or unethical behaviour  
relating to bribery, corruption or business conduct. 

Principle 9 

Maintain governance structures and processes that  
are fit for purpose and support good decision-making  
by the Board. 
The Board endeavors to ensure governance structures 
within the Company are appropriate for the size, complexity 
and risk profile of the Company. This is regularly reviewed  
by the Board to ensure governance arrangements continue 
to be appropriate as the Company changes over time. The 
Board also responds to business opportunities and adjusts 
its composition to take advantage of this, hence the changes 
seen during 2022 and early 2023. 

The Board typically meet monthly to set the overall direction 
and strategy for the Group and to review operational and  
financial performance. The Board and its Committees receive 
appropriate and timely information prior to each meeting: 
and a formal agenda is produced for each meeting, and 
Board and committee papers are distributed before meetings 
take place. Any director may challenge Company proposals 
and decisions are taken democratically after discussion.  
Any director who feels that any concern remains unresolved 
after discussion may ask for that concern to be noted in the 
minutes of the meeting, which are signed by the meeting 
Chair and circulated to all directors. 

Any specific actions arising from such meetings are agreed 
by the Board or relevant Committee and then followed up 
by the Company’s management. The Board and management 
team, supported by external company secretaries and  
lawyers, ensure Board procedures are followed and applicable 
rules and regulations are complied with. 

There is a formal schedule of matters reserved for the  
decision of the Board that covers the key areas of the  
Company’s affairs. The schedule includes: 
> Determining the Company’s overall strategy and direction 
> Establishing and maintaining controls, audit processes 
and risk management policies to ensure they counter 
identified risks and that the Company operates efficiently 

> Ensuring effective corporate governance 
> Approving budgets and reviewing performance relative  

to those budgets 

> Approving financial statements 
> Approving material agreements and non-recurring projects 
> Approving senior and Board appointments 
> Additionally, there is a clear delegated authority matrix 
stipulating what company costs need to be approved  
by Board and which decisions can be made by the  
management team. 

Each member of the Board has clearly defined roles and  
responsibilities. The Chair is responsible for the leadership 
of the Board, ensuring its effectiveness and high standards 
of corporate governance, approving and monitoring  
strategic direction, and allowing stakeholder views to  
be incorporated as part of the Board’s decision making.  
The Chair’s role is also to build collaborative relationships, 
and promote debate and openness so as to ensure the  
effective contribution by all Directors and Non-Executive  
Directors. 

The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is responsible for the 
day-to-day operation and running of Group, supported by 
the management team. The CEO also leads the development 
and implementation of the approved strategy and business 
plan, ensuring decisions of the Board are implemented,  
effective working relationships with the Chair and NEDs are 
maintained, whilst providing leadership in the Company’s 
commitment to its purpose, high business standards, culture 
and core values, and communication with key stakeholders. 

The Non-Executive Director role is to bring external  
perspective, constructive challenge, independent judgement 
and objectivity to the Board’s decision making and discussion. 
They act as a sounding Board for the Chairman and a source 
of reciprocal feedback for other members of the Board and 
shareholders. The Non-Executive Directors bring a range of 
skills, expertise and knowledge to the Board, and constructively 
challenge the executive management of the Company.  

52 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Non-Executive Directors are responsible for a range  
of activities, including monitoring the performance of the 
executive management, determining appropriate levels  
of remuneration, ensuring financial controls and risk  
management systems are robust, as well as challenging  
and supporting executive management in the development 
of the strategy and objectives of the Company. 

An Executive Director is an employee of the Group who sits 
on the Board of directors but also performs management 
duties within the business of the company. They oversee 
and manage day to day activities within their own area of  
the business, whilst supporting the CEO, and are tasked with 
the objective of implementing the strategy, whilst upholding 
the company’s values and culture. The Executive Directors 
performance is reviewed and scrutinised by the Non-Executive 
Directors. The board is supported by an Audit Committee, 
Remuneration Committee, Nomination Committee and  
Disclosure Committee. Further details of the responsibilities 
of each of these are outlined in their respective reports. 

Principle 10 

Communicate how the company is governed and is  
performing by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders 
and other relevant stakeholders. 
The company is committed to open communications with  
all its shareholders. Communication will be primarily through 
the company’s website, the annual report and accounts, 
Regulatory announcements, the AGM and one-to-one  
meetings with large existing or potential new shareholders. 
All shareholders will receive a copy of the annual report  
and an interim report at the half year is available on the 
company’s website. 

Detail of the corporate governance frameworks provided  
by the Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and 
Nomination Committee can be found in their respective  
reports and their terms of reference are available on the 
company website.

53 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
Report of the Nomination Committee

Tom James’ and John Collis’ roles on the Plc Board ended on 
23 March 2023. The change in relationship with TradeFlow 
aims to remove any potential future conflicts of interest  
between the two businesses and those associated regulatory 
and commercial hurdles, which is hoped will in turn improve 
the growth prospects of both businesses. 

Alexandra Galligan joined the Board and became Chair  
of the Remuneration Committee on 16 March 2023.  
In this role, she will work diligently to ensure the team are  
rewarded appropriately and in line with shareholders’ needs. 
Alexandra will add a wealth of valuable knowledge about 
Hedge Funds, Investments and Business Development  
to the Board in addition to her valuable experience  
and knowledge of investor motivation and their increasing 
focus on investing in companies with demonstrable  
Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) credentials. 

During 2022, the composition of the Committees was  
reviewed, to enable them to benefit from the skills, knowledge 
and experience of our Non-Executive Directors. Andrew and 
I joined both the Remuneration and Nomination Committees 
on our appointment to the Board. Enrico Camerinelli  
continued to be a long-standing member of both committees 
and David Bull joined the Remuneration and Nominations 
committee in March 2022. Enrico was also invited to join the 
Audit Committee in March 2022, a committee I also joined 
on appointment on 30 June. On her appointment Alexandra 
joined the Nomination and Audit Committee in addition to 
her role as Chair of the Remuneration Committee. 

In summary 2022 has been a year of change for the Board 
and we are excited to build this business during 2023. 

Albert Ganyushin 
Chair of the Committee and Board

Dear Shareholders, 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the  
Nominations Committee Report for the year ending  
31 December 2022, my first as Chair of the Committee  
and the Board. There have been a number of changes  
to the Board during the financial year ending 31 December 
2022 and since year end. These changes are focused  
on ensuring we have the right composition to lead and  
govern our unique business to its full potential. 

First, I would like to thank Jim Coyle for his contribution  
to the Company’s progression prior to his departure from 
his role as Chair on 4 March 2022. During his time with the 
Company, TradeFlow Capital Management (“TradeFlow”)  
announced it had partnered with Cargoes Finance by DP 
World. Additionally Jim provided valuable support to improve 
Supply@ME’s corporate governance structure and implement 
a refreshed investor relations strategy. I would also like to 
thank Susanne Chishti who left the Board and her role as 
Remuneration Committee chair on 14 April 2022. Susanne 
was instrumental in guiding the Company through its early 
stages of development having joined the Board on the  
Company’s admission to the London Stock Exchange in 
March 2020. 

I joined the board post the AGM on 30 June 2022 after  
completing a comprehensive review of the business,  
including assessing the long-term business objectives  
and its governance requirements. My intention, and that  
of each member of the Board, is to bring our collective 
knowledge, skills and experience to bear by leading the  
business through its next stage of growth. I hope my 20+ 
years of leadership in various capital markets roles will  
be a valuable addition to the Supply@ME team. 

Andrew Thomas joined the Board with me on 30 June 2022, 
bringing with him a wealth of legal experience and knowledge 
of onshore and offshore fund structuring and oversight,  
particularly in relation to regulatory issues. He also added 
further knowledge and experience of mitigating ESG risks 
while helping organisations to maximise ESG opportunities. 
Andrew chose to step down from his role to pursue other 
business opportunities. We are grateful to Andrew for his 
significant contribution over the time he spent on the Board. 

54 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2022 Committee members and attendance 

                                                                                                                                                                        Appointed to committee 
Director                                                                                       Scheduled meetings attended              if during 2022 or 2023                            Resigned if applicable 

David Bull                                                             3/3*                                            23 March 2022                         N/A 

Enrico Camerinelli                                               3/3                                               N/A                                              N/A 

Susanne Chishti                                                  1/1                                               N/A                                              14 April 2022 

Jim Coyle                                                               0/0**                                          N/A                                              4 March 2022 

Albert Ganyushin                                                2/2                                               30 June 2022                             N/A 

Alexandra Galligan                                              0/0                                               16 March 2023                         N/A 

Andrew Thomas                                                  2/2                                               30 June 2022                             15 March 2023 

*2 as a member of the committee, 1 as observer. **First committee meeting of the year took place after he left the board. 

As at 31 December 2022 the Nomination Committee  
comprised of David Bull, Enrico Camerinelli and Andrew  
Thomas as members and Albert Ganyushin as Chair (full  
biographical details can be found on page 45). The Committee 
must have at least two members, with a majority being  
independent Non-Executive Directors. There must be a  
majority of independent Non-Executive Directors appointed 
to the Committee. After each meeting the Chair of the  
Committee reports to the Board on the Committee’s  
proceedings in respect of all matters within its duties  
and responsibilities. 

Meetings are held at least twice a year at appropriate times 
and otherwise as required. The Committee met three times 
during 2022 with meetings being held by video conference. 
In addition to the Committee members other regular attendees 
included the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, 
Chief People Officer, Group Head of Enterprise Risk and the 
Company Secretary. 

Following its annual review of Board and Committee  
composition, the independence of Non-Executive Directors 
and their time commitment, the Committee focused on hiring 
a Remuneration Committee Chair and also on increasing  
the gender diversity of the board where and when possible. 

Roles and responsibilities 

The role of the Nomination Committee is set out in its  
terms of reference, which were updated in April 2022 and 
March 2023 and are available on the Company’s website.  
The Nomination Committee is responsible for the following 
key activities: 
> Identify and evaluate suitable candidates to fill Board  
vacancies when they arise and nominate candidates  
for the approval of the Board. In identifying suitable  
candidates, the Committee shall: 

> Evaluate the balance of skills, knowledge, independence, 
experience and diversity on the Board and prepare  
a description of the role and capabilities required for  
a particular appointment in light of this evaluation; 
> Use open advertising or an external search consultant 
for the appointment of the Chair and Non-Executive 
Directors of the Board; 

> Consider candidates based on merit and against  

objective criteria, and within this context, promote  
diversity of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, 
cognitive and personal strengths. 

> Before the appointment of a Director (including the  

chair of the Board), require the proposed appointee to 
disclose any other significant commitments, including  
the time involved; 

> For the appointment of a Chair of the Board, prepare a 

job specification, including the time commitment expected. 
The proposed chair’s other significant commitments 
should be disclosed to the Board before appointment 
and any changes to the Chair’s commitments should  
be reported to the Board as they arise; 

> Keep under review the number of external appointments 
held by each Director. A Director of the Company should 
not undertake any additional external appointments or 
other significant appointments without the prior approval 
of the Board. Executive Directors of the Company should 
not undertake more than one Non-Executive directorship 
of another company or any other significant appointments; 

> Perform a formal and rigorous annual review of the  
structure, size and composition of the Board, its  
Committees, its Chair and individual Directors (including 
the skills, independence, knowledge, experience, and  
diversity required to discharge duties) and recommend 
any changes, to ensure that an effective succession  
plan is in place; 

> Undertake, with the support of the Chief Executive Officer, 
a talent management and succession planning review  
of the senior management of the Company at least once 
each financial year; 

55 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
Report of the Nomination Committee

> Keep under review the Company’s leadership needs, both 
Executive and Non-Executive, to ensure its continued 
ability to compete in the market place;  

> Review annually the time required from the Non-Executive 
Directors and assess through performance evaluation 
whether they are spending sufficient time to fulfil their 
duties; 

> Arrange for a Non-Executive Director, on appointment,  
to receive a formal letter of appointment to the Board, 
setting out what is expected in terms of time commitment, 
Committee service and any involvement outside Board 
meetings; 

> Set policy for the granting of service agreements and 

their termination; 

> Ensure that all Directors undergo an appropriate induction 
programme to ensure they are fully informed about their 
duties and responsibilities as a director, and to consider 
any training requirements for the Board as a whole.  
Individual training will be discussed and facilitated by the 
Company Secretary; 

> Before the appointment of a Director (including the Chair 
of the Board), require the proposed appointee to disclose 
any other business interests that may result in a conflict 
of interest and to report any future business interests 
that could result in a conflict of interest; 

> Review, on an annual basis, declarations by Directors of 

situational and transactional conflicts / potential conflicts 
of interest, ensuring that the influence of third parties 
does not compromise independent judgement; 

> Ensure that the Committee’s terms of reference are made 
available to shareholders on the Company’s website and, 
if requested, in hard copy. 

Committee activity during 2022 

The Nomination Committee meetings have focused on  
a number of matters, including those set out below: 
> New Chair attraction, assessment, appointment and  

induction 

> New Non-Executive Director attraction, assessment,  

appointment and induction 

> Review of independence of Directors 
> Board and Board Committee evaluation including review 
and assessment of board composition, balance and  
competence 

> Review of membership and composition of Board  

Committees 

> Review and assessment of elements of Board members 

contracts 

> Reviews of directors situational and transactional potential 

conflicts 

> Assessment of and appointment of company secretaries 
> Board and leadership team succession planning 

> Assessment and approval of Non-Executive Director 

other appointments 

> Review and updating terms of reference 
> Completion of internal board evaluation process 
> Review of time commitment from Non-Executive Directors 

Board changes and succession planning 

There have been a number of changes to the board during 
2022, which were focused on ensuring we have the right 
structure and composition to lead and govern this unique 
business to its full potential. 

Succession planning for both the board and senior leadership 
team has been a topic discussed at the nomination  
committee, whereby thought and consideration has been 
given to the team; how the business mitigates any impact  
of departures and to develop long term strategies around 
the attraction and retention of talent throughout the  
organisation. The nomination committee has worked closely 
with the remuneration committee to mitigate these risks 
with the long-term Incentive plan being a key element  
of this strategy. The committee and the board want the 
team and shareholders’ interests to be firmly aligned over 
the long-term and this form of delayed performance-based 
remuneration supports our retention strategy. The first 
awards took place in 2022 and details of the proposal for  
a 2023 award can be found in the Directors Remuneration 
Report. 

The Board views diversity on the board itself and within 
Supply@ME Group’s leadership team as essential for the  
future success of the organisation. One measure of diversity 
is gender balance. The gender balance of the board during 
2022 is not reflective of the gender balance in the Company. 
The Supply@ME leadership team immediately below board 
level is 60% female, our employee base is 50% female  
(excluding TradeFlow). The organisation is focused on hiring 
leaders and employees from diverse backgrounds and the 
existing team reflects this effort. 

At the AGM Supply@ME will request the reappointment  
of Albert Ganyushin and Alexandra Galligan. 

Board and committee evaluation 

A thorough board and committee performance evaluation 
was conducted in December 2022, to assess the following 
areas: 
> Processes that underpin board effectiveness 
> Board and Committee constitution and commitment 
> Board dynamics 
> Culture, stakeholder oversight and strategy. 

56 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Focus for 2023 

The Nomination Committee will continue to focus on  
future-proofing board-level and team capabilities as the 
business develops, to enable Supply@ME to excel in the  
future. While completing this work, there will be a continued 
and renewed focus on diversity and ensuring Supply@ME  
is positioned well to attract and retain the best talent.

57 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
Report of the Audit Committee

Alongside the important activities listed above, the Audit 
Committee has continued to focus on maintaining the  
integrity and transparency of the Group’s external reporting, 
has given careful consideration to the risk management 
framework, has ensured compliance with relevant regulation, 
and has provided challenge and guidance in respect of the 
Group’s cash flow position in light of the delays that have 
continued to be experienced in terms of the generation  
of revenue from the facilitation of multiple inventory  
monetisation transactions per year. 

Despite the limited resources within the finance team,  
progress has been made to establish and strengthen internal 
controls around monthly reporting, cash flow forecasting 
and the application of complex accounting issues. The  
finance team has also developed a set of longer term goals 
that will allow them to support the business as it moves  
into the scale up phase of the business model. These goals 
have been shared with the wider Board of Directors and  
will be closely monitored and regularly evaluated by the 
Audit Committee. 

In line with the wider changes to the Board during 2022,  
the Audit Committee’s membership has also changed with 
the resignation of Jim Coyle and Susanne Chishti in March 
and April 2022 respectively, followed by the appointment of 
Enrico Camerinelli in March 2022 and then Albert Ganyushin 
in June 2022. The most recent membership change in March 
2023 has seen the appointment of Alexandra Galligan.  
The Board and Nominations Committee has continued  
to ensure that the Audit Committee will have the right mix  
of relevant financial and fintech experience to support the 
Group’s anticipated future growth. 

David Bull 
Chair, Audit Committee 

Dear Shareholders, 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Audit 
Committee Report for the year ended 31 December 2022. 
This report sets out the areas of key focus for the Audit 
Committee during this period. 

The Audit Committees core activities are linked to the  
Company’s financial reporting cycle and cover the areas  
delegated to it by the Board in connection with the preparation 
and publication of the interim and annual financial statements 
and oversight of the external audit process. In respect of 
these financial statements, the Audit Committee continued 
to review and challenge the assumptions and judgements 
made by management, particularly in connection with, the 
accounting for the various fundraising and financing activities 
undertaken by the Company during 2022, the revenue  
recognition policies applied by the Group following the  
inaugural inventory monetisation transaction, the application 
of IFRS 5 (“Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued 
Operations”) to the TradeFlow business, and the ability  
of the Group to continue operating as a going concern. 

During 2022, the Board also requested the Audit Committee 
provide oversight in connection with the execution of Open 
Offer and Capital Enhancement Plan, including the publication 
of the associated regulatory documents being the Open 
Offer Circular dated 22 July 2022 and the Prospectus dated 
3 October 2022 (the “Prospectus”). In particular, the Audit 
Committee provided challenge and review over the working 
capital statement set out in the Prospectus. 

Most recently, the Audit Committee has been involved  
in challenging and reviewing the key parameters of the  
proposed restructuring the Company’s ownership with 
TradeFlow (the “TradeFlow Restructuring”) and the new 
funding arrangements, including the unsecured working 
capital loan agreement with the AvantGarde Group S.p.A 
and the new equity subscription agreement, both of  
which were announced on 28 April 2022, being the date  
at which this Annual Report and Accounts were published. 
Although these activities were completed in 2023, they  
were linked to certain financial statement disclosures 
 included in the 2022 annual report and accounts. 

58 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Committee members and attendance 

The table below sets out the members of the Audit Committee (the “Committee”) during the year (full biographical details can 
be found on page 45). The current Committee members are all Independent Non-Executive Directors. 

Director                                                                                       Scheduled meetings attended              Appointed to Audit Committee             Resigned (if appliable) 

David Bull – Chair                                                8/8                                               22 July 2021                               N/A 

Enrico Camerinelli                                               7/8                                               23 March 2022                         N/A 

Albert Ganyushin                                                4/4                                               30 June 2022                             N/A 

Alexandra Galligan                                              0/0                                               16 March 2022                         N/A 

Susanne Chishti                                                  2/2                                               23 March 2020                         14 April 2022 

Jim Coyle                                                               0/0*                                            28 October 2021                      4 March 2022 

*First committee meeting of the year took place after he left the board and audit committee. 

Role of the Committee 

The role of the Audit Committee is set out in its terms of  
reference, which were most recently reviewed and approved 
in April 2022. These are available on the Company’s website. 
The Committee’s primary purpose is to assume the delegated 
authority from the Board for the responsibility of overseeing 
financial reporting, the review and assessment of internal 
control and risk management, compliance, and maintaining 
an appropriate relationship with the external auditor. In 
order to fulfil these responsibilities, the terms of reference 
provided a framework for the Committee’s duties include 
the following: 
> Overseeing the relationship with the Company’s external 
auditor, monitoring its effectiveness and independence 
and making recommendations to the Board in respect  
of its remuneration, appointment and removal. The  
Committee also meets regularly with the external auditor 
and reviews the findings from the external auditor,  
including discussion of significant accounting and  
audit judgements, levels of errors identified and overall 
effectiveness of the audit process. 

> Review and report to the Board on the financial statements 
of the Company and the Group, including its annual  
and interim reports and, if applicable, any other formal 
announcements containing information on financial  
performance. The Committee will also consider and report 
to the Board on significant financial reporting issues,  
accounting policies and key areas of judgement or  
estimation. This review also includes consideration of  
the clarity and completeness of disclosures presented  
in the financial statements. 

> Overseeing the accounting principles, policies and  

practices adopted by the Company and its subsidiaries. 

> Monitoring the need for an internal audit function in the 
context of the Group’s overall risk management system. 
> Reviewing the effectiveness of the Company’s system of 
internal financial controls and internal control systems. 

> Advising the Board on the Company’s risk strategy,  

risk policies and current and emerging risk exposures,  
including the oversight of the Group’s risk management 
framework and systems. 

> Assessing the adequacy and security of the Company’s 

arrangements for its employees and contractors to raise 
concerns, in confidence, about possible wrong doing  
in financial reporting or other matters and to ensure  
proportionate and independent investigation of such 
matters. 

> Making recommendations to the Board as it deems  

appropriate on any area within its remit where action  
or improvement is required. 

Meetings 

The Audit Committee has met on eight occasions during the 
year and three occasions since the year-end. The meetings 
were all held by video-conference which has not impacted 
on the scheduled program or the Committee operating in 
accordance with its terms of reference. 

The Committee operates to an agenda linked to the  
financial calendar which ensures that the responsibilities 
and duties of the Committee are discharged in accordance 
with the Terms of Reference and the requirements of the 
QCA Corporate Governance Code. 

59 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Audit Committee

In addition to the Committee members, by invitation, the 
meetings of the Committee may be attended by the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and  
other members of the leadership team as appropriate.  
The Company’s external auditor and accounting advisors  
are invited to attend relevant Committee meetings, to ensure 
full communication of matters as they relate to their  
respective responsibilities. During the year, the Committee 
members have the opportunity to meet with the external 
auditor for a private discussion, without management being 
present, regarding the audit process and the relationship 
with management. 

The Chair of the Committee holds regular meetings with the 
external auditor and also with the CFO. 

Meetings of the Committee are scheduled close to the end 
of the interim period and full year, as well as before the  
publication of the associated half-year and full-year financial 
reports, so as to ensure the Committee is informed fully,  
on a timely basis, on areas of significant risks and judgement. 
The Board has confirmed that it is satisfied that Committee 
members possess an appropriate level of independence 
and depth of financial and fintech expertise. 

For the year ended 31 December 2022, David Bull, the Chair 
of the Committee, was determined by the Board as having 
recent and relevant financial experience. Full biographies  
of the members of the Audit Committee during the year can 
be found in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 45 
to 47. 

The Committee is satisfied that it receives sufficient and 
timely information and has access to relevant management 
personnel to allow the Committee members to engage  
in an informed debate during Committee meetings and  
to fulfil its responsibilities. 

Principal activities in 2022 

During 2022 the Committee meetings have focused on  
the principal matters set out below: 
> Reviewed the 2021 annual report and consolidated  

financial statements. 

> Reviewed the 2022 interim financial results and any RNS’s 

containing references to financial data. 

> Monitored the Company’s risk management framework 

and updating of the risk register. 

> Reviewed key findings from 2021 year end Group audit 

and approval of the 2022 external audit plan. 

> Considered key accounting matters, including key  

accounting judgements and estimates, and accounting 
standards that were either newly issued or applicable  
to the Group due to changing circumstances. 

> Reviewed the output of any work produced by third  

party accounting advisors to support the key accounting 
matters. 

> Assessment of going concern and cash flow forecasting 
at regular intervals during the year and at least at those 
times as required for formal sign off of the going concern 
assessment in annual report and accounts and interim 
report. 

> Oversight of the execution of Open Offer and Capital  
Enhancement Plan, including the publication of the  
associated regulatory documents and assessment of  
the working capital statement set out in the Prospectus 
issued on 3 October 2022. 

> Reviewed the Committee terms of reference. 
> Considered the need of an internal audit function. 
> Continued assessment of the skills and knowledge within 

the finance team. 

Significant issues considered in relation  
to the financial statements 

As part of its monitoring of the integrity of the financial  
statements, the Committee reviews whether suitable  
accounting policies have been adopted and whether  
management has made appropriate estimates and  
judgements and seeks support from the external auditor  
to assess these. The Committee considered the following 
significant judgements and other areas of audit focus  
in respect of the financial statements for the year ended  
31 December 2022. These areas have been identified  
as being significant by virtue of their materiality, complexity, 
being accounting items which are new for the current  
financial year, or the level of judgement and/or estimation 
involved. 

In order to ensure the approaches taken were appropriate, 
the Committee considered reports from both management 
and the external auditor produced at relevant points during 
the year. The Committee challenged judgements and sought 
clarification where necessary. 

The Committee received a report from the management 
and the external auditor on the work it had performed to  
arrive at its conclusions and discussed in detail all material 
findings contained within the report. 

60 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) and  
presentations not specifically defined by IFRS 

Reporting issue 
The Group has chosen to continue to use an APM which  
is not specifically defined by IFRS, being Operating loss  
from continuing operations before impairment charges,  
to illustrate the impact on earnings from continuing  
operations before impairment charges. This APM is used  
in order to present clearly the underlying costs and results 
of the Group. 

Review of the Committee 
The Committee reviewed the use and calculation of this 
APM and agreed with management that this measure has 
been appropriately calculated and disclosed as a non-GAAP 
measure in the financial statements. The Committee is  
satisfied that the non-GAAP measure is not given undue 
prominence and that the reconciliations provided are  
presented in a clear manner. 

Going concern 

Reporting issue 
The Directors must satisfy themselves regarding the Group’s 
ability to operate as a going concern and confirm that they 
have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue 
to operate and meet its liabilities as they fall due for the  
12 months following the date at which the consolidated  
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022 
are issued. 

Review of the Committee 
The Committee reviewed management’s cash flow forecasts, 
including an overview of the assumptions made in the  
preparation of the base case supporting the going concern 
statement. This included the Group’s consolidated cash flow 
forecasts covering 2023 – 2024. The Committee discussed 
and challenged the cash flow forecasts and assessed this  
in light of the principal risks and uncertainties set out within 
this annual report and accounts. 

Given the continued delays experienced by the business 
during 2021 and 2022, the Committee discussed and  
challenged the downside scenarios modelled as part of the 
going concern statement. The downside scenarios reduced 
the Group’s revenue generation but also looked at cost saving 
measures that would be implemented in such instances.

These downside scenarios also looked at additional funding 
that is either available to the Group at the date of signing 
these accounts, or which the Directors have determined  
is reasonable to include. In conclusion, the Committee have 
recommended to the Board that the going concern statement 
include material uncertainty primarily in regards to the  
timing of ongoing inventory monetisation revenue streams, 
and certain cash inflows that have been committed to the 
Group but for which the cash has not yet been received. 

Revenue recognition 

Reporting issue 
Prior to the Group’s facilitation of the first inventory  
monetisaion transaction in October 2022, revenue generated 
from the inventory monetisation operating segment consisted 
of due diligence fees. The contracting arrangements for  
the due diligence fees have changed over time and a large 
portion of the fees received in prior periods were from  
a contract with a related party. In determining the correct 
revenue recognition profile for the due diligence fees  
under IFRS 15 (“Revenue from Contracts with Customers”), 
management needed to consider, and apply certain  
judgements with respect the different performance  
obligations from historical contracting agreements, current 
contracting agreements, and contracting agreements with 
the related party. 

In connection with the initial inventory monetisation  
transaction that took place in the current reporting period, 
the Group received fees for the first time in connection  
with the following activities: 
a) origination of the contracts between the client company 
and the independent stock (trading) company that  
purchased the inventory; 

b) usage of the Group’s IM Platform by the independent 

stock (trading) company in order to facilitate the purchase 
of the inventory from the client company; and 

c) service fees charged to the independent stock (trading) 
company by the Group in terms of the support and  
administration activities such as the monitoring of the  
inventory purchased using the Group’s IM Platform. 

As with the due diligence fee revenue, management needed 
to consider, and apply certain judgements with respect to 
the different performance obligations in relation to the each 
of the activities above in order to establish if the revenue 
recognition profile in accordance with IFRS 15 (“Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers”) was point in time or over 
time, particularly given that some of the contracts extend 
over more than one financial reporting period. 

61 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Audit Committee

Review of the Committee 
In connection with the review of the interim and annual  
financial statements, the Committee received reports from 
management that outlined the judgements made about the 
performance obligations under each of the contracting 
agreements. These reports were carefully reviewed,  
challenged, and discussed at meetings of the Committee. 
With respect to the fees referred to above, management  
applied the following key judgements: 
a) The due diligence services performed represent a distinct 
beneficial service to the client companies receiving these 
services, and as such the revenue is recognised at the 
completion of the due diligence services; 

b) The non-refundable origination fees received from the 
client company relates to the fee payable to the Group  
at the point in time the client company enters into binding 
contracts with the stock (trading) company to purchase 
its inventory. It was noted that it does not relate to any 
transfer of asset from the Group to the client company 
and as a result, management concluded there is no  
separately identifiable performance obligation carried  
out by the Group associated with this fee. As such  
the recognition of the non-refundable origination fee  
as revenue is at the point in time that the fee becomes 
payable given that there are no performance obligations 
that remain to be completed by the Group relating to  
this fee; 

c) The usage of the Platform granted by the Group to the 
stock (trading) company represented a Software as a  
Service (“SaaS”) contract, and as the related requirements 
of IFRS 15 (“Revenue from Contracts with Customers”) 
were satisfied, the annual Platform usage fees are  
recognised over time; and 

d) The service fees received in exchange for the support 
and administration activities relate to this separately 
identifiable performance obligation and as such the  
annual fees are recognised over time in line with the  
relevant requirements set out in IFRS 15 (“Revenue  
from Contracts with Customers”). 

Capitalisation of costs directly attributable  
to the internally generated Inventory Monetisation 
(“IM”) Platform 

Reporting issue 
The Group continues to invest in the development of its  
IM Platform. During the current financial period management 
was required to exercise judgement to distinguish those 
costs that were capable of being capitalised under IAS 38 
(“Intangible assets”) and those costs that related to research 
and development activities, which have been recognised  
as an expense during the relevant period. 

Review of the Committee 
The Committee reviewed reports from management that 
detailed the judgements applied in determining which costs 
would meet the criteria for capitalisation. This was assessed 
in conjunction with feedback provided from the external 
auditor. The Committee noted that to date only external 
costs have been capitalised and concurred with managements 
approach to the amounts to be capitalised. The Committee 
also was required to review management’s assessment  
of impairment of the Group’s IM Platform in light of certain 
indicators of impairment that were in existence at year  
end. Further details of the outcomes of this review are set 
out below. 

Share based payments – Acquisition related  
earn-out payments 

Reporting issue 
The acquisition of TradeFlow on the 1 July 2021 included a 
number of complex accounting judgements and estimates 
for which management obtained assistance from external 
accounting advisors. The area of complexity and judgement 
that continued to impact on the current year financial  
statements relates to determination of the fair value of the 
acquisition related earn-out payments to be recognised  
in the current financial year and within the Company’s share 
based payment reserve. 

Review of the Committee 
In conjunction with the publication of the 2021 annual  
report and accounts, the Committee received a comprehensive 
report from management detailing the proposed accounting 
treatment of the acquisition related earn-out payments 
which was considered in depth alongside input from the  
external auditors. 

This proposed accounting treatment required careful analysis 
and interpretation of the relevant agreements in order  
to conclude on the appropriate accounting treatment under 
IFRS 3 (“Business Combinations”). To support this analysis, 
management engaged third party accounting advisors to  
assist in this area. The results of the detailed analysis were 
also shared with the Committee, and this was discussed  
and challenged both by the Board of Directors and the 
Committee. The Committee actively sought input from the 
external auditor on this topic and after careful consideration, 
concurred with managements judgement that the inclusion 
of substantive post-acquisition service conditions required 
the earn-out payments be accounted for as a charge to the 
income statement (as deemed remuneration) rather than  
as initial consideration of the acquisition. 

62 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, the loan notes, certain of the convertible loan 
notes and certain of the equity funding facilities required the 
issue of warrants as an associated cost. Management was 
required to assign a fair value of these warrants in line with 
IFRS 2 (“Share-based Payments”) and ensure the cost of 
these was appropriately recognised in the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2022. 

Review of the Committee 
In order to determine the fair value of the various share  
warrants that have been issued, management engaged  
a third-party accounting advisor to carry out the IFRS 2 
(“Share-based Payments”)  fair value exercise. This detailed 
analysis was also shared with the Committee, and alongside 
discussions with the external auditors, the Committee are 
satisfied that the funding arrangements and the repayments 
made during 2022, have been appropriately accounting for 
and disclosed in the financial statements. 

Accounting for discontinued operations 

Reporting issue 
During the second half of 2022, the Directors began the  
process of the TradeFlow Restructuring and as part of the 
preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the 
year ended 31 December 2022, management considered 
the application of IFRS 5 (“Non-current Assets Held for Sale 
and Discontinued Operations”) to the TradeFlow business. 
Management considered the factors that need to be in place 
in order for a business or asset to be classified as held for 
sale or a discontinued operation. Management concluded 
that as at 31 December 2022, TradeFlow was available for 
immediate sale in its present condition and it was highly  
probable that the sale would be complete within 12 months 
of 31 December 2022. As such, the TradeFlow business  
as been classified as a discontinued operation as at 31  
December 2022. 

As further announced on 24 March 2023, the directors  
of TradeFlow provided written notice to the Board of their 
intention to exercise their rights to buy back 100% of the 
share capital of TradeFlow, pursuant to certain earn-out  
arrangements entered into in connection with the Company’s 
acquisition of TradeFlow, the completion of which was  
announced on 6 July 2021. The Audit Committee continued 
to support the Board with the activities connected to the 
buy back. 

Additionally, management engaged a third-party remuneration 
consultant to assist with calculating the fair value of the  
acquisition related earn-out payments given that management 
concluded these fell into the scope of IFRS 2 (“Share based 
payments”). This IFRS 2 valuation provide a fair value assuming 
100% of the related revenue milestone targets were met. 
The Committee received the detailed analysis produced 
which set out the valuation method used, the key inputs  
and the results of the exercise. Following this review and 
challenge, the Committee sought input from the external 
auditors and agreed with managements estimate of the  
potential IFRS 2 charge. 

During the current financial year, the key new judgement 
considered by management related to the expectation  
regarding the achievability of the future revenue milestone 
targets, being the non-market vesting conditions under IFRS 
2 (“Share based payments”). Based on the revenue figure 
achieved by TradeFlow for the year ended 31 December 2022, 
it was confirmed that the 2022 acquisition related earn-out 
payments due was nil. Management then assessed the level 
of growth required to meet the 2023 revenue milestone  
targets and concluded that this extremely high level of 
growth as unlikely to be obtained. As a result, the 2022 and 
2023 acquisition related earn-out amounts that had been 
recognised to date were reversed in the current year financial 
statements and no further amounts for these periods were 
recognised. The Committee reviewed the analysis provided 
by management in respect of this judgement and also  
discussed with the external auditors. Following this review, 
the Committee agreed with managements estimate  
concerning the achievability of the 2023 TradeFlow revenue 
milestone targets. 

Accounting for funding facilities 

Reporting issue 
During the current and prior year the Company has entered 
into loan note and convertible loan note funding facilities, 
alongside new equity funding facilities, in order to support 
the Group through its early-stage development. The Group 
made a strategic decision to replace certain of the loan note 
and convertible loan note facilities with funding received 
from its new equity investor in order to provide a more 
stable balance. 

There were a number of complexities contained within the 
agreements which management were required to carefully 
analyse to ensure the carrying value of the funding facilities, 
and the associated finance or share issue costs, were  
correctly reflected in the balance sheet and income statement 
respectively. Management also needed to ensure the  
repayment of certain of the financing facilities during the 
year were appropriately recorded in the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements. 

63 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Audit Committee

Review of the Committee 
In order to review management’s judgement regarding  
the classification of the TradeFlow business, the Committee 
reviewed the analysis against the IFRS 5 criteria that was 
presented to the Committee by management. This analysis 
was also discussed with the external auditors. Following  
this review and discussion, the Committee concluded that 
the disclosure of the TradeFlow business as a discontinued 
operation was appropriate. 

Impairment reviews 

Reporting issue 
The Group is required to annually assess any investment 
and intangible assets, including goodwill, for impairment. 
The following impairment reviews took place at the  
Group level: 
> Internally generated IM platform; and 
> Intangible assets in relation to the acquisition of TradeFlow. 

The Group has recognised an intangible asset in respect  
of its internally generated IM Platform, and has continued  
to capitalise costs in line with IAS 38 (“Intangible assets”)  
during the current financial year. During the preparation  
of the 2021 annual report and accounts, this intangible 
asset was fully impaired based on the fact that the material 
uncertainties that existed in the going concern statement, 
also applied to the impairment review of the IM Platform. 
Given the continued delays the Group has faced in achieving 
more than the first initial IM transaction, managements  
assessment was that the indicators of impairment continued 
to exist as at 31 December 2022. In line with the judgements 
applied in the prior year, and the fact that similar material 
uncertainties existed in the concern statement in the current 
financial year, management again chose to fully going impair 
the value of the Group’s IM Platform as at 31 December 2022. 

Additionally, the Group has also recognised intangible assets, 
including goodwill, in respect of the TradeFlow acquisition 
that took place in the prior year. For the purposes of the 
2022 interim financial statements, management considered 
the continued underperformance of TradeFlow compared 
to its forecasts were indicators of impairment as at 30 June 
2022. Following an impairment review of the TradeFlow 
Cash Generating Unit (“CGU”), the recoverable amount was 
determined to be lower than the net invested capital value 
held on the balance sheet at 30 June 2022, and as such an 
impairment charge of £0.8m has been recognised in the 
current financial year. 

During the second half of 2022, the Directors began the  
process of the TradeFlow Restructuring, and as set out 
above the TradeFlow operations have been classified  
as discontinued operation as at 31 December 2022. 

When carrying out the impairment assessment of the  
TradeFlow CGU as at 31 December 2022, management  
was required to consider the fair value of the TradeFlow  
operations which given the classification as a discontinued 
operation is assumed to be the agreed price between  
two market participants. Given the details of the buy back 
are still being considered and finalised as at the date  
of the consolidated financial statements, management  
instead considered the specifics set out in the TradeFlow  
Restructuring share purchase agreement that had been 
agreed in principle prior to the buy back being exercised.  
As a result the fair value of the TradeFlow CGU derived  
from these agreements was compared to the net invested 
capital held on the balance sheet at 31 December 2022.  
This calculation resulted in no additional TradeFlow  
impairment charges being recognised in the consolidated 
Group financial statements as at 31 December 2022. 

The Parent Company is required to annually assess  
for impairment the investments that it currently holds  
at carrying value including: 
> Supply@ME S.r.l; and 
> TradeFlow. 

During the year ended 31 December 2021, the full amount 
of the investment in Supply@ME S.r.l was impaired, along 
with the full amount of any intercompany receivable  
balances. This followed the same rationale as noted above 
for the impairment review of the internally generated IM 
platform asset. During the current financial year, management 
followed the same approach and recognised additional  
impairment charges as required. 

As at 31 December 2022, management compared the  
carrying value of the TradeFlow investment in the Company’s 
books and records, with the fair value of TradeFlow CGU, 
which has been calculated in the same way as referred to 
above. This resulted in a further impairment charge being 
recognised in the Company’s financial statements. 

Review of the Committee 
The Committee reviewed papers from management which 
set out the key assumptions and judgements underpinning 
the impairment assessments referred to above. The Group’s 
external auditors provided their view of the assessment to 
the Committee. 

After due consideration and discussion, the Committee  
concluded that it agreed with the impairment reviews carried 
out by management during the year ended 31 December 
2022 and this resulted in the impairment charges being  
appropriately recognised in both the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements and the Company’s stand alone financial 
statements. 

64 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair, Balanced and Understandable 

The Committee supports the Board in ensuring that the  
Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and as 
such has given due consideration as to whether the Annual 
Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy and can confirm that this is  
the case. 

Risk Management and Internal Controls 

The Board has overall responsibility for determining the  
nature and extent of its principal and emerging risks and  
the extent of the Group’s risk appetite, and to ensure any 
identified weaknesses are appropriately dealt. Further details 
the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group are  
addressed pages 40 to 42. The Board has delegated to the 
Committee the responsibility for monitoring the effectiveness 
of the systems of risk management. The Committee remains 
pleased with the improvements made to the Group’s internal 
financial controls over the year, however this continues  
to remain a key area of continued focus for the Committee 
to ensure controls are developed and improved in line with 
the Group’s developing operations. 

Internal Audit 

The Committee has considered if the Group’s internal  
controls processes would be significantly enhanced by an  
internal audit function and has taken the view that, given the 
size of the Group’s current operations, the internal controls 
in place and significant executive involvement in the Group’s 
day to day business, an internal audit function is not required 
at this stage. However, the Committee will keep this under 
review especially as the Group’s operations grow and develop. 

External Audit 

The Committee reviews the independence and objectivity of 
the external auditor prior to the proposal of a resolution to 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting concerning the 
appointment and remuneration of the auditor. This process 
includes the review of audit fee proposals, investigation  
and approval for non-audit services’ fees, tenure and audit 
partner rotation (based on best practice and professional 
standards within the United Kingdom). The Group’s auditor, 
Crowe UK LLP (‘Crowe’), similarly considers whether there 
are any relationships between itself and the Group that 
could have a bearing upon Crowe’s independence and has 
confirmed its independence to us. 

Each year the Committee obtains written confirmation  
of auditor’s independence. Crowe have been the Group’s 
auditors since the Group listed on the London Stock Exchange 
in March 2020, and the current external audit partner is Leo 
Malkin who was also appointed at this time. Having reviewed 
the auditor’s independence and performance, the Committee 
has concluded that these are effective and recommends 
that Crowe be reappointed at the next AGM. 

The Committee also has responsibility for approving the  
nature of non-audit services which the external auditor may 
or may not be allowed to provide to the Company and the 
fees paid for these services. Currently all non-audit services 
would need to be approved by the Audit Committee if they 
were to be undertaken by the external auditor. During the 
current financial year, Crowe carried out certain non-audit 
assurance services in relation to the proposed TradeFlow 
Restructuring. Crowe have not carried out any other  
non-audit services for the Group since their appointment  
as external auditor. 

The auditor prepares an annual planning report for  
consideration by the Committee, which details areas of  
audit focus and anticipated key audit risks, together with  
the anticipated level of materiality. This is reviewed and  
approved by the Committee. Following the audit, the auditor 
presented its findings to the Committee. No significant  
areas of concern were raised by the external auditor. 

Board and Committee Evaluation 

A thorough board and committee evaluation was conducted 
during November 2022. This performance evaluation  
included the below areas: 
> Processes that underpin board effectiveness 
> Board and Committee Constitution and Commitment 
> Board dynamics 
> Culture, Stakeholder oversight and Strategy 

In light of this evaluation the Committee will continue to  
assess its current skill set and will highlight to the Nomination 
Committee if there are any issues that arise in the future  
due to lack of specific skill set or knowledge, particularly  
as the Group continues to grow in both size and complexity. 
Additionally, the Committee will continue to assess the  
information provided to them by management and provide 
effective feedback to help improve the quality and timeliness 
of this information. 

David Bull 
Chair, Audit Committee 
28 April 2023

65 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee 

I am pleased to present, on behalf of the Board, our Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year ending 31 December 2022. 

In line with the UK reporting regulations, this Directors’  
Remuneration Report is split into three sections: 
> this Annual Statement which summarises the work  

of the Committee and our approach to remuneration; 

> the proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy, which  

provides details of our approach to remuneration and 
the parameters within which we will implement our pay 
arrangements going forward, and how this links to our 
strategy; and 

> the Annual Report on Remuneration, which sets out the 
remuneration arrangements and incentive outcomes for 
the year under review and how the Committee intends  
to implement the new Remuneration Policy in FY23. 

The fee levels for Non-Executive Directors is a matter for  
the Chair and Executive team. Non-Executives fees were 
also reviewed in light of external benchmarking. This review 
demonstrated the Non-Executive Directors are all underpaid 
comparative to market. However, this was most stark in  
the case of the Remuneration and Audit Committee Chairs 
whom to date had received the base Non-Executive  
Director fee of £30,000. On reviewing the time commitment, 
responsibility and input required to Chair the Audit and  
Remuneration Committees the Chair and Executives made 
the decision to provide an additional fee of £10,000 to the 
Chair of the Audit Committee from 22 July 2022 taking the 
total fee for a Non-Executive Director fulfilling this role to 
£40,000 per annum. The decision was also taken to increase 
the fee for the Remuneration Committee Chair in the same 
way when a new Chair be appointed. The goal of this increased 
payment is to recognise and retain the contribution made 
by these key committee chair roles, whilst also attracting  
a new Remuneration Chair to the position. 

There will be two remuneration-related resolutions at the 
2022 Annual General Meeting: (i) a binding vote on the  
proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy; and (ii) an advisory 
vote on, together, the Annual Statement and Annual Report 
on Remuneration. 

As outlined in the 2021 report, consistent with general  
market practice, the Committee has decided that it would  
be appropriate to gradually introduce an annual bonus and 
long-term incentive arrangement for our senior executives. 

Renewal of Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
At the 2022 Annual General Meeting we are asking  
shareholders to renew our Director’s Remuneration  
Policy (“Policy”). The policy is designed to align the best  
interests of shareholders and management. The policy was 
approved at the 2021 Annual General Meeting by 97.47% 
(10,088,146,704) of the shareholder votes. However, it has 
come to the attention of the committee that the reference 
to maximum opportunity and performance measures  
for the LTIP in the annual report related to pension, hence 
we would prudently like to take this opportunity to clarify 
these measures in the Remuneration Policy and again seek 
shareholder approval for the policy for the next 3 years. 

During 2022 the Remuneration Committee has continued  
to monitor the pay of the Executive Directors, Chair and 
Non-Executive Directors, based on external benchmarking 
commissioned in 2021. The Executive Directors continued  
to be paid below market levels, taking into account the size 
and nature of the business. The Committee has decided 
that, whilst the Group is still working towards achieving  
profitability, it is not currently appropriate to increase  
remuneration levels for Executive Directors; this will be  
kept under review and re-considered once the economics  
of the business justify it. 

Remuneration in FY22 
The Company continues to build its operations and 2022 
was a year of incremental development and innovation,  
including the first monetisation transaction taking place  
with funding from the VeChain Foundation. 

On 31 October 2022 the first Long Term Incentives Plan 
Awards were made, the initial performance conditions being 
absolute Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over 3 financial 
years, requiring (assuming no dividends), the average closing 
share price over the period 1 October 2024 to 31 December 
2024 to be 0.6945p for 25% of the award to vest increasing, 
on a straight-line basis, to 1p for 100% to vest. The Committee 
has broad discretion to reduce vesting if it considers  
the level of vesting to be inappropriate having regard to  
affordability, risk management and other factors. As part  
of the introduction of the LTIP, Executive Directors will  
become subject to share ownership guidelines requiring 
them to build up a holding of shares worth at least 200%  
of base salary (and to normally continue to hold such shares 
for 2 years’ post-cessation). During 2022 the CEO received 
options on 100% of base salary, which will vest on the basis 
of the performance conditions outlined above. Tom James 
and John Collis who were also Executive Directors during 
2022 did not receive a grant over shares given that their 
earn-outs are outstanding. 

66 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conclusion 
We continue to be committed to a responsible approach  
to executive pay, which I hope this Directors’ Remuneration 
Report demonstrates. The Committee recognises the  
importance of developing a close relationship with  
shareholders in facilitating the work of the Committee  
in developing our pay arrangements. I am happy to meet  
or speak with shareholders if there are any questions or 
feedback on our approach to executive remuneration and  
if you have any comments or feedback on this report, then 
please let me know through the Company Secretary. 

I look forward to receiving your support at the 2023 AGM. 

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee: 
Alexandra Gailligan 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

As outlined in the 2021 annual report no bonus payments 
were made to Executive Directors during the year ending 2022. 

Implementation of the Directors’ Remuneration  
Policy in FY23 
As explained above, remuneration levels of Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors are appreciably below market level, 
the committee has concluded this will be considered more 
broadly as and when it is considered affordable. 

There are two changes to directors pay to report since the 
previous annual report. Firstly, the implementation of the 
LTIP, which by its nature is aligned to shareholders’ needs. 
Secondly an award of an additional fee to Non-Executive  
Directors who chair the Audit or Remuneration Committee’s 
of £10,000 over and above the base Non-Executive Director 
fee of £30,000, to recognise the significant time commitment, 
input and responsibility these roles entail. 

The committee has given consideration to the performance 
conditions for 2023 Long Term Incentives Plan Awards, which 
aim to align to shareholders’ needs. Further details of this 
are provided in the annual report on remuneration. 

At the 2021 AGM an annual bonus plan was included as part 
of the new Remuneration Policy, at this time the committee 
concluded Executive Directors would not be invited to  
participate in the plan for FY22. The Policy permits the  
operation of a bonus plan with Executive Directors eligible to 
receive a bonus of up to 100% of base salary. The Committee 
has given consideration to the implementation of the bonus 
plan for Executive Directors in 2023 in line with this policy 
and concluded to not yet approve a plan for 2023. The  
Remuneration Committee will consider this prudently during 
2023 in light of revenue and cash flow. If significant progress 
is made on the Group’s key financial targets a variable pay 
pool would be formed based on a combination of profit and 
satisfaction of strategic and personal objectives. These  
objectives will be linked to the Group’s strategy and aligned 
with key financial, strategic and/or individual targets and be 
governed by the Remuneration Policy. 

67 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Directors’ remunerations report – at a glance 

Our pay principles 

Promotion of the long-term success of the Group 
The principal aim of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy is the ability to offer competitive remuneration packages which 
are designed to attract, retain and provide appropriate incentives to Executive Directors and Leadership Team with the 
experience and necessary skills to operate and develop the Group’s business to its maximum potential, thereby delivering 
the highest level of return for our shareholders. 

Implementation of our Policy in FY23 

Fixed pay 

Salary / fees 

> CEO – GBP £207,000 

Pension 

Benefits 

> CEO – 6% of salary 

> CEO entitled to life assurance and health insurance, 
however he has not taken up the health insurance 
benefit 

Annual bonus 

Maximum 

> 100% of salary 
> 2023 plan not yet approved, consideration will be given 
by the committee during 2023 to implementation of  
a 2023 plan in line with the policy 

Performance measures 

> Individual bonuses allocated based on delivery of  

corporate and/or individual performance objectives 

Operation 

> Any bonus in excess of 50% of salary deferred into 

shares for three years 

> Malus and clawback provisions operate 

Long Term Incentive 
Plan 

Award level 

> Up to 100% of salary, the CEO will receive a grant over 

shares worth a maximum of 100% of salary 

Performance measures 

> 50% of the award based on absolute TSR over  

Operation 

3 financial years & 50% of the award based on volume 
of inventory monetised over the same period 

> Performance measured over three years 
> Two-year additional holding period applies to vested 

awards 

> Malus and clawback provisions operate 

Share ownership  
guidelines 

In-employment guideline 

> 200% of salary 

Post-cessation guideline 

> 200% of salary to be held for two years post-employment 

Shareholding as a 
multiple of salary at  
31 December 20221 

> CEO – 51.09 

1 The shareholding as a multiple of salary has been calculated using the value of the shareholding held at 31 December 2022 compared to the full year salary 

for the year ended 31 December 2022. 

68 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
As announced on 12 April 2023, the number of shares of the 
Company held by the CEO, through the AvantGarde Group 
S.p.A, increased by 925,000,000 to a total of 13,667,513,009. 
There have been no other changes between 31 December 
2022 and the 21 April 2023, being latest date practicable prior 
to the publication of this report. 

Directors Remuneration Policy 

This part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the Company which the 
committee would prudently like to put to binding shareholder 
vote at the 2023 AGM to reconfirm shareholder agreement 
with the policy. The date for the AGM will be announced 
shortly after the release of the Annual Report and take effect 
from that date subject to shareholder approval. The Policy 
will formally apply for three years beginning on the date of 
approval unless a new policy is presented to shareholders  
in the interim. All payments to Directors are consistent with 
the approved Policy. 

Considerations when determining the Directors’  
Remuneration Policy 
The overarching objective of the Policy is to promote the 
long-term success of the Group. In seeking to achieve this 
objective the Remuneration Committee takes account of  
the following guiding principles: 
> remuneration packages should be clear and simple; 
> arrangements should be closely aligned with the interests 
of shareholders and other key stakeholders and ensure 
that the Company is not unduly exposed to risk; 

> remuneration should align with, and support, our values; 
> a significant proportion of remuneration should be  

based on performance-related components with potential 
rewards subject to the achievement of challenging  
performance targets based on measures linked to the 
Group’s KPIs and to the best interests of stakeholders; and 

> salaries and the overall level of potential remuneration 

any additional feedback received from time to time (including 
any updates to shareholders’ remuneration guidelines),  
will then be considered as part of the Committee’s annual 
review of remuneration policy and its implementation. 

The Remuneration Committee also actively monitors  
developments in the expectations of institutional investors 
and considers good practice guidelines from institutional 
shareholders and shareholder bodies. 

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere  
in the Group 
The Committee closely monitors the pay and conditions  
of the wider workforce and the design of the Directors’  
Remuneration Policy is informed by the policy for employees 
across the Group. While employees are not formally directly 
consulted on the design of the Directors’ Remuneration  
Policy, we have a relatively small workforce which allows  
the Board to regularly engage directly with employees.  
In addition, the Committee receives periodic updates on  
remuneration arrangements and employment conditions 
across the Group from the Chief People Officer. 

Differences in pay policy for Executive Directors  
in comparison to employees more generally 
The overall approach to reward for employees across  
the workforce is a key reference point when setting the  
remuneration of the Executive Directors. As for the Executive 
Directors, general practice across the Group is to recruit  
employees at competitive market levels of remuneration,  
incentives and benefits to attract and retain employees,  
accounting for local conditions. When affordable for the 
Company, it is envisaged that all employees will be able to 
earn annual bonuses for delivering exceptional performance 
and the corporate measures used to generate the bonus 
pool apply to all employees participating in the annual 
bonus plan. 

should be competitive but not excessive when compared 
with other companies of a similar size, scale and  
geographical reach and should be sufficient to recruit,  
retain and motivate individuals of the requisite calibre  
to deliver long-term success. 

The key difference between the remuneration of Executive 
Directors and that of our other employees is that, overall,  
at senior levels, remuneration is increasingly long term, and 
‘at risk’ with an emphasis on performance-related pay linked 
to business performance and share based remuneration. 

Consideration of shareholders’ views 
The Committee is committed to an ongoing dialogue  
with shareholders and welcomes feedback on Directors’  
remuneration. The Committee will seek to engage appropriately 
with major shareholders and their representative bodies  
on changes to the Policy. The Committee will also consider 
shareholder feedback received in relation to the remuneration-
related resolutions each year following the AGM. This, plus 

This ensures that remuneration at senior levels will increase 
or decrease in line with business performance and provides 
alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and 
shareholders. 

In particular, performance-based long-term incentives are 
normally reserved for those considered to have the potential 
to influence overall levels of performance. 

69 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Policy table for Executive Directors 
The table below sets out the main components of the  
proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy, together with 
further information on how these aspects of remuneration 

operate, which was approved by shareholders at the 2021 
AGM. The Remuneration Committee has discretion to 
amend remuneration to the extent described in the table 
and the written sections that follow it. 

Component

Base salary

Purpose  
and link to 
strategy

To provide  
competitive 
fixed  
remuneration. 

To attract  
and retain 
Executives  
of a superior 
calibre.

Operation

Maximum  
opportunity

Performance 
measures 

Although there are no  
formal performance  
conditions, any increase  
in base salary is only  
implemented after  
careful consideration  
of individual contribution 
and performance and 
having due regard to the 
factors set out in the  
Operation column of this 
table.

Salaries are usually  
reviewed annually, with 
any increases typically  
effective from the start  
of the financial year. 

Salaries are typically set 
after considering: 
> pay and conditions 
elsewhere in the 
Group; 

> overall Group  
performance; 

> individual performance 

and experience; 

> progression within the 

role; and 

> competitive salary 

levels in companies  
of a broadly similar size, 
scale and complexity.

While there is no  
prescribed maximum  
salary or maximum  
increase, increases will 
normally be in line with 
the typical range of salary 
increases awarded  
(in percentage of salary 
terms) to the wider  
workforce. 

Larger salary increases 
may be awarded to take 
account of individual  
circumstances, such as: 
> where an Executive  
Director has been  
promoted or has had  
a change in scope or 
responsibility; 

> where the Committee 
has set the salary of a 
new hire at a discount 
to the market level  
initially, a series of 
planned increases can 
be implemented over 
the following few years 
to bring the salary to 
the appropriate market 
position, subject to  
individual performance; 
or 

> where the Committee 

considers it appropriate 
to adjust salaries to  
reflect the continuing 
development of the 
Company. 

Increases may be  
implemented over such 
time period as the  
Committee deems  
appropriate.

70 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
Component

Benefits

Purpose  
and link to 
strategy

To provide  
competitive 
fixed  
remuneration. 

To attract  
and retain 
Executives  
of a superior 
calibre.

Operation

Maximum  
opportunity

Performance 
measures 

Not applicable.

As it is not possible  
to calculate in advance 
the cost of all benefits,  
a maximum is not  
pre-determined. 

The maximum level  
of participation in  
all-employee share plans 
is subject to the limits  
imposed by the relevant 
tax authority from time  
to time.

Executive Directors  
are currently entitled  
to benefits including life 
assurance and health  
insurance. 

Executives Directors  
will be eligible for any 
other benefits which are 
introduced for the wider 
workforce on broadly 
similar terms, Other  
benefits (including a car 
or car allowance) might  
be provided from time to 
time based on individual 
circumstances and if  
the Committee decides 
payment of such benefits 
is appropriate. 

For external and internal 
appointments or  
relocations, the Company 
may pay certain relocation 
and/or incidental  
expenses as appropriate 
(for up to two years from 
recruitment). 

Any reasonable business-
related expenses can be 
reimbursed (and any tax 
thereon met if determined 
to be a taxable benefit). 

Executive Directors are 
also provided with the  
opportunity to participate 
in any all-employee share 
plan arrangements on  
the same basis as other 
employees.

Pension

To provide  
employees  
with long-term 
savings to allow 
for retirement 
planning.

The Group may offer  
participation in a defined 
contribution pension plan 
or may permit Executive 
Directors to take a cash 
supplement in lieu of  
pension up to the same 
value.

The maximum employer’s 
contribution or cash 
allowance in lieu of  
pension is limited to up  
to the contribution levels 
of the majority of the 
workforce (currently 6%  
of salary).

Not applicable.

71 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Component

Annual bonus

Purpose  
and link to 
strategy

Rewards  
achievement of 
annual financial 
and business 
targets aligned 
with the KPIs  
of the Group. 

Bonus deferral 
encourages 
long-term 
shareholding, 
provides  
a retention  
element and 
discourages  
excessive risk 
taking.

Operation

Maximum  
opportunity

Performance 
measures 

Awards are based on  
performance typically 
measured over one year. 

Maximum annual bonus 
opportunity is 100% of 
base salary. 

A bonus plan has not  
yet been approved for 
2023. The remuneration 
committee will consider 
this prudently during 
2023 in light of revenue 
and cash flow.

Any payment is  
discretionary and pay-out 
levels are determined  
by the Committee after 
the year end based  
on performance against 
pre-set targets. 

Bonus is normally paid  
in cash, except for any 
bonus in excess of 50%  
of base salary which  
is deferred into an award 
over shares, typically  
for a three-year period. 

Dividends or dividend 
equivalents may accrue 
on deferred share awards. 

The vesting of the deferred 
share awards is not  
subject to the satisfaction 
of any additional  
performance conditions. 

The annual bonus plan  
includes malus and  
clawback provisions which 
enable the Committee  
(in respect of both the 
cash and the deferred  
elements of bonuses) to 
recover or withhold value 
in the event of certain  
defined circumstances 
(i.e. in cases of gross  
misconduct, material  
misstatement of financial 
results, error in calculation, 
material risk failings,  
reputational damage or 
corporate failure).

It is intended that a variable 
pay pool is formed based 
on a combination of profit 
and satisfaction of strategic 
and personal objectives 
although the Committee 
may adopt alternative  
arrangements within the 
overall cap. 

Targets are set annually 
with measures linked to 
the Group’s strategy and 
aligned with key financial, 
strategic and/or individual 
targets. 

The performance 
measures applied may be 
financial or non-financial, 
corporate, divisional  
or individual, and in such 
proportions as the  
Committee considers  
appropriate. 

A graduated scale  
of targets is set for each 
measure, with no pay-out 
for performance below  
a threshold level of  
performance. 

The Committee has  
discretion to amend  
the pay-out should any 
formulaic outcome not  
reflect the Committee’s 
assessment of overall 
business performance.

72 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Component

Long Term  
Incentive Plan 
(‘LTIP’)

Purpose  
and link to 
strategy

To incentivise 
Executive  
Directors,  
and to deliver 
genuine  
long-term  
performance-
related pay,  
with a clear  
line of sight  
for Executives  
and direct  
alignment with 
shareholders’ 
interests.

Operation

Maximum  
opportunity

Performance 
measures 

The LTIP allows for awards 
over shares with a  
maximum value of 100% 
of base salary per financial 
year (the Committee  
reserves the discretion  
to grant awards up to  
a maximum value of 200% 
of base salary per financial 
year for recruitment  
related awards or in  
exceptional circumstances). 

Actual participation levels 
will be kept under regular 
review, and the Committee 
expressly reserves  
discretion to make such 
awards as it considers  
appropriate within the 
plan limits.

LTIP performance 
measures may include, 
but are not limited to,  
financial, TSR, strategic and 
ESG-related objectives. 

The Committee retains 
discretion to set alternative 
measures and weightings 
for awards over the life  
of the Policy. 

Targets are set and  
assessed by the Committee 
in its discretion. 

A maximum of 25% of any 
element vests for achieving 
the threshold performance 
target and 100% for  
maximum performance. 

The Committee has  
discretion to reduce the 
vesting level should any 
formulaic outcome not  
reflect the Committee’s 
assessment of overall 
business performance.

Awards will be in the form 
of nil or nominal-cost 
share options, conditional 
shares or other such  
form as has the same 
economic effect. 

Awards will normally  
be granted with vesting 
dependent on the  
achievement of  
performance conditions 
set by the Committee, 
with performance  
normally measured  
over at least a three-year 
performance period. 

In line with best practice 
for financial-services  
companies, ‘restricted 
stock’ LTIP awards may be 
made to control function 
personnel (e.g. Chief Risk 
Officer) which are not 
subject to performance 
measures. 

Awards will be subject to  
a further two-year holding 
period, and shares will 
typically not be released 
to participants until the 
end of any such holding 
period. 

During the vesting period 
(and the additional holding 
period) the value of any 
dividends on performance 
vested shares will be 
credited as re-invested in 
further LTIP award shares. 

The LTIP includes malus 
and clawback provisions 
which enable the  
Committee (to recover  
or withhold value in the 
event of certain defined 
circumstances (i.e. in 
cases of gross misconduct, 
material misstatement  
of financial results, error 
in calculation, material  
risk failings, reputational 
damage or corporate  
failure).

73 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Component

Share  
ownership 
guidelines

Purpose  
and link to 
strategy

To ensure  
that Executive 
Directors’  
interests are 
aligned with 
those of share-
holders over  
a longer time 
horizon.

Operation

Maximum  
opportunity

Performance 
measures 

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Executive Directors are 
expected to accumulate 
and maintain a holding  
in shares in the Company 
equivalent in value to no 
less than 200% of base 
salary. 

Executive Directors will  
be expected to retain  
the lower of actual shares 
held at cessation and 
shares equal to 200%  
of salary for two years 
post-cessation. 

These guidelines apply in 
respect of any shares which 
vest from Supply@ME 
share awards granted 
after the 2022 AGM.

74 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
Component

Purpose  
and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum  
opportunity

Performance 
measures 

Not applicable

The aggregate fees  
and any benefits  
of the Chairman and  
Non-Executive Directors 
will not exceed the limit 
from time to time  
prescribed within the 
Company’s Articles  
of Association for such 
fees (currently £500,000 
p.a. in aggregate). 

Any increases actually 
made will be appropriately 
disclosed.

Chairman and 
Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees

To attract  
high calibre  
individuals and 
to appropriately 
reflect  
knowledge,  
skills and  
experience.

Fees are normally  
reviewed annually taking 
into account factors such 
as the time commitment 
and contribution of the 
role and market levels in 
companies of comparable 
size and complexity. 

The Non-Executive  
Chairman is paid an  
all-inclusive fee for all 
Board responsibilities. 

Fees for the other  
Non-Executive Directors 
may include a basic fee 
and additional fees for 
further responsibilities 
(for example, holding  
the office of Senior  
Independent Director  
or chairing of Board  
committees). 

The Company repays  
any reasonable expenses 
that a Non-Executive  
Director incurs in carrying 
out their duties as a  
Director, including travel, 
hospitality-related and 
other modest benefits 
and any tax liabilities 
thereon, if appropriate. 

In exceptional  
circumstances, if there  
is a temporary yet material 
increase in the time  
commitments for the 
Chairman or Non-Executive 
Directors, the Board may 
pay extra fees on a pro 
rata basis to recognise  
the additional workload. 

The Chairman and  
Non-Executive Directors 
cannot participate in any 
of the Group’s incentive 
arrangements.

75 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Explanation of performance measures chosen 
Performance measures for the annual bonus, once  
introduced, will be selected annually to align with the KPIs 
and prevailing strategic imperatives of the Group, and the  
interests of shareholders and other stakeholders. Financial 
measures will normally be used to determine the overall 
bonus pool (e.g. as a % of group pre-tax profit) and the  
individual allocations will be made based on key strategic 
and/or personal objectives designed to ensure that Executive 
Directors are incentivised to deliver across a range of  
objectives. ‘Target’ performance is typically set in line with 
the business plan for the year, with threshold to stretch  
targets set around this based on a sliding scale which  
takes account of relevant commercial factors. Only modest 
rewards are available for delivering threshold performance 
levels, with rewards at stretch requiring material  
outperformance of the business plan. Details of the specific 
measures used for the annual bonus are set out in the  
Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Performance measures for the LTIP are selected in order  
to provide a robust and transparent basis on which to 
measure the Group’s performance, to demonstrably link  
remuneration outcomes to delivery of the business strategy 
over the longer term, and to provide strong alignment  
between senior management and shareholders. The policy 
provides for Committee discretion to alter the LTIP measures 
and weightings to ensure they can continue to facilitate  
an appropriate measurement of performance over the life 
of the policy, taking account of any evolution in the Group’s 
strategic ambitions. The measures for the first grant were 
absolute TSR (equivalent to a range of 0.6945-1p over the 
last 3 months of FY24). The performance measures for the 
2023 grant are: 
> 50% of the award to be based on absolute TSR over  

3 financial years, requiring (assuming no dividends) the 
average closing share price over the period 1 October 
2025 – 31 December 2025 to be 0.15p for 25% of the 
award to vest increasing on a straight line basis to 0.3p 
for 100% to vest. 

> 50% of the award to be based on volume of inventory 
monetised by the end of the performance period  
(31 December 2025). 25% of award to vest if £300m of  
inventory is monetized (in aggregate) over the 3 financial 
years ending 31 December 2025, increasing on a straight 
line basis to 100% of the award to vest if £400m of  
inventory is monetized (in aggregate) in the same period. 
This is contingent on the Remuneration Committee 
deeming the inventory was monetised on acceptable 
commercial terms. 

The vesting in both the first and 2023 award will also  
be subject to the ability of the Committee to reduce vesting 
if it considers that appropriate having regard to financial,  
risk and strategic performance. 

When setting performance targets for the bonus and LTIP, 
the Committee will take into account a number of different 
reference points, which may include the Group’s business 
plans and strategy, external forecasts and the wider economic 
environment. 

Flexibility, discretion and judgement 
The Remuneration Committee operates the annual bonus 
and LTIP according to the rules of each respective plan which, 
consistent with market practice, include discretion in a 
number of respects in relation to the operation of each plan. 
Discretions include: 
> who participates in the plan, the quantum of an award 

and/or payment and the timing of awards and/or payments; 

> determining the extent of vesting; 
> treatment of awards and/or payments on a change  

of control or restructuring of the Group; 

> whether an Executive Director or a senior manager is a 

good/bad leaver for incentive plan purposes and whether 
the proportion of awards that vest do so at the time of 
leaving or at the normal vesting date(s); 

> how and whether an award may be adjusted in certain 
circumstances (e.g. for a rights issue, a corporate  
restructuring or for special dividends); 

> what the weighting, measures and targets should be for 

the annual bonus plan and LTIP awards from year to year; 
> the ability to apply malus and clawback provisions which 

enable the Committee to recover or withhold value in the 
event of certain defined circumstances; 

> the Committee also retains the ability, within the policy,  

if events occur that cause it to determine that the  
conditions set in relation to an annual bonus plan or  
a granted LTIP award are no longer appropriate or unable 
to fulfil their original intended purpose, to adjust targets 
and/or set different measures or weightings for the  
applicable annual bonus plan and LTIP awards. Any such 
changes would be explained in the subsequent Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and, if appropriate, be the subject 
of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders; 
and 

> the ability to override formulaic outcomes in line with Policy. 

All assessments of performance are ultimately subject to the 
Committee’s judgement. Any discretion exercised, and the 
rationale, will be disclosed in the Annual Remuneration Report. 

76 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
Legacy arrangements 
For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this Directors’  
Remuneration Policy, authority is given to the Company to 
honour any previous commitments entered into with current 
or former Directors (such as the payment of a pension  
or the unwinding of legacy share awards granted before  
the approval of this Policy) that remain outstanding.  
While these details are included in the remuneration report 
for transparency, it is not necessary to include them within 
the remuneration policy or the various emoluments tables 
as it does not comprise legal remuneration. However it is  
accounted for as remuneration (see single total figure of  
remuneration for each Director section). 

Illustrations of application of remuneration policy 
The chart below sets out an illustration of the application  
of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy set out above.  
The chart shows the split of remuneration between fixed 
pay and LTIP on the basis of minimum remuneration,  
remuneration receivable for performance in line with the 
Group’s expectations, maximum remuneration (not allowing 
for any share price appreciation) and maximum remuneration 
(assuming 50% share price growth). As a 2023 bonus plan 
for Executive Directors has not yet been approved the 
charts exclude any value relating to annual bonus. 

Remuneration

£600,000

£500,000

£400,000

£300,000

£200,000

£100,000

£0

£426,000

£271,000

49%

£530,000

59%

£219,000

100%

19%

81%

51%

41%

LTIP

Fixed pay

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Maximum + 50% growth

Chief Executive Officer – Alessandro Zamboni

In illustrating the potential reward, the following assumptions have been made. 

Minimum performance 

Performance in line with  
expectations 

Maximum performance 

Maximum performance plus 
50% share price growth

Fixed pay

LTIP (normal policy level) 

Fixed elements of remuneration only, being: 
> base salary (being the salary to be paid in 

No vesting. 

FY23); 

> benefits paid in FY23 with an assumed 

value of £1k; and 

> pension contributions of 6% of salary.

25% of maximum award vesting (equivalent 
to 25% of salary) for achieving threshold per-
formance. 

100% of maximum award vesting (equivalent 
to 100% of salary) for achieving maximum 
performance. 

100% of maximum award vesting (equivalent 
to 100% of salary) for achieving maximum 
performance plus hypothetical share price 
growth of 50%.

Notes to the scenarios methodology: 
> LTIP is measured at face value, i.e. no assumption for dividends or share price growth (other than in the fourth scenario). 

77 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Recruitment remuneration 
The policy aims to facilitate the appointment of individuals  
of sufficient calibre to lead the business, to execute the 
Group’s strategy effectively and to promote the long-term 
success of the Group for the benefit of shareholders and 
other stakeholders. When appointing a new Executive  
Director, the Committee seeks to ensure that arrangements 
are in the best interests of the Group and not to pay more 
than is appropriate. 

When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee  
will typically align the remuneration package with the above 
Policy. The Committee may include other elements of pay 
which it considers are appropriate; however, this discretion 
is capped and is subject to the principles and the limits  
referred to below. 
> New Executive Directors will be offered a basic salary  
in line with the Policy. This will take into consideration  
a number of factors including, external market forces,  
the expertise, experience and calibre of the individual 
and current level of pay. Where the Committee has set 
the salary of a new appointment at a discount to the  
market level initially until proven, they may receive an  
uplift or a series of planned increases to bring the salary 
to the appropriate market position over time. 

> For external and internal appointments, the Committee 
may agree that the Company will meet appropriate  
relocation and/or incidental expenses as appropriate. 

> Annual bonus awards, LTIP awards and pension  

contributions would not be in excess of the levels stated 
in the Policy table above. 

> Depending on the timing of the appointment, the  

Committee may deem it appropriate to set different  
annual bonus performance conditions for the first  
performance year of appointment. An LTIP award can  
be made following an appointment (assuming the  
Company is not in a closed period). 

> Where a position is filled internally, any ongoing  

remuneration obligations or outstanding variable pay  
elements shall be allowed to continue according to the 
original terms, adjusted as relevant to take into account 
the appointment. 

> In addition, the Committee may offer additional cash 
and/or share-based buyout awards when it considers 
these to be in the best interests of the Company (and 
therefore shareholders) to take account of remuneration 
given up at the individual’s former employer. Such awards 
would represent a reasonable estimate of the value  
foregone and would reflect, as far as possible, the delivery 
mechanism, time horizons and whether performance 
requirements are attached to that remuneration.  
Shareholders will be informed of any such payments  
at the time of appointment and/or in the next published 
Annual Report. However, for the avoidance of doubt,  
the value of buy-out awards is not capped. 

> For the appointment of a new Chairman or Non-Executive 
Director, the fee arrangement would be set in accordance 
with the approved Policy. 

Service contracts and letters of appointment 
The Company’s policy is that Executive Directors should  
normally be employed under rolling service contracts with 
notice periods of up to 12 months (from each party). Further 
details of the notice periods in respect of each Executive  
Director is provided on page 86. All Non-Executive Directors 
have letters of appointment which may be terminated by 
the giving of notice by either party (see page 86 for details  
of current notice periods). Chairman and Non-Executive  
Director appointments are subject to Board approval and 
election by shareholders at each annual general meeting. 

Copies of Executive Directors’ service contracts and  
Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available 
for inspection at the Company’s registered office during  
normal hours of business. 

78 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
Payments for loss of office 
The principles on which the determination of payments for loss of office will be approached are set out below: 

Policy 

Payment in lieu of notice

The Company may terminate a Director’s contract with immediate effect with or without cause by 
making a payment in lieu of notice by monthly instalments of salary and benefits, with reductions 
for any amounts received from providing services to others during this period. 

There are no obligations to make payments beyond those disclosed elsewhere in this report.

Annual bonus

This will be at the discretion of the Committee on an individual basis and the decision as to 
whether or not to award an annual bonus award in full or in part will be dependent on a number 
of factors, including the circumstances of the individual’s departure and their contribution to the 
business during the annual bonus period in question. Any annual bonus award amounts paid will 
be prorated for time in service during the annual bonus period and will, subject to performance, 
be paid at the usual time (although the Committee retains discretion to pay the annual bonus 
award earlier in appropriate circumstances). Any bonus earned for the year of departure and,  
if relevant, for the prior year may be paid wholly in cash at the discretion of the Committee. 

On a change of control, annual bonuses will either continue for the full year or a pro-rata bonus 
may be paid out to the time of completion.

Deferred bonus awards

If a participant ceases employment for any reason (other than voluntary resignation or summary 
dismissal, in which case the award will lapse), the award will ordinarily continue until the normal 
vesting date. The Committee retains discretion to release awards when the participant leaves. 

On a change of control, awards will generally vest on the date of a change of control, unless the 
Committee permits (or requires) awards to roll over into equivalent shares in the acquirer.

LTIP

Any outstanding awards will ordinarily lapse, however in ‘good leaver’ cases the default treatment 
is that awards will vest subject to any performance conditions and time pro-ration and the holding 
period will normally continue to apply. For added flexibility, the rules allow for the Committee  
to decide not to prorate (or pro-rate to a different extent) if it decides it is appropriate to do so, 
and to allow vesting to be triggered at the point of leaving by reference to performance to that 
date, rather than waiting until the end of the performance period if the Committee so decides. 

On a change of control, awards will generally vest on the date of a change of control, unless  
the Committee permits (or requires) awards to roll over into equivalent shares in the acquirer. 
Any vesting of awards will be subject to assessment of performance against any performance 
conditions and will normally be pro-rated.

Buy-out awards

Where a buy-out award is made under the Listing Rules then the leaver provisions would be  
determined at the time of the award.

Other payments

The Group may pay outplacement and professional legal fees incurred by Executives in finalising 
their termination arrangements, where considered appropriate, and may pay any statutory  
entitlements or settle compromise claims in connection with a termination of employment, 
where considered in the best interests of the Company. Outstanding savings/shares under  
all-employee share plans would be transferred in accordance with the terms of the plans.

Where the Committee retains discretion it will be used to provide flexibility in certain situations, taking into account the particular 
circumstances of the Director’s departure and performance. 

79 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

External appointments 
The Company recognises that its Executive Directors may  
be invited to become Non-Executive Directors of other  
companies and that such external appointments can broaden 
a Director’s experience and knowledge to the potential 
benefit of Supply@ME. Subject to approval by the Board, 
Executive Directors are allowed to accept Non-Executive  
appointments, provided that these appointments are not 
likely to lead to conflicts of interest. The Committee will  
consider its approach to the treatment of any fees received 
by Executive Directors in respect of external Non-Executive 
roles as they arise. 

Annual Report on Remuneration 

Role and composition of the Remuneration Committee 
The Board is ultimately accountable for executive remuneration 
and delegates this responsibility to the Remuneration  
Committee. The Remuneration Committee is responsible  
for developing and implementing a remuneration policy  
that supports the Group’s strategy and for determining the 
Executive Directors’ individual packages and terms of service 
together with those of the other members of the leadership 
team (including the Company Secretary). When setting the 
remuneration terms for Executive Directors, the Committee 
reviews and has regard to workforce remuneration and  
related policies and takes close account of the remuneration-
related provisions of the QCA Corporate Governance Code. 

The Committee is formally constituted and operates  
on written terms of reference, which are available on the 
Company’s website at https://www.supplymecapital.com/ 
investor/governance/. 

During 2022 the Committee was comprised of Enrico  
Camerinelli, David Bull following his appointment to the 
committee on 23 March 2022, Andrew Thomas and Albert 
Ganyushin following their appointments to the board on  
30 June 2022, Susanne Chishti (Chair) until her resignation 
on 14 April 2022 and Jim Coyle until his resignation on  
4 March 2022. The Committee met seven times during the 
year ended 31 December 2022. Enrico attended all meetings, 
Susanne attended two meetings prior to her departure  
on 14 April 2022, Jim attended one meeting prior to his  
departure on 4 March 2022. Albert and Andrew both  
attended four meetings and David attended three following 
their respective appointments. 

By invitation of the Committee, meetings are also attended 
by the CEO, CFO, CPO and the Company Secretary, who are 
consulted on matters discussed by the Committee, unless 
those matters relate to their own remuneration. Advice or 
information is also sought directly from other employees 
where the Committee feels that such additional contributions 
will assist the decision-making process. 

In order to avoid any conflict of interest, remuneration  
is managed through well-defined processes ensuring no  
individual is involved in the decision-making process related 
to their own remuneration. In particular, the remuneration 
of all Executive Directors is set and approved by the  
Committee. The Chair and Executives are responsible for 
the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors and the 
Non-Executives (excluding the Chair) and the Executives  
are responsible for determining the Chair’s remuneration. 
None of the Directors are involved in the determination  
of their own remuneration arrangements. 

The Committee is authorised to take such internal and  
external advice as it considers appropriate in connection 
with carrying out its duties, including the appointment  
of its own external remuneration advisers. During the year, 
the Committee was assisted in its work by FIT Remuneration 
Consultants LLP. FIT was appointed in July 2021 and  
has continued to provided advice in relation to general  
remuneration matters and the design of the remuneration 
policy during 2022. Fees paid to FIT in relation to advice  
provided to the Committee during the year to 31 December 
2022 were £35,431 (excluding VAT), charged on a time/cost 
basis. FIT is a member of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code  
of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting 
in the UK. The Committee is satisfied that the advice they  
received from FIT was objective and independent. 

The Committee considered the following main items during 
the 2022 financial year: 
> Review of the remuneration policy, including key  

performance indicators 

> Remuneration for incoming Chair and Non-Executive  

Directors 

> Review, approval and issuance of first awards under  

the long term incentive plan 

> Design for proposed Executive and Leadership team 

bonus plan and discussion on appropriate targets and 
timing, this will remain under review during FY23 

> Reviewing previously commissioned Board level salary 

benchmarking 

> Preparations for Directors’ remuneration reporting in  
respect of FY22 and review of the Remuneration policy 

> Review and update of Committee terms of reference 

Since the end of the 2022 financial year, the Committee has: 
> Considered and recommended the 2023 LTIP Performance 

conditions and considered 2023 LTIP award levels 
> Considered the need for and timing of potential 2023 

Executive Director Bonus 

> Considered salary levels of incoming Non-Executive  

Directors 

80 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The information that follows has been audited (where indicated) by the Company’s auditors, Crowe UK LLP. 

Single total figure of remuneration for each Director (audited) 
The table below reports the full-year total remuneration receivable by those Directors who performed qualifying services 
during the year. 

For the year ended 31 December 2022 

                                                                                        Base salary/                                                               Annual       Long-term                                          Total                 Total 
                                                                                                      fees         Benefits1         Pension2            bonus3      incentives4                 Total                 fixed           variable 
                                                                                                           £                       £                       £                       £                       £                       £                       £                       £ 

Executive Directors 

Alessandro Zamboni                                  207,000             156       12,420                  –                  –     219,566     219,566                  – 

Tom James5                                                 222,083                  –                  –                  –                  –     222,083     222,083                  – 

John Collis5                                                  222,083                  –                  –                  –                  –     222,083     222,083                  – 

Non-Executive Directors 

Albert Ganyushin6                                        75,577                  –                  –                  –                  –       75,577       75,577                  – 

Andrew Thomas7                                          15,115                  –                  –                  –                  –       15,115       15,115                  – 

Enrico Camerinelli                                         30,000                  –                  –                  –                  –       30,000       30,000                  – 

David Bull8                                                     34,912                  –                  –                  –                  –       34,912       34,912                  – 

Jim Coyle9                                                       26,731                  –                  –                  –                  –       26,731       26,731                  – 

Susanne Chishti10                                        11,538                  –                  –                  –                  –       11,538       11,538                  – 

Total                                                             845,039             156       12,420                  –                  –     857,605     857,605                  – 

5

1
2
3
4

Non-salary benefits include the provision of life assurance. 
The amount of employer contribution based on a fixed percentage of base salary, 6% for the Chief Executive Officer only. 
The Group did not operate a bonus scheme in 2022. Please see details of future intention in the Directors Remuneration Policy. 
The CEO was awarded share options in the 2022 LTIP award. The other Executive Directors were not included in the 2022 award due to existing earn out 
arrangements. During the year ended 31 December 2022 there were no share options that vested under the 2022 LTIP award or any other share option 
awards. 
Tom James and John Collis receive a proportion of their salary in USD. These amounts have been converted to GBP in the total above using the average  
exchange rate of 1.25. 
Albert Ganyushin joined the board on 30 June 2022 and received fees from that date, this figure does not include fee paid to him prior to joining the board 
of £12,500 (excluding VAT) for strategic advisory project. 
Andrew Thomas joined the board on 30 June 2022 and received fees from that date. 
7
David Bull’s fee was increased from £30,000 per annum to £40,000 per annum on 22 July 2022 to recognise his role as Chair of the Audit Committee. 
8
9
Jim Coyle stepped down from the Board on 4 March 2022 and received fees to that date. 
10 Susanne Chishti stepped down from the Board on 14 April 2022 and received fees to that date. 
11 The aggregate emoluments (being salary/fees, bonuses, benefits and pension allowances) of all Directors for 2022 was £857,617 (2021:£629,352). 

6

While not remuneration for the purposes of this table, for 
completeness, in addition to an initial consideration received 
on completion of the acquisition of TradeFlow Capital  
Management Pte. Limited (“TradeFlow”), Tom James and 
John Collis, the TradeFlow directors, are entitled to receive 
acquisition related earn-out payments determined  
by reference to pre-determined revenue milestones  
of TradeFlow and, separately, of its subsidiary company  
(Tijara Pte. Limited). These milestones are calculated by  
reference to the revenues achieved in each of the 2021, 
2022 and 2023 financial years and are contingent on  
employment to the relevant dates. The acquisition related 
earn-out amounts are able to be paid in either cash or 
shares, and as this is at the Company’s discretion, they fall 
into the definition of shared based payments under IFRS. 

As such, the fair value of these earn-out payments have been 
calculated at the grant date, being the date of completion  
of the acquisition, with this fair value being spread over the 
period from grant to vesting date in the consolidated financial 
statements. Further details are set out in the notes to the 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31  
December 2022, including the fair value of the acquisition 
related earn-out payments recognised in the current financial 
year of which was a credit to the income statement of 
£710,000 (2021: an expense of £1,410,000). The terms of 
the earn-out payments provide that if the Company chose 
to issue the earn-out payment in shares, the number of 
shares to be issued will be determined using the Volume 
Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) over the 20 dealing days to 
the end of the relevant financial year subject to a floor of 1p. 

81 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

In addition, the number of shares will be enhanced by 50%  
if the VWAP is greater than 1p. On the 19 July 2022, the 
Company chose to equity settle the earn-out payment that 
was due to the TradeFlow directors following the level of  
revenues achieved in 2021 being 80% of the pre-determined 

revenue milestone. This resulted in each of the two  
TradeFlow directors, being Tom James and John Collis,  
each being awarded 106,762,760 new ordinary shares. 50% 
of these shares may not be sold for 12 months following 
award but are not contingent on continued employment. 

For the year ended 31 December 2021 

                                                                                        Base salary/                                                               Annual       Long-term                                          Total                 Total 
                                                                                                      fees         Benefits1         Pension2            bonus3      incentives4                 Total                 fixed           variable 
                                                                                                           £                       £                       £                       £                       £                       £                       £                       £ 

Executive Directors 

Alessandro Zamboni                                  185,000               66       49,310                  –                  –     234,376     234,376                  – 

Tom James4                                                   85,766                  –                  –                  –                  –       85,766       85,766                  – 

John Collis4                                                     85,766                  –                  –                  –                  –       85,766       85,766                  – 

Non-Executive Directors 

Jim Coyle5                                                       26,154                  –                  –                  –                  –       26,154       26,154                  – 

Susanne Chishti6                                          70,513                  –                  –                  –                  –       70,513       70,513                  – 

Enrico Camerinelli                                         30,000                  –                  –                  –                  –       30,000       30,000                  – 

David Bull7                                                     13,308                  –                  –                  –                  –       13,308       13,308                  – 

Dominic White8                                             83,470                  –                  –                  –                  –       83,470       83,470                  – 

Total                                                             579,977               66                  –                  –                  –     629,352     629,352                  – 

1
2

3

4
5
6
7
8
9

Non-salary benefits include the provision of life assurance.  
The amount of employer contribution based on a fixed percentage of base salary, which was 15% for the Chief Executive Officer only for the year  
ended 31 December 2021. The amount shown in table includes £21,560 that was paid during FY21 but which related to base salary earned in FY20. From 1 
January 2022 the CEO’s pension contribution has been reduced to 6% in line with UK employee contribution. 
The Group has not historically operated an annual bonus scheme or long-term incentive plan. Please see page 73 for details of new incentive arrangements 
under the proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 
Tom James and John Collis joined the Board on 30 July 2021 and their remuneration reflects the period from then. 
Jim Coyle joined the Board on 28 October 2021 and his remuneration reflects the period from then. 
Susanne Chishti was appointed interim chair from 23 July 2021 to 27 October 2021. 
David Bull joined the Board on 22 July 2021 and his remuneration reflects the period from then. 
Dominic White stepped down from the Board on 22 July 2021 and received fees to that date. 
The aggregate emoluments (being salary/fees, bonuses, benefits and pension allowances) of all Directors for 2021 was £629,352 (2020: £288,868). 

Annual bonus for the year ending 31 December 2022 
(audited) 
The Company did not offer annual bonus for FY22. 

The Awards granted include those made to the following  
Director and person discharging managerial responsibilities 
(“PDMR”):

LTIP awards with performance periods ending in the 
year (audited) 
There were no long-term incentive awards capable of  
vesting in relation to performance during the year ending  
31 December 2022. 

LTIP awards granted in the year (audited) 
On 31 October 2022 awards in the form of nominal-cost 
share options (“Awards”) over 874,783,094 ordinary shares 
of nominal value 0.002 pence each in the capital of the  
Company (“Ordinary Shares”) were granted under the 
Supply@ME Long Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) to certain 
of the Company’s executives and senior management. 

Name

Position

Number of  
Ordinary Shares 
under Award

Alessandro 
Zamboni 

Amy Benning

Chief Executive 
Officer; Executive 
Director 

Chief Financial  
Officer; PDMR

258,750,000 

187,500,000

Pursuant to the terms of the LTIP the Awards will normally 
become exercisable on 31 October 2025. 

82 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Awards may become exercisable subject to continued  
employment and the achievement of an absolute Total 
Shareholder Return performance condition measured over 
a three-year performance period over the 2022, 2023 and 
2024 financial years. The initial performance conditions will 
be absolute TSR over 3 financial years, requiring (assuming 
no dividends), the average closing share price over the 
period 1 October 2024 to 31 December 2024 to be 0.6945p 
for 25% of the award to vest increasing, on a straight-line 
basis, to 1p for 100% to vest. In addition, the Remuneration 

Committee will have broad discretion to reduce vesting  
if it considers the level of vesting to be inappropriate having 
regard to affordability, risk management and other factors. 
The Award granted to the Chief Executive Officer is  
additionally subject to a two-year holding period following 
the vesting date. 

Payments for loss of office and to past Directors (audited) 
No such payments were made during the year. 

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited) 
The following table shows the interests of Directors and their connected persons in the Company’s ordinary shares as at 
ending 31 December 2022. 

                                                                                                  Number of         Share awards         Share awards          Shareholding 
                                                                                            shares owned         not subject to                subject to           as a multiple          Shareholding 
                                                                                     outright (including          performance          performance         of salary at 31         guideline as a          Shareholding 
Director1                                                                  connected persons)               conditions               conditions    December 20223   multiple of salary        guideline met? 

Alessandro Zamboni2                         12,742,513,009                        –                        –                51.09                     2.0                    Yes 

Tom James                                                  513,262,760                        –                        –                  1.92                     2.0                     No 

John Collis                                                   513,262,760                        –                        –                  1.92                     2.0                     No 

Albert Ganyushin                                                           –                        –                        –                    N/A                    N/A                    N/A 

Andrew Thomas                                                             –                        –                        –                    N/A                    N/A                    N/A 

Enrico Camerinelli                                                          –                        –                        –                    N/A                    N/A                    N/A 

David Bull                                                                        –                        –                        –                    N/A                    N/A                    N/A 

Jim Coyle                                                                          –                        –                        –                    N/A                    N/A                    N/A 

Susanne Chishti                                                             –                        –                        –                    N/A                    N/A                    N/A 

1
2
3

The shareholdings and awards set out above include those held by Directors and their respective connected persons. 
Alessandro Zamboni’s shares are held through the AvantGarde Group S.p.A. 
The shareholding as a multiple of salary has been calculated using the value of the shareholding held at 31 December 2022 compared to the full year salary 
for the year ended 31 December 2022. Tom James and John Collis receive a proportion of their salary in USD. These amounts have been converted to GBP 
in the total above using the average exchange rate of 1.25. 

As announced on 12 April 2023, the number of shares of the Company held by the CEO, through the AvantGarde Group 
S.p.A, increased by 925,000,000 to a total of 13,667,513,009. There have been no other changes between 31 December 
2022 and the 21 April 2023, being latest date practicable prior to the publication of this report 

Executive Directors Long term incentive (share) plan interests 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Face value 
                                                                                                                                                                       Holding period                   No of shares                            (no of shares 
Executive Director                                                     Date of Grant                    Vesting date                                 ends                            granted     Grant Price  x grant price) 

Alessandro Zamboni                   31 October 2022   31 October 2025   31 October 2027           258,750,000         0.08p   £207,000 

Tom James                                                               –                               –                               –                               –                  –                  – 

John Collis                                                                 –                               –                               –                               –                  –                  – 

83 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Total shareholder return performance graph 
The graph below shows the value at 31 December 2022 of 
£100 invested in the Company on 23 March 2020 (i.e. the 
date that Admission to trading on the London Stock Exchange) 
compared to the value of £100 invested in the FTSE SmallCap 
Index (excluding Investment Trusts), making the assumption 

that dividends are reinvested to purchase additional equity. 
The FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding Investment Trusts) has 
been selected as a comparator index to the Company, being 
made up of companies with a similar market capitalisation 
to the Company. 

n
r
u
t
e
R
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

l

l

a
t
o
T

)
0
2
0
2
h
c
r
a
M
3
2
t
a
0
0
1
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

300

200

100

0

Mar 2020

Dec 2020

Dec 2021

Dec 2022

    Supply Me Capital     FTSE Small Cap Ex.Inv Trusts                 Source: Datastream (a Refinitiv product)

Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration 
The total remuneration figure for the Chief Executive Officer in 2022 is shown in the table below, along with the value  
of bonuses paid, and LTIP vesting, as a percentage of the maximum opportunity. This table will build up to show ten years’ 
worth of data over time. 

                                                                                                                                                                       CEO single figure of                              Annual 
                                                                                                                                                                        total remuneration                bonus pay-out                     LTIP vesting 
Year                          CEO                                                                                                                                                               £               % of maximum               % of maximum 

2022                 Alessandro Zamboni                                                                                219,576                               –                               – 

2021                 Alessandro Zamboni                                                                                234,376                               –                               – 

2020                 Alessandro Zamboni                                                                                138,750                               –                               – 

84 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual percentage change in remuneration  
of Directors and employees 
The table below shows the percentage change in remuneration 
of the Directors and employees of the business between the 
2021 and 2022 financial years. 

                                                                                       % change from FY21 to FY22 
                                                               Salary or fees         Benefits3              Bonus 

Employees1                                         -15                  –             N/A 

Executive Directors2 

Alessandro Zamboni                           12             (55)             N/A 

Tom James                                              –             N/A             N/A 

John Collis                                                –             N/A             N/A 

Non-Executive Directors 

Jim Coyle4                                                2             N/A             N/A 

Susanne Chishti5                               (84)             N/A             N/A 

Enrico Camerinelli                                  –             N/A             N/A 

David Bull6                                          162             N/A             N/A 

Albert Ganyushin7                            100             N/A             N/A 

2

3

4

5

6

7

In order to illustrate the % change of the Directors from FY21 to FY22 
annualised FTE salaries have been used. 
During FY21 the percentage of pension for the CEO was reduced from 
15% of base salary to 6% of base salary, in order to align with the rest  
of the workforce. 
Jim Coyle was appointed as a director on 28 October 2021 and resigned 
on 4 March 2022. The change in his salary reflects the period which he 
was a director. 
From 22 July 2021 to 28 October 2021, Susanne Chishti was appointed 
as the interim Chair. On 14 April 2022, Susanne Chishti resigned. The  
decrease in salary reflects both these factors. 
David Bull was appointed as a director on 22 July 2021 and received an 
increase in his directors fees during FY22 to reflect the time commitment 
required to fulfil his role as Chair of the Audit Committee. The increase  
in salary reflects both these factors. 
Albert Ganyushin and Andrew Thomas both joined the board during FY22 
and therefore had no comparative salary received in FY21. Dominic White 
resigned during FY21 an had no comparative salary in FY22. The changes 
in salary reflect these factors. 

Relative importance of spend on pay 
The table below details the change in total staff pay  
between 2021 and 2022 as detailed in note 8 to the  
Group consolidated financial statements, compared with 
distributions to shareholders by way of dividend, share buy 
backs on any other significant distributions or payments. 
These figures have been calculated in line with those in  
the audited financial statements: 

Andrew Thomas7                              100             N/A             N/A 

                                                                  2022 (£000)    2021 (£000)        % change 

Dominic White7                               (100)             N/A             N/A 

Total gross staff pay                       2,767          1,728            60% 

1

The % change from FY21 to FY22 of the employees is calculated  
using the mean annualised FTE salaries of the Supply@ME Capital Plc 
employee base. 

Dividends / share buybacks                 –                  –             N/A 

Summary of shareholder voting 
The following table shows the results of the advisory vote on the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report and the binding vote 
on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the 2022 Annual General Meeting: 

                                                                    Approval of the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report (2022 AGM)              Approval of the Remuneration Policy (2022 AGM) 
                                                                                               Total number of votes                        % of votes cast           Total number of votes                        % of votes cast 

For (including discretionary)                            10,101,240,460                          97.56%            10,088,146,704                          97.47% 

Against                                                                      252,712,593                            2.44%                 261,938,239                            2.53% 

Votes withheld                                                           46,309,028                                     –                   50,177,138                                     – 

85 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Executive Directors’ service contracts 
The table below summarises key details in respect of the 
Executive Directors’ contracts: 

                                                                                                                  Notice period 
                                                                     Date of service           (from either party 
                                                                  contract/letter of                  unless stated 
                                                                        appointment                        otherwise) 

Alessandro Zamboni          23 March 2020             12 months 

The service contracts of all current Executive Directors are 
available for inspection at the Company’s registered office. 

Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment 
The table below summarises key details in respect of the 
Non-Executive Directors’ contracts: 

                                                                    Date of letter of                  Notice period 
                                                                        appointment          (from either party) 

Enrico Camerinelli               23 March 2020                3 months 

David Bull                                   21 July 2021                   90 days 

Albert Ganyushin                    30 June 2022                   90 days 

Alexandra Galligan              16 March 2023                   90 days 

External appointments 
Alessandro Zamboni is a Non-Executive Director with  
Darwinsurance srl. 

Implementation of policy for the year ending  
31 December 2023 
Basic salary 
Executive Directors’ salaries for FY23 are as follows: 

                                                                  Base salary FY22         Director fees FY22 

Alessandro Zamboni                     £207,000                               – 

The Committee reviewed Executive Directors salaries  
during 2022 and although current total remuneration levels 
are below market no increases are currently proposed for 
FY23. The Committee intends to keep them under review 
with a view to increasing total remuneration toward market 
levels once the performance of the business warrants it. 

Benefits and pension 
The CEO receives a pension contribution or allowance  
of 6% of salary. 

Annual bonus 
A bonus plan has not yet been approved for 2023. The  
remuneration committee will consider this prudently during 
2023 in light of revenue and cash flow. If significant progress 
is made on the Group’s key financial targets a variable pay 
pool would be formed based on a combination of profit  
and satisfaction of strategic and personal objectives. These 
objectives will be linked to the Group’s strategy and aligned 
with key financial, strategic and/or individual targets and  
be governed by the Remuneration Policy. 

LTIP 
Subject to approval of the proposed Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy, all Executive Directors will be eligible to participate  
in the LTIP. An award is anticipated to be made during  
FY23 to the CEO over shares up to 100% of base salary.  
The performance conditions will be: 
> 50% of the award to be based on absolute TSR over  

3 financial years, requiring (assuming no dividends) the 
average closing share price over the period 1 October 
2025 – 31 December 2025 to be 0.15p for 25% of the 
award to vest increasing on a straight line basis to 0.3p 
for 100% to vest. 

> 50% of the award to be based on volume of inventory 
monetised by the end of the performance period (31  
December 2025). 25% of award to vest if £300m of  
inventory is monetized (in aggregate) over the 3 financial 
years ending 31 December 2025, increasing on a straight 
line basis to 100% of the award to vest if £400m of  
inventory is monetized (in aggregate) in the same period. 
This is contingent on the Remuneration Committee 
deeming the inventory was monetised on acceptable 
commercial terms. 

The Committee will have broad discretion to reduce vesting 
if it considers the level of vesting to be inappropriate having 
regard to affordability, risk management and other factors. 

Non-Executive Directors’ fees 
Non-Executive Directors’ fees for FY23 have been amended 
slightly to reflect the significant contribution made by  
Committee Chairs. The Chair of both Audit and Remuneration 
Committee Chair will be eligible for an additional £10,000 fee 
in addition to the base Non-Executive Director fee of £30,000. 
The Non-Executive Directors fees are detailed below: 

                                                                                                                          Fee FY23 
                                                                                                                                        £ 

Chairman                                                                            150,000 

Base Non-Executive Director fee                                      30,000 

Senior Independent Director fee                                     10,000 

Chair of Audit or Remuneration Committee fee            10,000

86 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Directors

Report of the Directors 

Review of Business and Future Developments 

The Directors present their report on the Group together 
with the audited consolidated financial statements for the 
year ended 31 December 2022. 

Results and dividends 

The Group’s consolidated total loss for the year was 
£9,878,000 (2021: £12,487,000). The Group’s consolidated 
operating loss from continuing operations before impairment 
charges for the year was £4,651,000 (2021: £3,993,000). 
More information about the Group’s financial performance 
can be found in the financial review on pages 32 to 37 and 
in the financial statements on pages 93 to 172. 

The Directors are not proposing a final dividend for the year 
ended 31 December 2022. 

The Chief Executive’s Review on pages 6 and 7 and the  
Strategic Report on pages 1 to 42 provide a review of the 
business, the Group’s trading for the year ended 31 December 
2022, key performance indicators and an indication of future 
developments and risks, form part of this Directors’ Report. 

Matters covered in the Strategic Report 

A comprehensive review and assessment of the Group’s  
activities during the year as well as its position at the year 
end and prospects for the forthcoming year are included  
in the Chief Executive’s Review and the Strategic Report. 
These reports can be found in the relevant sections above 
and should be read in conjunction with this report. 

Disclosure                                                                                                                                 Location 

Capital Structure                                                                                     Notes 15, 23 and 24 to the consolidated Financial  
                                                                                                                  Statements – pages 127, 136 and 139 

Directors’ interests                                                                                 Directors’ Remuneration Report – pages 66 to 86 

Directors’ Remuneration Report                                                          Strategic Report – pages 66 to 86 

Directors’ responsibility statement                                                      Page 92 

Engaging with our stakeholders                                                           Strategic Report – pages 30 to 31 

Environmental Impact                                                                            Strategic Report, Environmental Impact – page 38 

Exposure to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and                          Details can be found on pages 40 to 42 of the Strategic 
cash flow risk                                                                                           Report and Note 23 to the consolidated Financial Statements 

Financial risk management objectives and policies                          Notes 2 and 23 to the consolidated Financial Statements –  
(including hedging policy and use of financial instruments)            pages 105 to 118 and 136 to 139 

Future business developments                                                            Strategic Report – pages 1 to 42 

Greenhouse gas emissions                                                                   Strategic Report, Environmental Impact – page 38 

People, culture and employee engagement                                      Strategic Report – page 30 

Principal decisions made by the Board during the year                  Strategic Report – page 48 

Section 172 Statement                                                                          Strategic Report – page 30 

The stakeholder engagement section of the strategic report 
contains information in respect of the Group’s key stakeholders 
and business relationships, including our people, shareholders, 
corporate clients, inventory funders and fund investors. 

Cautionary statement 

The review of the business and its future development  
in the Strategic Report has been prepared solely to provide 
additional information to shareholders to assess the Group’s 
strategy and the potential for this strategy to succeed. 

It should not be relied on by any other party for any other 
purpose. The review contains forward-looking statements 
which are made by the Directors in good faith based on  
information available to them up to the time of the approval 
of the reports and should be treated with caution due to  
the inherent uncertainties associated with such statements. 

87 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Directors

Directors of the Group 

The Directors, who held office during the period, and  
subsequently, together with current Directors are as follows: 
> Albert Ganyushin – Independent Chairperson and  
Non-Executive Director (appointed 30 June 2022) 
> Alessandro Zamboni – Chief Executive Officer and  
Executive Director (appointed 23 March 2020) 
> Enrico Camerinelli – Independent Non-Executive  

Director (appointed 23 March 2020) 

> David Bull – Independent Non-Executive Director  

(appointed 22 July 2021) 

> Alexandra Galligan – Independent Non-Executive  

Director (appointed 16 March 2023) 

> John Collis – Former Executive Director (appointed  

30 July 2021, resigned 23 March 2023) 

> Thomas James – Former Executive Director (appointed 30 

July 2021, resigned 23 March 2023) 

> Andrew Thomas – Former Non-Executive Director  
(appointed 30 June 2022, resigned 15 March 2023) 

Directors’ interests 

> James Coyle – Former Independent Non-Executive  
Chairman (appointed 28 October 2021, resigned  
4 March 2022) 

> Susanne Chishti – Former Senior Independent  

Non-Executive Director (appointed 23 March 2020,  
resigned 14 April 2022) 

The biographies of the Directors in office as at the date  
of this Annual Report are set out on pages 44 to 47 of the 
Corporate Governance Report. As set out above, between 
31 December 2022 to the date of the approval of the annual 
report and financial statements there have been three  
resignations of board members including John Collis and 
Thomas James, both of whom resigned on 23 March 2023, 
and Andrew Thomas, who resigned on 15 March 2023. 
There has been one new board member appointed,  
Alexandra Galligan, who joined the board on 16 March 2023. 

The Directors who held office during the year and their interests in the ordinary shares of the Company were as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Ordinary shares                      Ordinary shares 
                                                                                                                                                                                                  (At 31 December 2022)         (At 31 December 2021) 

Alessandro Zamboni (held through AvantGarde Group SpA and 1AF2 Limited)                  12,742,513,009            12,742,513,009 

John Collis                                                                                                                                               513,262,760                 406,500,000 

Thomas James                                                                                                                                       513,262,760                 406,500,000 

Albert Ganyushin                                                                                                                                                    Nil                                 N/A 

Enrico Camerinelli                                                                                                                                                   Nil                                   Nil 

David Bull                                                                                                                                                                 Nil                                   Nil 

Andrew Thomas                                                                                                                                                      Nil                                 N/A 

Alexandra Galligan                                                                                                                                                N/A                                 N/A 

James Coyle                                                                                                                                                            N/A                                   Nil 

Susanne Chishti                                                                                                                                                    N/A                                   Nil 

On 12 April 2023, it was announced that the AvantGarde 
Group SpA acquired an additional 925,000,000 new ordinary 
shares of the Company. Following this acquisition by the 
AvantGarde Group S.p.A, the number of ordinary shares 
held by Alessandro Zamboni increased to 13,667,513,009. 

The Powers of the Company Directors 

The powers of the Directors are set out in the Company’s  
articles of association (the “Articles”) and the Companies  
Act 2006 and are subject to any directions given by special 
resolution. 

The Directors are responsible for the management of the 
Company’s business, for which purpose they may exercise 
all the powers of the Company whether relating to the  
management of the business or not. The Directors may  
also, subject to the Articles, delegate any of their powers, 
authorities and discretions as they see fit. The Board is 
required by the Articles to consist of no fewer than two  
Directors and is not subject to any maximum number. 

88 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Appointment and replacement of Directors 

IFRS 

The rules governing the appointment and replacement of 
Directors are set out in the Articles and are governed by the 
QCA Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. 
Directors may be appointed by ordinary resolution of the 
shareholders or by the Board. At each AGM, all Directors 
who have been appointed by the Board since the previous 
AGM shall offer themselves for re-election by the shareholders. 
In addition, any Directors for whom the AGM is their  
third since they were last elected or re-elected, shall offer 
themselves for re-election by the shareholders. As such,  
at the Company’s next AGM, a date for which will be  
announced shortly following the publication of this Annual 
Report, the following Directors will offer themselves for  
re-election; Albert Ganyushin and Alexandra Galligan. 

Articles of Association 

The rules governing the appointment and replacement  
of Directors are set out in the Company’s Articles of  
Association. The Articles of Association may be amended  
by a special resolution of the Company’s shareholders. 

The Directors have prepared the Group consolidated  
financial statements in accordance with international  
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements 
of UK adopted International Accounting Standards. 

Political and charitable donations 

No political or charitable donations were made by the 
Group during the period (2021: nil). 

Research and Development 

During the year the Group continued to invest in the  
development of its core Inventory Monetisation (“IM”)  
Platform, the purpose of which is to facilitate, record  
and monitor IM transactions between third party client  
companies and segregated trading companies (known  
as stock companies). The internally generated IM Platform 
includes not only the software but also: 
> the methodologies and business policies underpinning 

each IM transaction. 

> the legal and accounting frameworks required to support 

Compensation for loss of Office 

each IM transaction. 

No compensation for loss of office was paid to Directors who 
resigned during the year or in the period following the year 
end and up to the date at which this Annual Report has 
been published. 

Corporate governance statement 

> the technical infrastructure (cloud environment,  

distributed ledger technology) used to support each  
IM transaction. 

During the year the Group capitalised costs associated  
with the development of the IM Platform to the value  
of £1,125,000 (2021: £1,020,000) as disclosed in note  
13 to the Group’s consolidated financial statements. 

The Corporate Governance Report set out on pages 43 to 
92 forms part of the Directors’ Report. 

Authority for Company to Purchase own Shares 

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 

Throughout the financial year the Company had, as permitted 
by sections 234 and 235 of the Companies Act 2006,  
maintained Directors’ and Officers’ Liability insurance cover 
on behalf of the Directors of the Company. These policies  
indemnify them against certain liabilities which may be  
incurred by them in relation to the Company. 

Subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, the 
Company may purchase its own shares in accordance  
with the Companies Act 2006. Any shares which have been 
bought back may be held as treasury shares or cancelled 
immediately upon completion of the purchase. Since listing 
the Directors have not exercised any of their powers to  
purchase its own shares. 

Financial Instruments 

The financial risk management objectives and policies of the 
Group are shown in note 23 to the Group’s consolidated  
financial statements. 

89 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Directors

Significant Interests (greater than 3%) 

The table below shows the interests in shares notified to the Company in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules as of 31 December 2022, and 21 April 2023 (being the latest practicable date prior to publication of the 
Annual Report): 

                                                                                                                                                     As of 31 December 2022                                                           As at 21 April 2023 
                                                                                                                No. of ordinary shares                                                     No. of ordinary shares 
                                                                                                                         held of £0.00002                         % of total                    held of £0.00002                         % of total 
Name of shareholder                                                                               nominal value each            voting rights held                nominal value each            voting rights held 

Alessandro Zamboni (held through  
AvantGarde Group SpA and 1AF2 Limited)               12,742,513,009                   22.51%            13,667,513,009                   24.14% 

Venus Capital S.A.                                                             7,900,000,000                   13.95%              7,900,000,000                   13.95% 

Hartfort Growth Fund Limited                                                               –                               –              1,730,571,351                      3.06% 

Except as disclosed in the above table, the Company and 
the Directors are not aware of any person who, directly  
or indirectly, has a holding which is notifiable under English 
law or who directly or indirectly, jointly or severally, exercises 
or could exercise control over it, nor are they aware of any 
arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent 
date result in a change of control over it. Those interested, 
directly or indirectly, in 3% or more of the issued ordinary 
shares (as set out in the above table) do not have different 
voting rights from other shareholders. 

Branches outside of the UK 

The Group has subsidiaries outside the UK in Italy and  
Singapore. Further details of these can be found in note  
3 to the Company’s financial statements. The Company  
currently does not have any branches outside of the UK. 

Change of Control 

The Group is party to a limited number of funding agreements 
that include change of control provisions which, in the  
event of a change of control of the Company, or the relevant 
Group entity, could result in the termination of those  
arrangements at the election of the lender, which if triggered 
would result in the discontinuation of further funding and  
a requirement to repay amounts outstanding under the  
affected arrangement. 

Going concern 

In carrying out their duties in respect of going concern, the 
directors have completed a review of the Group’s financial 
forecasts for a period exceeding 12 months from the date  
of issue of this annual report. 

This review included sensitivity analysis focused on more  
immediate going concern period to determine the potential 
impact on the group of reasonably possible downside  
scenarios. For the reasons set out below, the Directors  
consider that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing these financial statements. 

As at 31 December 2022 the Group had a cash and cash 
equivalents balance from continuing operations of £757,000. 
In addition, cash balances from discontinued operations were 
£324,000 as at 31 December 2022. These total combined 
cash and cash equivalent balances of £1,081,000 compared 
to a consolidated cash balance £1,727,000 as at 31 December 
2021. The Group’s consolidated net current liabilities of 
£828,000 as at 31 December 2022, compared to a consolidated 
net current liability position of £6,609,000 as at 31 December 
2021. The Group has posted a total comprehensive loss for 
the year ended 31 December 2022 of £10,417,000 (2021: 
comprehensive loss of £12,481,000) and retained losses  
as at 31 December 2022 were £27,649,000 (31 December 
2021: retained losses £16,209,000). 

During the year, the Company continued to source additional 
funds with the primary aim of allowing it to repay the  
outstanding loan note and convertible loan note balances 
that were outstanding with Mercator Capital Management 
Fund LP (“Mercator”) to move to a more stable source of 
funding to support the working capital needs of the Group 
and the continued investment into the Group’s Inventory 
Monetisation Platform. These new sources of funding  
included both a subscription of new equity into the Company 
and traditional bank financing from Banco BPM, the third 
largest banking group in Italy. Further details of the cash  
inflows as a result of the new funding sources, and the cash 
outflows due to the repayment of the Mercator funding  
facility can be found in consolidated statement of cash flows 
and in the various notes to these consolidated financial 
statements. 

90 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Following the 31 December 2022, the Company has been 
continuing to explore additional options of funding to support 
the ongoing working capital needs of the Group while  
a track record of positive revenue generation is established. 
As at the date of issue of these consolidation financial  
statements, the Company also announced the following 
binding commitments: 
1) A new unsecured working capital loan agreement of up 
to £2,800,000 from the AvantGarde Group S.p.A (“TAG”) 
(the “TAG Working Capital facility”); and 

2) A new equity subscription agreement with irrevocable 
commitments to subscribe for 4,500,000,000 new  
ordinary shares in the Company at a price of 0.05 pence 
per share, providing the Company with gross proceeds  
of £2,250,000 (the “Subscription Agreement”). 

Further details of each of the TAG Working Capital facility and 
the Subscription Agreement can be found in note 30 to the 
Group’s consolidated financial statements. 

Taking into consideration the factors above and in order  
to consider their assessment of the Group as a going  
concern, the Directors have reviewed the forecast cash flows 
for the next 12 months. The cash flow forecasts take into  
account that the Group meets its day to day working capital 
requirements through its available and committed cash  
resources. The Directors have prepared the forecast using 
their best estimates, information and judgement at this time, 
including the TAG Working Capital facility and the Subscription 
Agreement referred to above. The Directors have also  
considered the expected cash flows arising from TradeFlow’s 
investment advisory services (“IA” revenue stream) as well as 
from the use of the Group’s innovative Platform to facilitate 
inventory monetisation transactions (“C.IM” revenue stream). 
This reflects the fact that the Directors expect the Group  
to fully operationalise the business model in the near future, 
following the completion of the first IM transaction in 2022, 
and that TradeFlow still currently remains a fully owned  
subsidiary of the Group. 

Despite the facts outlined above, there continues to be  
an absence of a historical track record relating to multiple  
inventory monetisation transactions being facilitated by the 
Group’s Platform and the Group being cash flow positive.  
As such the Directors have prudently identified uncertainty 
in the cash flow model. This uncertainty arises with respect 
to both the future timing and growth rates of the forecast 
cash flows arising from the Group’s multiple inventory  
monetisation revenue streams. In this regard, if these  
future revenues are not secured as the Directors envisage,  
it is possible that the Group will have a shortfall in cash  
and require additional funding during the forecast period. 

In addition the cash inflows arising from the TAG Working 
Capital facility and the Subscription Agreement have not 
been fully received. These amounts have been factored into 
the cash flow forecast in line with the contractual commitments 
received from the various counterparties. As such, there is  
a risk that these cash flows might not be received or might 
not reach the Group in the time frame expected despite  
the various contractual commitments in place. On the  
basis of the above, the Directors believe there are material 
uncertainties which may cast significant doubt upon the  
entities ability to continue as a going concern. 

The Directors do however remain confident in the business 
model and believe the Group could be managed in a way  
to allow it to meet its ongoing commitments and obligations 
through mitigating actions including cost saving measures 
and securing alternative sources of funding should this be 
required. This includes the application by certain of the 
Company’s subsidiaries to access specialised loans for SME 
businesses provided by Italian commercial banks with the 
support of government guarantees.  These such loans will 
allow the Group to access a lower cost of capital. 

As such the Directors consider it appropriate to prepare 
these annual consolidated financial statements on a going 
concern basis and have not included the adjustments that 
would result if the Company and Group were unable to  
continue as a going concern. 

Website publication 

The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the Annual 
Report and financial statements are made available on the 
website. The financial statements are published on the 
Group’s website in accordance with legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination  
of financial statements, which may vary from legislation  
in other jurisdictions. The Directors are responsible for  
the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and  
financial information included on the Company’s website. 
The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing  
integrity of the financial statements contained therein. 

Directors’ responsibilities pursuant to DTR 4 

The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge: 
> the Group consolidated financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with International Accounting 
Standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and the requirements of UK 
adopted International Accounting Standards and give  
a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial  
position and profit and loss of the Group; and 

91 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
In preparing these financial statements, the directors are 
required to: 
> select suitable accounting policies and apply them  

consistently. 

> make judgements and accounting estimates that are  

reasonable and prudent. 

> state whether applicable IFRSs have been followed, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; and 

> prepare the financial statements on the going concern 

basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and Company will continue in business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate  
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Group’s and the Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Group and the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies  
Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the  
assets of the Group and the Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and  
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of the financial 
statements and other information included in the annual  
reports may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

The Report of the Directors set out from page 87 to page  
92 is approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its 
behalf by: 

Alessandro Zamboni 
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director 
28 April 2023

Report of the Directors

> the Annual Report includes a fair review of the  

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Group, and the parent Company, together 
with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face. 

Disclosure of information to the auditor 

Each Director at the date of approval of this annual report 
confirms that: 
> so far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant 

audit information of which the Group’s and Company’s 
auditor is unaware; and 

> all the Directors have taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as Directors in order to make themselves 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the auditor is aware of that information. 

External Auditor 

The auditor, Crowe U.K. LLP, will be proposed for  
re-appointment at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

2023 AGM 

The Notice of Annual General Meeting for 2023 will be  
circulated to all the shareholders at least 21 working days 
before the AGM and it will also be made available on our 
corporate website www.supplymecapital.com. The voting  
on the resolutions will be announced via the Regulatory 
News Service. 

Post balance sheet events 

Details of post events since the reporting date can be found 
in note 30 to the Group’s consolidated Financial Statements. 

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

The Directors acknowledge their responsibilities for  
preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements  
in accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the  
Directors have elected to prepare the Group consolidated  
financial statements in accordance with UK adopted  
International Accounting Standards. Under company law  
the Directors must not approve the financial statements  
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view  
of the state of affairs of the Group and of the Group’s  
results for that period. 

92 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Corporate Governance Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial 
Statements

93 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report 

to the members of Supply@ME Capital Plc

Qualified opinion 

Basis for qualified opinion 

We have audited the financial statements of Supply@ME 
Capital Plc (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) 
for the year ended 31 December 2022 which comprise  
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the 
consolidated and company statement of financial position, 
the consolidated and company statement of changes in 
equity, the consolidated statement of cash flows and notes 
to the financial statements, including significant accounting 
policies. The financial reporting framework that has been  
applied in the preparation of the group financial statements 
is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting 
standards. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the parent company financial 
statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 102  
The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland (United Kingdom Generally Accepted  
Accounting Practice). 

During the year, the classification and presentation  
requirements of IFRS 5 (Non-current Assets Held for Sale 
and Discontinued Operations) were met for the group’s 
wholly owned subsidiary TradeFlow Capital Management 
Pte. Limited (“TradeFlow”). Subsequent to the year-end  
on 24 March 2023, the TradeFlow option holders provided 
written notice to the company of their intention to exercise 
their right to acquire 100% of the share capital under the 
original share purchase agreement (see note 27 for details). 
The fair value to be calculated under the terms of the share 
purchase agreement is to be determined by a third party 
valuer and has not yet been finalised. 

With respect to the group financial statements, we were  
unable to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence  
regarding the fair value of the disposal group at 31  
December 2022 and any resulting impact on the statement 
of comprehensive income. 

In our opinion, except for the possible effects of the matters 
described in the basis for qualified opinion section of our  
report: 
> the financial statements give a true and fair view of the 
state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at  
31 December 2022 and of the Group’s loss for the year 
then ended; 

> the Group financial statements have been properly  

prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards; 

> the parent company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and 

> the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

With respect to the parent company balance sheet, we  
were unable to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence  
regarding the carrying value of the investment in the  
Tradeflow subsidiary and any impact it may have on  
retained earnings. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further  
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit  
of the financial statements section of our report. We are  
independent of the group and company in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of  
the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard as applied to listed pubic interest entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence 
we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide  
a basis for our qualified opinion. 

94 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Material uncertainty relating to going concern 

We draw your attention to note 2 of the consolidated  
financial statements which indicates the existence of a  
material uncertainty in relation to the going concern basis  
of preparation due to assumptions about future trading  
and funding. As stated in note 2, these events or conditions, 
along with other matters as set forth in note 2 indicate that  
a material uncertainty exist that may cast significant doubt 
on the Group’s and company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter. 

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting  
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. 
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group 
and company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included: 
> we reviewed and challenged the forecast cashflows,  

paying particular attention to cash inflows in the model; 
> we reviewed management’s assessment regarding the 

material uncertainty disclosed in note 2 and considered 
the impact the quantum and timing of these cashflows; 
> we tested the mathematical accuracy of the model; and 
> we reviewed the appropriateness of the disclosure made 
and its consistency with our knowledge of the business. 

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors 
with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report. 

Overview of our audit approach 

Materiality 
In planning and performing our audit we applied the concept 
of materiality. An item is considered material if it could  
reasonably be expected to change the economic decisions 
of a user of the financial statements. We used the concept 
of materiality to both focus our testing and to evaluate the 
impact of misstatements identified. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined  
overall materiality for the financial statements as a whole  
to be £480,000 (2021 £600,000), based on approximately 
5% of the loss before tax including the loss from discontinued 
operations for the period. Materiality for the parent company 
financial statements as a whole was set at £400,000 (2021: 
£310,000) based on approximately 5% of its individual result. 

We use a different level of materiality (‘performance  
materiality’) to determine the extent of our testing for the 
audit of the financial statements. Performance materiality  
is set based on the audit materiality as adjusted for the 
judgements made as to the entity risk and our evaluation  
of the specific risk of each audit area having regard to the  
internal control environment. We determined performance 
materiality to be £288,000 (2021 £360,000) for the Group 
and £240,000 (2021: £186,000) for the parent company. 
Where considered appropriate performance materiality  
may be reduced to a lower level, such as, for related party 
transactions and directors’ remuneration. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee to report to it all  
identified errors in excess of £20,000 (2021: £7,200).  
Errors below that threshold would also be reported  
to it if, in our opinion as auditor, disclosure was required  
on qualitative grounds. 

Overview of the scope of our audit 
Following the acquisition of TradeFlow Capital Management 
Pte Ltd in the prior year, the group consists of three  
significant components, Supply@ME Capital Plc, a holding 
company based in London, United Kingdom and its trading 
subsidiaries, Supply@ME Srl based in Italy and TradeFlow 
Capital Management Pte Ltd based in Singapore. Supply@ME 
Capital Plc was audited by us and was conducted from  
the UK. Audit work on the significant non-UK components 
being Supply@ME Srl,and TradeFlow Capital Management 
Pte Ltd were carried out by members of the Crowe Global 
International network as component auditors. 

95 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

to the members of Supply@ME Capital Plc

In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit,  
we determined the type of work that needed to be undertaken 
at each of the components by us, as the primary audit  
engagement team. For the full scope components in Italy 
and Singapore, where the work was performed by component 
auditors, we determined the appropriate level of involvement 
to enable us to ensure that sufficient appropriate audit  
evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on 
the Group as a whole. 

The primary team led by the Senior Statutory Auditor was  
ultimately responsible for the scope and direction of the 
audit process. The primary team, using technology, interacted 
regularly with the component teams where appropriate  
during various stages of the audit, reviewed working papers 
and were responsible for the scope and direction of the 
audit process. This, together with the additional procedures 
performed at Group level, gave us appropriate evidence  
for our opinion on the Group financial statements. 

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most  
significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether 
or not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had 
the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the  
engagement team. These matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. 

In addition to the matter described in the material uncertainty 
relating to going concern and the basis for qualified opinion 
above, we have determined the matters described below to 
be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. 

Key audit matter 

How our scope addressed the key audit matter 

Recognition of TradeFlow Capital Management Pte Ltd as 
Assets held for sale and Discontinued Operations (IFRS5) 

As disclosed in note 27 to the financial statements,  
during the year the criteria for presenting TradeFlow 
Capital Management Pte Ltd as Assets held for sale  
and Discontinued operations were met and this has  
had a pervasive impact across the primary financial 
statements and related notes. 

Given the size and importance of the disposal of  
TradeFlow Capital Management Pte Ltd and the impact 
on the primary financial statements this was therefore  
a key area of focus for our audit. 

To assess whether the criteria for meeting the definition 
of a discontinued operation and whether the assets  
and liabilities met the criteria for presentation as a  
disposal group: 
> We have reviewed managements application  

of IFRS 5 and their consideration of the recognition 
criteria within. 

> We obtained evidence regarding the timing of the 

decision and that the “highly probably” criteria are met. 

> We agreed that the TradeFlow Capital Management 

Pte Ltd met the definition of a discontinued operation 
given it is a significant component of the Group. 
> We assessed managements presentation including 
the Assets and Liabilities held for sale, the loss from 
discontinued operations and the disclosure note  
and we are satisfied they are in line with IFRS 5. 

Key observation 
With the exception of the matters outlined in the basis 
for qualified opinion we concluded that the accounting 
for the potential sale of TradeFlow Capital Management 
Pte Ltd was appropriate. 

96 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our audit procedures in relation to these matters were  
designed in the context of our audit opinion as a whole. 
They were not designed to enable us to express an opinion 
on these matters individually and we express no such opinion. 

Other information 

The other information comprises the information included 
in the annual report other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information contained within the annual report. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover  
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read 
the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we 
identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this 
gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. 

As described in the basis for qualified opinion section of our 
report, we were unable to satisfy ourselves concerning the 
carrying value of the assets and liabilities held for sale as  
well as the investment in subsidiaries in the parent company 
statement of financial position at 31 December 2022.  
We have concluded that where the other information refers 
to these balances including but not limited to profit or loss 
from discontinued operations and total profit or loss for the 
period, it may be materially misstated for the same reason. 

Opinions on other matters prescribed  
by the Companies Act 2006 

In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006. 

Except for the possible effects of the matter described  
in the basis for qualified opinion section of our report, in  
our opinion based on the work undertaken in the course  
of our audit: 
> the information given in the strategic report and the  
directors’ report for the financial year for which the  
financial statements are prepared is consistent with  
the financial statements; and 

> the strategic report and the directors’ report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

Matters on which we are required to report  
by exception 

Except for the matter described in the basis for qualified 
opinion section of our report, in the light of the knowledge 
and understanding of the Group and the Company and 
their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we 
have not identified material misstatements in the strategic 
report or the directors’ report. 

Arising solely from the limitation on the scope of our work 
relating to the fair value of the disposal group and the  
carrying value of the investment in TradeFlow in the parent 
company balance sheet, referred to above: 
> we have not obtained all the information and explanations 
that we considered necessary for the purpose of our 
audit; and 

> we were unable to determine whether adequate  

accounting records have been kept. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion: 
> returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or 

> the company financial statements and the part of the  
directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 
> certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified 

by law are not made. 

97 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report 

to the members of Supply@ME Capital Plc

Responsibilities of the directors for the  
financial statements 

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement set out on page 92, the directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such  
internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are  
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent  
company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but  
to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the  
financial statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error,  
and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not 
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when  
it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial  
statements. 

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line  
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material 
misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. 
The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud is detailed below: 
> enquiry of management about the Company’s policies, 
procedures and related controls regarding compliance 
with laws and regulations and if there are any known  
instances of non-compliance; the laws and regulations  
we considered in this context were relevant company  
law and taxation legislation; 

> examining supporting documents for all material balances, 

transactions and disclosures; 

> review of the Board of directors and the Audit Committee 

minutes; 

> enquiry of management about litigations and claims and 

inspection of relevant correspondence; 

> evaluation of the selection and application of accounting 

policies related to subjective measurements and complex 
transactions; 

> analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected 

relationships; 

> testing the appropriateness of journal entries recorded  
in the general ledger and other adjustments made in the 
preparation of the financial statements; 

> review of accounting estimates for biases; and 
> Communications with component auditors to request 
identification of any instances of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations that could give rise to a material 
misstatement of the group financial statements. 

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an  
unavoidable risk that some material misstatements of the  
financial statements may not be detected, even though  
the audit is properly planned and performed in accordance 
with the ISAs (UK). The potential effects of inherent limitations 
are particularly significant in the case of misstatement  
resulting from fraud because fraud may involve sophisticated 
and carefully organized schemes designed to conceal it,  
including deliberate failure to record transactions, collusion 
or intentional misrepresentations being made to us. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 

98 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other matters which we are required to address 

We were appointed by management on 22 September  
2020 to audit the financial statements for the period  
ending 31 December 2019. Our total uninterrupted period 
of engagement is 4 years, covering the periods ending  
31 December 2019 to 31 December 2022. 

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical  
Standard were not provided to the group or the company 
and we remain independent of the group and the company 
in conducting our audit. 

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report  
to the audit committee. 

Use of our report 

This report is made solely to the company’s members,  
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the company's members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s  
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent  
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report,  
or for the opinions we have formed. 

Leo Malkin 
Senior Statutory Auditor 
For and on behalf of 
Crowe U.K. LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London 

28 April 2023

99 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Year ended                      Year ended 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Note                                 £000                                 £000 

Continuing operations 
Revenue                                                                                                                                            3                          138                          279 
Cost of sales                                                                                                                                                                (338)                        (804) 

Gross (loss)/profit                                                                                                                                                     (200)                        (525) 
Administrative expenses                                                                                                                6                     (4,460)                     (3,468) 
Other operating income                                                                                                                 5                               9                               – 

Operating loss from continuing operations before impairment charges                    3                     (4,651)                     (3,993) 
Impairment charges                                                                                                                     6                     (1,078)                     (1,773) 

Operating loss from continuing operations                                                                                                  (5,729)                     (5,766) 
Finance costs                                                                                                                                    6                     (1,982)                     (1,255) 

Loss before tax from continuing operations                                                                                                 (7,711)                     (7,021) 
Income tax                                                                                                                                      10                               –                         (399) 

Loss after tax from continuing operations                                                                                                    (7,711)                     (7,420) 

Discontinued operations 
Loss from discontinued operations                                                                                            27                     (2,167)                     (5,067) 

Total loss for the year                                                                                                                                          (9,878)                  (12,487) 

Other comprehensive income 
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations                                                                                     (539)                             6 

Total comprehensive loss for the year                                                                                                         (10,417)                  (12,481) 

Loss attributable to: 
Owners of the company                                                                                                                                      (10,417)                  (12,481) 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Pence                               Pence 

Earnings/(loss) per share 
Basic and diluted loss per share – continuing operations                                                      12                     (0.018)                    (0.022) 
Basic and diluted loss per share – discontinued operations                                                  12                     (0.005)                    (0.015) 

Basic and diluted loss per share – total                                                                                 12                     (0.023)                    (0.037) 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

100 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

as at 31 December 2022

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Note                                 £000                                 £000 

Non-current assets 
Intangible assets and goodwill                                                                                                     13                               –                       7,895 
Tangible assets                                                                                                                                                                 7                            17 
Other non-current assets                                                                                                                                            19                               – 

Total non-current assets                                                                                                                                            26                       7,912 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables                                                                                                        14                       1,219                          896 
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                                                                                        257                       1,727 

                                                                                                                                                                                    1,476                       2,623 

Assets of disposal group held for sale                                                                                    27                       6,844                               – 

Total current assets                                                                                                                                                 8,320                       2,623 

Total assets                                                                                                                                                              8,346                     10,535 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables                                                                                                            18                       4,587                       3,500 
Loan notes                                                                                                                                      16                               –                       5,732 

                                                                                                                                                                                    4,587                       9,232 

Liabilities of disposal group held for sale                                                                              27                       4,561                               – 

Total current liabilities                                                                                                                                             9,148                       9,232 

Net current liabilities                                                                                                                                               (828)                     (6,609) 

Non-current liabilities 
Long-term borrowings                                                                                                                  16                          748                       1,284 
Provisions                                                                                                                                        19                          468                          340 
Deferred tax liabilities                                                                                                                   11                               7                       1,104 

Total non-current liabilities                                                                                                                                 1,223                       2,728 

Net liabilities                                                                                                                                                          (2,025)                     (1,425) 

Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
Share capital                                                                                                                                   15                       5,897                       5,486 
Share premium                                                                                                                                                      25,269                     18,171 
Share-based payment reserve                                                                                                    26                       5,871                       2,018 
Other reserves                                                                                                                                                      (11,413)                  (10,891) 
Retained losses                                                                                                                                                     (27,649)                  (16,209) 

Total equity                                                                                                                                                             (2,025)                     (1,425) 

The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. The  
consolidated financial statements on pages 100 to 151 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 28 April 
2023 and signed on its behalf by: 

Alessandro Zamboni                                                    David Bull 
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director             Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of Audit Committee 

Supply@ME Capital Plc 
Company registration number: 03936915

101 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

                                                                                                                                                           Share-based                             Reverse 
                                                                                                    Share            Share           Other      payment         Merger      takeover            Forex      Retained 
                                                                                                   capital     premium       reserves         reserve         reserve         reserve         reserve           losses             Total 
                                                                                Note             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000 

At 1 January 2021                                            5,420     11,820               4               –  223,832 (237,835)           13      (3,706)        (452) 
Loss for the year                                                       –               –               –               –               –               –               –    (12,487)   (12,487) 
Forex retranslation difference                                –               –               –               –               –               –               5               1               6 

Loss for the year and total  
   comprehensive income                                        –               –               –               –               –               –               5    (12,486)   (12,481) 
Issuance of new shares                        25            66       6,351               –               –       3,073               –               –               –       9,490 
Issue of warrants                                   25               –               –               –          608               –               –               –               –          608 
Credit to equity for acquisition  
   related earn-out payments               25               –               –               –       1,410               –               –               –               –       1,410 
Legal reserve movement                       –               –               –            17               –               –               –               –           (17)              – 

At 31 December 2021                                    5,486     18,171            21       2,018  226,905 (237,835)           18    (16,209)     (1,425) 

                                                                                                                                                           Share-based                             Reverse 
                                                                                                    Share            Share           Other      payment         Merger      takeover            Forex      Retained 
                                                                                                   capital     premium       reserves         reserve         reserve         reserve         reserve           losses             Total 
                                                                                Note             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000             £000 

At 1 January 2022                                            5,486     18,171            21       2,018  226,905 (237,834)           18    (16,209)     (1,425) 
Loss for the year                                                        -                -                -                -                -                -                -      (9,878)     (9,878) 
Forex retranslation difference                                -                -                -                -                -                -         (539)               -         (539) 

Loss for the year and total  
   comprehensive income                                5,486     18,171            21       2,018  226,905 (237,834)        (521)   (26,087)   (11,841) 
Issuance of new shares                        15          406     10,396                -                -                -                -                -                -     10,802 
Costs incurred in connection with  
   the issuance of new ordinary shares                     -      (4,024)               -                -                -                -                -      (1,605)     (5,629) 
Credit to equity for issue of warrants    26                -                -                -       5,292                -                -                -                -       5,292 
Exercise of Open Offer Warrants        15               1            31                -           (40)               -                -                -            40            32 
Credit to equity for prior year  
   acquisition related earn-out  
   payments                                                                 -                -                -          172                -                -                -                -          172 
Settlement of prior year acquisition  
   related earn-out payments               15               4          695                -         (699)               -                -                -                -                - 
Debit to equity for current year  
   and future acquisition related  
   earn-out payments                                                -                -                -         (883)               -                -                -                -         (883) 
Equity settled employee share  
   based payment schemes                                      -                -                -            11                -                -                -                -            11 
Pension plan actuarial gain or loss                         -                -            16                -                -                -                -                -            16 
Subsidiaries disposed of  
   during the year                                                       -                -                -                -                -                -                -               3               3 

At 31 December 2022                                    5,897     25,269            37       5,871  226,905 (237,834)        (521)  (27,649)    (2,025) 

The above consolidated statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

102 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Year ended                      Year ended 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Loss before interest and tax for the year from continuing operations                                                         (5,729)                     (5,766) 
Loss before interest and tax for the year from discontinued operations                                                     (1,955)                     (5,048) 

Total loss before interest and tax                                                                                                                     (7,684)                  (10,814) 

Adjustments for non-cash acquisition related costs and impairment charges 
Acquisition related transaction costs                                                                                                                            –                       1,900 
Acquisition related earn-out payments                                                                                                                  (710)                      1,410 
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisition                                                                                       846                          391 
Impairment charges                                                                                                                                                1,843                       2,573 

                                                                                                                                                                                  (5,705)                      6,274 

Other non-cash adjustments                                                                                                                                   (134)                          (70) 
Other depreciation and amortisation                                                                                                                        51                          396 
Increase to provisions                                                                                                                                                110                            52 
Decrease/(increase) in accrued income                                                                                                                   (38)                          (46) 
Decrease/(increase) in trade receivables                                                                                                                 (44)                         505 
Increase in trade and other payables                                                                                                                   1,158                            77 
Other decreases/(increases) in net working capital                                                                                              337                         (158) 

Net cash flows from operations                                                                                                                       (4,265)                     (3,784) 
Finance costs paid in cash                                                                                                                                          (14)                            (2) 
Income taxes paid in cash                                                                                                                                        (276)                          (89) 

Net cash flow from operating activities                                                                                                          (4,555)                     (3,875) 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment                                                                                                           (4)                            (7) 
Acquisition of intangible assets                                                                                                                            (1,175)                     (1,020) 
Increase in other non-current assets                                                                                                                       (18)                              – 
Cash consideration on acquisition of Tradeflow, net of cash acquired                                                                  –                      (3,523) 

Net cash flows from investing activities                                                                                                         (1,197)                     (4,550) 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Cash inflow from convertible loan notes                                                                                                             1,500                       5,000 
Net cash inflow from new long-term borrowings                                                                                               2,334                               – 
Cash inflow from issue of new ordinary shares                                                                                                  7,013                               – 
Net cash inflow from Mercator loan notes                                                                                                                  –                       6,629 
Other finance costs paid in cash                                                                                                                             (425)                          (25) 
Cash repayment of loan notes and convertible loan notes                                                                            (5,572)                     (2,016) 
Cost of share issue paid in cash                                                                                                                              (231)                              – 

Net cash flows from financing activities                                                                                                          4,619                       9,588 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents                                                                                    (1,133)                      1,163 
Foreign exchange differences to cash and cash equivalents on consolidation                                                 (13)                           12 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January                                                                                                               1,727                          552 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December                                                                                                      581                       1,727 

103 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

Significant non-cash transactions 

During the year, the Group issued 20,553,126,359 new  
ordinary shares in the Company. Of this total, 5,511,908,277 
new ordinary shares were not issued in exchange for cash: 
1) 1,400,898,372 new ordinary shares were admitted to 

trading during the year to fulfil the conversion of Mercator 
Capital Management Fund LP (“Mercator”) convertible 
loan notes. These new ordinary shares were issued to  
extinguish £1,356,666 principal value of convertible loan 
notes that had previously been issued to Mercator; 
2) 213,525,520 new ordinary shares were issued to settle 

the acquisition related earn-out payments for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2021. The fair value of these 
acquisition related earn-out payments that had been  
recorded as the share-based payment reserve was 
£699,000; 

3) 3,897,484,385 new ordinary shares were issued to fulfil 
the conversion of Venus Capital S.A. (“Venus Capital”)  
convertible loan notes issued during the year. These new 
ordinary shares were issued to extinguish £1,917,500 
principal value of convertible loan notes that had previously 
been issued to Venus. 

Further details of share issues can be found in note 16. 
Further details of the convertible loan note facilities can be 
found in note 17. 

The reconciliation of the movement in net debt is set out  
in note 24. 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should  
be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

104 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

1  General information 

Supply@ME Capital Plc is a public limited company  
incorporated in England and Wales. The address of its  
registered office is 27/28 Eastcastle Street, London,  
W1W 8DH, United Kingdom. Supply@ME Capital’s shares  
are listed on the Standard List of the main market of the 
London Stock Exchange. 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting 
Standards. 

The financial statements of the Group, consisting of 
Supply@ME Capital Plc (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries 
(the “Group”), are presented in Pounds Sterling and all 
values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£000) 
except when otherwise stated. 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with the accounting policies set out below, which 
have been consistently applied to all the years presented. 

2  Accounting policies 

Going concern 

As at 31 December 2022 the Group had a cash and cash 
equivalents balance from continuing operations of £257,000. 
In addition, cash balances from discontinued operations were 
£324,000 as at 31 December 2022. These total combined 
cash and cash equivalent balances of £581,000 compared to 
a consolidated cash balance £1,727,000 as at 31 December 
2021. The Group’s consolidated net current liabilities of 
£828,000 as at 31 December 2022, compared to a consolidated 
net current liability position of £6,609,000 as at 31 December 
2021. The Group has posted a total comprehensive loss  
for the year ended 31 December 2022 of £10,417,000 (2021: 
comprehensive loss of £12,481,000) and retained losses  
as at 31 December 2022 were £27,649,000 (31 December 
2021: retained losses of £16,209,000). 

During the year, the Company continued to source additional 
funds with the primary aim of allowing it to repay the  
outstanding loan note and convertible loan note balances 
that were outstanding with Mercator Capital Management 
Fund LP (“Mercator”). Additionally, the focus was to move  
to a more stable source of funding to support the working 
capital needs of the Group and the continued investment 
into the Group’s Inventory Monetisation Platform. 

These new sources of funding included both a subscription 
of new equity into the Company and traditional bank financing 
from Banco BPM, the third largest banking group in Italy. 
Further details of the cash inflows as a result of the new 
funding sources, and the cash outflows due to the repayment 
of the Mercator funding facility can be found in consolidated 
statement of cash flows and in the various notes to these 
consolidated financial statements. 

Following the 31 December 2022, the Company has been 
continuing to explore additional options of funding to support 
the ongoing working capital needs of the Group while  
a track record of positive revenue generation is established. 
As at the date of issue of these consolidation financial  
statements, the Company also announced the following 
binding commitments: 
1) A new unsecured working capital loan agreement of up 
to £2,800,000 from the AvantGarde Group S.p.A (“TAG”) 
(the “TAG Working Capital facility”) which will be received 
in tranches up to 31 January 2024 and shall be repayable 
on 1 February 2028; and 

2) A new equity subscription agreement with irrevocable 
commitments to subscribe for 4,500,000,000 new  
ordinary shares in the Company at a price of 0.05 pence 
per share, providing the Company with gross proceeds  
of £2,250,000 (the “Subscription Agreement”). 

Further details of each of the TAG Working Capital facility 
and the Subscription Agreement can be found in note 30  
to these consolidated financial statements. 

Taking into consideration the factors above and in order to 
consider their assessment of the Group as a going concern, 
the Directors have reviewed the forecast cash flows for the 
next 12 months from approval of these consolidated financial 
statements. The cash flow forecasts take into account that 
the Group meets its day to day working capital requirements 
through its available and committed cash resources.  
The Directors have prepared the forecast using their best 
estimates, information and judgement at this time, including 
the TAG Working Capital facility and the Subscription  
Agreement referred to above. The Directors have also  
considered the expected cash flows arising from TradeFlow’s 
investment advisory services as well as from the use  
of the Group’s innovative Platform to facilitate inventory 
monetisation transactions (“C.IM” revenue stream). This  
reflects the fact that the Directors expect the Group to  
fully operationalise the business model in the near future, 
following the completion of the first IM transaction in 2022, 
and that currently TradeFlow still currently remains a fully 
owned subsidiary of the Group. 

105 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

2  Accounting policies 

Despite the facts outlined above, there continues to be  
an absence of a historical track record relating to multiple  
inventory monetisation transactions being facilitated by the 
Group’s Platform and the Group being cash flow positive.  
As such the Directors have prudently identified uncertainty 
in the cash flow model. This uncertainty arises with respect 
to both the future timing and growth rates of the forecast 
cash flows arising from the Group’s multiple inventory  
monetisation revenue streams. In this regard, if these future 
revenues are not secured as the Directors envisage, it is 
possible that the Group will have a shortfall in cash and 
require additional funding during the forecast period.  
In addition the cash inflows arising from the TAG Working 
Capital facility and the Subscription Agreement have not  
yet been fully received. These amounts have been factored 
into the cash flow forecast in line with the contractual  
commitments received from the various counterparties.  
As such, there is a risk that these cash flows might not be  
received or might not reach the Group in the time frame  
expected despite the various contractual commitments  
in place. 

On the basis of the factors identified in the above paragraph, 
the Directors believe there are material uncertainties which 
may cast significant doubt upon the entities ability to continue 
as a going concern. 

The Directors do however remain confident in the business 
model and believe the Group could be managed in a way  
to allow it to meet its ongoing commitments and obligations 
through mitigating actions including cost saving measures 
and securing alternative sources of funding should this  
be required. This includes the application by certain of the 
Company’s subsidiaries to access specialised loans for SME 
businesses provided by Italian commercial banks with the 
support of government guarantees. These such loans will 
allow the Group to access a lower cost of capital. 

As such the Directors consider it appropriate to prepare 
these annual consolidated financial statements on a going 
concern basis and have not included the adjustments that 
would result if the Company and Group were unable to  
continue as a going concern. 

Adjusted performance measures 

Management believes that adjusted performance measures 
provide meaningful information to the users of the accounts 
on the operating performance of the business. Accordingly, 
the adjusted measure of operating profit from continuing 
operations excludes, where applicable, transaction costs, 
amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions,  

acquisition related earn-out payments and impairment 
charges. These terms are not defined terms under IFRSs 
and may therefore not be comparable with similarly titled 
profit measures reported by other companies. They are  
not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP 
measures. The items excluded from adjusted results are 
those items that are charged to the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income in accordance with IFRS 3  
(“Business Combinations”) or which arise due to the  
impairment of the Group’s intangible assets or investments. 
They are not influenced by the day-to-day operations  
of the Group. 

Basis of consolidation 

The Group financial statements consolidate those of the 
Company and its subsidiary undertakings drawn up to  
31 December 2022. Subsidiaries are entities over which  
the Group has control. Control comprises an investor having 
power over the investee and is exposed, or has rights,  
to variable returns from its involvement with the investee 
and has the ability to affect those returns through its power. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which 
control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated 
from the date that control ceases. 

On 1 July 2021the Company completed the acquisition of 
the entire share capital of Tradeflow Capital Management 
Pte. Ltd. (“TradeFlow”) by way of cash and share consideration. 
As such from this date TradeFlow became a fully owned 
subsidiary of the Company and formed part of the Group’s 
consolidated financial performance and position from the 
date of acquisition. 

During the second half of 2022, the Directors began the  
process of the proposed restructuring the Company’s 
ownership with TradeFlow (“TradeFlow Restructuring”) and 
as a result the TradeFlow business has been classified as 
held for sale / a discontinued operation as at 31 December 
2022 in line with IFRS 5 “Non-current Assets Held for Sale 
and Discontinued Operations”. This is due to the fact that 
TradeFlow was available for immediate sale in its present 
condition and it was highly probable that that sale would  
be completed. 

Supply@ME Technologies S.r.l. was incorporated by the 
Company in Italy on 25 March 2022 for the purpose  
of holding the Group’s intellectual property rights relating  
to the Platform together with future developments in a  
dedicated entity. On 9 September 2022, Supply@ME S.r.l. 
assigned the intellectual property rights to Supply@ME 
Technologies S.r.l. As both Supply@ME S.r.l and Supply@ME 
Technologies S.r.l are 100% owned subsidiaries of the  
Company, this was an intragroup reassignment. 

106 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2  Accounting policies 

On the 10 August 2022, Supply@ME S.r.l. sold one of it’s 
100% owned subsidiaries, Supply@ME Stock Company  
1 S.r.l. to Cayman Emerging Manager Platform (3) SPC –  
Global Inventory Monetisation Fund 1 S.P. for consideration 
of €1,000. Prior to the sale, Stock Company 1 S.r.l. was  
a non-trading entity. As at 31 December 2022, Supply@ME 
S.r.l. continued to own Supply@ME Stock Company 2 S.r.l. 
and Supply@ME Stock Company 3 S.r.l., both of which are 
also non-trading entities. 

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised 
income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, 
are eliminated. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same 
way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is 
no evidence of impairment. 

New and revised accounting standards and  
interpretations 

Management has concluded that to date there has been  
no impact on the results or net assets of the Company as  
a result of adopting new or revised accounting standards. 

New standards, interpretations and amendments  
not yet effective 

At the date of authorisation of the Group’s financial statements 
there have been no new standards, amendments or  
interpretations to existing standards that have been  
published by the International Accounting Standards Board. 

Business Combinations 

The acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted 
for using the acquisition method under IFRS 3 “Business 
Combinations”. 

Measurement of consideration 
The consideration for each acquisition is measured at the 
aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of  
assets given, liabilities incurred to former owners and equity 
instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control  
of the acquiree. 

Acquisition related earn-out payments  
(deemed remuneration) 
In accordance with the IFRS Interpretations Committee’s  
interpretation of paragraph B55 of IFRS 3 (“Business  
Combinations”), the cost of the business combination  
excludes consideration which requires post-acquisition service 
obligations to be performed by the selling shareholders. 

In the event that the deemed remuneration is to be equity 
settled under IFRS 2 (“Share-Based Payments”), the fair value 
is determined at the grant date and then charged to the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the 
period of the service obligations. 

Fair value assessment 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent  
liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured 
initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. Where the 
fair value of the assets and liabilities at acquisition cannot be 
determined reliably in the initial accounting, these values are 
considered to be provisional for a period of 12 months from 
the date of acquisition. If additional information relating to 
the condition of these assets and liabilities at the acquisition 
date is obtained within this period, then the provisional 
values are adjusted retrospectively. This includes the  
restatement of comparative information for prior periods. 

Intangible assets arising on business combinations are  
recognised initially at fair value at the date of acquisition. 
Subsequently they are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment charges. 

Goodwill 
Goodwill arises where the consideration of the business 
combination exceeds the Group’s interest in the net fair 
value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent  
liabilities recognised. This is recognised as an asset and  
is tested annually for impairment. The identifiable assets and 
liabilities acquired are incorporated into the consolidated  
financial statements at their fair value to the Group. 

Transaction costs 
Transaction costs associated with the acquisition are  
recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income as incurred and separately disclosed due to the  
nature of this expense. 

Intangible assets 

Goodwill 
Goodwill arising on consolidation is recognised as an asset. 

Following initial recognition, goodwill is subject to impairment 
reviews, at least annually, and measured at cost less  
accumulated impairment losses. Any impairment is recognised 
immediately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income and is not subsequently reversed. 

107 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

2  Accounting policies 

Other intangible assets 
a) Internally developed Inventory Monetisation  
(“IM”) platform 
The core activity of the existing Supply@ME business is the 
creation and marketing of a software-driven secure platform 
(the “IM Platform”) that can be used for the facilitation,  
recording and monitoring of IM transactions between third 
party client companies and segregated trading companies 
(known as stock companies). The software modules which 
form part of the IM Platform can also be used, through  
a White-label model, by third party banks in order for them 
to deploy their own inventory backed financial products.  
The internally generated IM Platform includes not only the 
software but also: 
> the methodologies and business policies underpinning 

each IM transaction 

> the legal and accounting frameworks required to support 

each IM transaction 

> the technical infrastructure (cloud environment, distributed 
ledger technology) used to support each IM transaction. 

Associated with this core activity are significant product  
development requirements to address compliance with 
legal, regulatory, accounting, valuation and insurance  
criteria. The three main categories of cost are: Software and 
infrastructure development, intellectual property (IP) related 
costs and professional fees related to the development  
of legal and accounting infrastructure. 

These costs are capitalised and initially measured at cost 
and are amortised over their estimated useful economic 
lives, considered to be 5 years, on a straight-line basis. 
Amortisation of this internally developed IM platform is 
charged within cost of sales in the consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income. 

Amortisation methods and useful lives are reviewed at each 
reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. The carrying 
amount is reduced by any provision for impairment where 
necessary. 

b) Acquired intangible assets 
Intangible assets arising on business combinations are  
recognised initially at fair value at the date of acquisition. 
Subsequently they are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation.  Amortisation of acquired intangible assets  
is charged within administrative expenses in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income but is excluded from 
the adjusted operating profit measures as described above. 

The estimated useful lives of the acquired intangible assets 
are set out below: 

Customer relationships                                                  13 years 
Brand (TradeFlow)                                                           5 years 
Commodity Trade Risk Management  
   (“CTRM”) software                                                         5 years 
Artificial Intelligence and back-office  
   (“AI”) software                                                                 5 years 

Amortisation methods and useful lives are reviewed at each 
reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. The carrying 
amount is reduced by any provision for impairment where 
necessary. 

Impairment 

At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying 
amounts of its intangible assets to determine whether  
there is any indication that those assets have suffered an  
impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable 
amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine  
the extent of any impairment loss. Where the asset does  
not generate cash flows that are independent from other 
assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount  
of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.  
Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs  
to sell and value in use. 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows 
are discounted to their present value using a discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments of the time value 
and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of 
future cash flows have not been adjusted. If the recoverable 
amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to 
be less than its’ carrying amount, the carrying amount of the 
asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable 
amount. 

An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately. 
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the  
carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is  
increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, 
but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed 
the carrying amount that would have been determined  
had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset  
(or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an  
impairment loss is recognised as income immediately. 

108 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2  Accounting policies 

Revenue recognition 

Revenue for the Group is measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable. The Group recognises 
revenue when the performance obligation is satisfied,  
the amount of revenue can be reliably measured and it  
is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the  
entity. Currently all the Group’s revenues are recognised  
at a point in time when the relevant performance obligation 
has been satisfied. 

The Group recognises revenue from the following activities: 

a) Captive inventory monetisation platform servicing 
(“C.IM”) – Due diligence fees 
This revenue arises from due diligence services performed 
by the Group in relation to the potential client companies. 
This due diligence covers topics such as the client's financial 
information, operations, credit rating and analysis of its  
inventory. 

Given the stage of the Group’s development, and the  
evolution of the Group’s contracting arrangements, the  
due diligence revenues recognised by the Group to date 
have been limited. Further details are provided below: 

Historical contractual arrangements – Prior to June 2020,  
the Group’s contractual arrangements required the client to 
make a down payment intended to remunerate the Group 
for the due diligence services being provided. However, these 
agreements did not clearly identify the Group’s performance 
obligation and such down payments were also refundable 
under certain circumstances and up to the point when the 
Platform was able to be used for the first time by the client 
companies. 

Due to the above circumstances, these down payments 
have not been recognised as revenue under IFRS 15  
(“Revenue from Contracts with Customers”) until the specific 
performance obligation, being the use of the Group’s  
Platform for the first time, has been satisfied by the Group. 
Until such time, these amounts have been recognised as  
deferred income in the balance sheet, or as other payables 
in the case where a refund has been requested (due to the 
current delays being experienced by the Group), but not  
yet paid as at the balance sheet date. 

Current contractual arrangements – Post June 2020, the 
Group updated its contractual arrangements to specifically 
identify a separate performance obligation in relation to the 
completion of the due diligence services being provided by 
the Group, also considering the actual benefits the client 
companies can directly obtain from such activities, even in 
the case where the inventory monetisation transaction does 
not take place. In these contracts, the due diligence fees are 
paid in advance by the client companies, and the revenue  
is recognised when the Group has successfully fulfilled its 
performance obligation, being the completion of the due 
diligence service and communication to the client in this  
respect through the issuance of a detailed due diligence  
report. Prior to the completion of the performance obligation, 
the due diligence fees received are held on the balance 
sheet as deferred income. 

In order to conclude if the performance obligations have 
been successfully fulfilled, management currently assess this 
on a client-by-client basis to ensure that the control of the 
due diligence has been transferred to the client company.  
In developing this accounting policy management have 
made the assessment that the due diligence services result 
in a distinct beneficial service being provided to client  
companies as the information provides insight into their 
business which can also be used for alternative purposes  
as well (such as client companies business and operational 
optimisation). This is also referred to the critical accounting 
judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty note. 

Specific contractual arrangements with related party originator 
– During 2020, the Group entered into an origination 
contract with 1AF2 S.r.l in connection with the identification 
of potential client companies. Also, during 2020, 1AF2 S.r.l 
merged with The AvantGarde Group S.p.A (“TAG”). As set  
out in the related party note to these accounts (note 29), 
both 1AF2 S.r.l and TAG are related parties of the Group. 

Under this origination contract it was the originators  
responsibility to carry out the due diligence services.  
However, given the Group already had this expertise the 
originator chose to contract with the Group to perform  
the due diligence services on their behalf. In this case the 
Group acts as a service provider to the originator, with the 
completion of single due diligence activities the identified 
performance obligation. 

This specific contract stipulated a fee to cover the  
performance of due diligence services for a specific number 
of clients. This fee was paid at the date the contract was 
signed. Management’s judgement was that the provision  
of each of the individual due diligence reviews represented  
a distinct performance obligation under IFRS 15 (“Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers”). 

109 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

2  Accounting policies 

As such, the fees received in advance were held on the  
balance sheet as deferred income, and the revenue was  
recognised in line with the completion of each of the  
due diligence reviews, specifically where the performance 
obligation had been satisfied being the completion and 
communication of the due diligence results. 

During FY22, this contractual arrangement did not generate 
any revenue for the Group (2021: 33% of Group Revenue). 

b) Captive inventory monetisation platform servicing 
(“C.IM”) – Origination fees 
This revenue arises from origination of the contracts  
between the client company wishing to have their inventory 
monetised and the independent stock (trading) company 
that purchased the inventory from the client company. 
Given the stage of the Group’s development, and the  
evolution of the Group’s contracting arrangements,  
as at 31 December 2022, the Group had only facilitated  
one IM transaction over its IM Platform and therefore had 
received origination fees from just one client company.  
The non-refundable origination fees received from the  
client company relates to the fee payable to the Group  
at the point in time the client company enters into binding 
contracts with the stock (trading) company to purchase  
its inventory. Management have considered the activities it  
is required to carry out in exchange for the receipt of these 
origination fees and have concluded that they do not relate 
to any specific transfer of asset from the Group to the client 
company. As a result, management concluded there is no 
separately identifiable performance obligation carried out  
by the Group associated with this fee and have recognised 
the non-refundable origination fee as revenue at the point  
in time that the fee becomes receivable from the client  
company. This is consistent with the fact that there are  
no performance obligations that remain to be completed  
by the Group relating to this fee at this point in time. 

c) Captive inventory monetisation platform servicing 
(“C.IM”) – IM Platform usage fees 
This revenue arises from usage of the Group’s IM Platform 
by the independent stock (trading) company to facilitate the 
purchase of the inventory from the client company. Given 
the stage of the Group’s development, and the evolution  
of the Group’s contracting arrangements, as at 31 December 
2022, the Group had facilitated one IM transaction over its 
IM Platform and therefore had received IM Platform usage 
fees from the independent stock (trading) company in  
respect of one IM transaction only. 

Management concluded that the usage of the IM Platform 
granted by the Group to the stock (trading) company  
represented a Software as a Service (“Saas”) contract and  
as such the annual IM Platform usage fees are recognised 
over time in line with the time period covered by the 
contract as required by IFRS 15 (“Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers”). As the annual IM Platform usage fees  
are received by the Group at the beginning of the annual 
period, any unrecognised amounts are held on the balance 
sheet as deferred income. 

d) Captive inventory monetisation platform servicing 
(“C.IM”) – IM service fees 
This revenue arises as a result of the service fees charged  
by the Group to the independent stock (trading) company  
as remuneration for the support and administration activities, 
such as the monitoring of the inventory purchased, the 
Group performs in connection with the use of the Group’s 
IM Platform. Given the stage of the Group’s development, 
and the evolution of the Group’s contracting arrangements, 
as at 31 December 2022, the Group had facilitated one IM 
transaction over its IM Platform and therefore had received 
IM service fees from the independent stock (trading) company 
in respect of one IM transaction only. Management  
concluded that the support and administration activities 
performed in exchange for these fees represent separately 
identifiable performance obligation and as such the annual 
fees are recognised over time in line with the time period 
covered by the contract as required by IFRS 15 (“Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers”). As the service fees are  
received following the year end of the independent stock 
(trading) company, these fees are accrued up to the point 
the fees are received and then any unrecognised amounts 
are held on the balance sheet as deferred income. 

e) Investment Advisory (“IA”) fees 
This revenue arises from investment advisory services  
provided by the Group’s wholly owned subsidiary, TradeFlow, 
in its capacity as investment advisor of the Global Inventory 
Fund (more specifically, at the date of this report to its well-
established CEMP – USD/ EUR Trade Flow Funds Segregated 
Portfolios). Investment Advisory fees are generated on  
a monthly basis through investment advisory agreements 
and are generally based on an agreed percentage of the 
valuation of Assets Under Management (“AUM”) during the 
relevant period. Investment Advisory fees are recognised  
as the service is provided and it is probable that the fee will 
be collected. As these fees are generally received following 
the particular period to which they relate, any amounts  
that have been recognised as revenue but not yet received, 
are recorded on the balance sheet as accrued income. 

110 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2  Accounting policies 

Cost of Sales 

Cost of sales represents those costs that can be directly  
related to the sales effort. At this early stage in the Group’s 
development, the cost of sales includes both the costs of  
the work force who are engaged in the due diligence related 
processes, and the amortisation of the costs relating to  
the internally developed IM platform. Management regard 
both as the direct costs associated with generating the C.IM 
revenue; in line with similar fintech companies. 

Leases 

The Group has entered into short term lease contracts  
(as defined by IFRS 16 “Leases”) in respect of one property 
only and as such, at this time, the Group does not have any 
material lease arrangements that would be required to  
be accounted for under IFRS 16 (“Leases”). For these leases 
the costs are recognised in the consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income in the period which is covered  
by the term of the lease. 

Property, Plant and equipment 

Recognition and measurement 
All property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less  
accumulated depreciation and impairment. The costs  
of the plant and equipment is the purchase price plus any 
incidental costs of acquisition. Depreciation commences  
at the point the asset is brought into use. 

If there is any indication that an asset's value is less than  
it’s carrying amount an impairment review is carried out. 
Where impairment is identified an asset's value is reduced 
to reflect this. 

The residual values and useful economic lives of plant and 
equipment are reviewed by management on an annual 
basis and revised to the extent required. 

Depreciation 
Depreciation is charged to write off the cost, less estimated 
residual values, of all plant and equipment equally over their 
expected useful lives. It is calculated at the following rates: 
> Computers and IT equipment at 33% per annum. 

Tax 

The tax expense for the period comprises current tax.  
Tax is recognised in profit or loss, except that a charge  
attributable to an item of income or expense recognised  
as other comprehensive income is also recognised directly 
in other comprehensive income. 

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences  
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in  
the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding 
tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and  
is accounted for using the statement of financial position 
method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised  
for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not 
recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill 
or from the initial recognition (other than in a business  
combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction 
that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting 
profit. 

The carrying amount of any deferred tax assets is reviewed 
at each statement of financial position date and reduced to 
the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable 
profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be 
recovered. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected 
to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset 
realised based on tax rates that have been enacted or  
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position 
date. Deferred tax and current tax are charged or credited 
to profit or loss, except when it relates to items charged  
or credited in other comprehensive income or directly  
to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised  
in other comprehensive income or equity respectively. 

In line with IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” the 
deferred tax assets have been classified as non-current assets. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and other short-term deposits in the Statement  
of Financial Position comprise cash at banks and in hand 
and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three 
months or less and where there is an insignificant risk of 
changes in value. In the consolidated cash flow statement, 
cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash  
equivalents as defined above. 

Functional and presentational currencies 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in 
pounds sterling (£), the Company’s functional currency. 

Foreign currency 
The main currencies for the Group are the euro (EUR), 
pounds sterling (GBP), US dollars (USD) and Singapore  
dollars (SGD).  

111 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

2  Accounting policies 

Foreign currency transactions and balances 
Items included in the consolidated financial statements of 
each of the Group’s subsidiaries are measured using their 
functional currency. The functional currency of the parent 
and each subsidiary is the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates.  

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the  
functional currency using the average exchange rates in the 
month. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from 
the settlement of such transactions and from the translation 
at the reporting period end exchange rates of monetary  
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
recognised in the profit and loss. 

Share capital, share premium and brought forward earnings 
are translated using the exchange rates prevailing at the 
dates of the transactions. 

See applicable exchange rates to GBP used during FY22  
and FY21 below: 

                                                                              2022                                         2021 
                                                 Closing           Average            Closing           Average 

SGD                            1.6218       1.7221       1.8195       1.8487 
EUR                             1.1276       1.1780       1.1907       1.1592 
USD                            1.2102       1.2495       1.3477       1.3775 

Consolidation of foreign entities 
On consolidation, results of the foreign entities are translated 
from the local functional currency to pounds sterling, the 
presentational currency of the Group, using average exchange 
rates during the period. All assets and liabilities are translated 
from the local functional currency to pounds sterling using 
the reporting period end exchange rates. The exchange  
differences arising from the translation of the net investment 
in foreign entities are recognised in other comprehensive  
income and accumulated in a separate component of equity. 

Employee benefits 

Short-term employee benefits 
The Group accounts for employee benefits in accordance 
with IAS 19 (“Employee Benefits”). 

Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related 
service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount 
expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or  
constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past 
service provided by the employee and the obligation can  
be estimated reliably. 

Defined contribution pension obligations 
The Group accounts for retirement benefit costs in accordance 
with IAS 19 (“Employee Benefits”). 

Contributions to the Group’s defined contributions pension 
scheme are charged to profit or loss in the period in which 
they become payable. 

Financial assets 

Classification 
Financial assets currently comprise trade and other receivables, 
cash and cash equivalents. 

Recognition and measurement 
Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables are mainly contractual trade  
receivables and are non-derivative financial assets with fixed 
or determinable payments that do not have a significant 
financial component and are not quoted in an active market. 
Accordingly, trade and other receivables are recognised  
at undiscounted invoice price. A reserve for credit risk  
is made at the beginning of each transaction and adjusted 
subsequently through profit and loss. 

Impairment provisions for trade receivables are recognised 
based on the simplified approach within IFRS 9 (“Financial  
Instruments”) using the lifetime expected credit losses.  
During this process the probability of the non-payment  
of trade receivables is assessed. This probability is then 
multiplied by the amount of the expected loss arising from 
default to determine the lifetime expected credit loss for the 
trade receivables. For trade receivables, which are reported 
net, such provisions are reported in a separate provision  
account with the loss being recognised within administrative 
expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income. On confirmation that the trade receivable will not 
be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written 
off against the associated provision. 

Financial liabilities 

Classification 
Financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables, loan 
notes, long-term borrowings, convertible loan notes and  
derivative financial instruments. 

Recognition and measurement 
Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value 
less transaction costs and thereafter carried at amortised cost. 

112 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share warrants 
Certain equity-settled share-based payments relate to  
the warrants issued in connection with the cost of issuing 
loan notes, convertible loan notes and new equity.  
These equity-settled share-based payments are measured 
at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. 
The fair value excludes the effect of non-market-based  
vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination  
of the fair value of these equity-settled share-based  
transactions are set out in note 26. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-
settled share-based payments relating to the warrants  
issued in connection with the issue of loan notes or  
convertible loan notes are netted off against the fair value  
of the underlying loan notes, convertibles loan notes to 
which they directly relate. The fair value is then expensed  
together with the other related finance costs on an  
amortised cost basis to the Group’s income statement  
using the effective interest method. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-
settled share-based payments relating to the warrants  
issued in connection with the issue of equity are netted  
off against the amount of share premium that is recognised 
in respect of the share issue to which they directly relate. 
Any amounts in excess of the share premium recognised, 
are netted off against retained losses. 

In respect of the share-based payments, the fair value is  
not revised at subsequent reporting dates, however, the fair 
value is released from the share-based payment reserve  
at the point in time that any of the warrants are exercised  
by the third party holder. 

Employee share schemes 
Grants made to certain employees of the Group will result in 
a charge recognised in the Group’s income statement. Such 
grants will be measured at fair value at the date of grant and 
will be expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting 
period, based on the Group’s estimate of the shares that will 
eventually vest. Vesting assumptions are reviewed during 
each period to ensure they reflect current expectations. 

Full details of the Group’s share-base payments refer to 
note 26. 

2  Accounting policies 

Derivative financial instruments 
The Group’s derivative financial instrument is a historic  
convertible loan note that was both issued and then cleared 
in the past by a debt for equity swap, and warrants were  
issued with options to acquire shares that are accounted  
for at fair value, with changes in value taken through profit 
and loss. The release of the fair value discount on the debt 
for equity swap has been taken to the income statement  
as these warrants expired during the prior financial year. 

Loan note and long-term borrowings 
Interest bearing loan notes and long-term borrowings  
are initially recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct 
issue costs (including commitment fees, introducer fees  
and the fair value of warrants issued to satisfy issue costs). 
Finance charges, including direct issue costs, are accounted 
for on an amortised cost basis to the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income using the effective interest method 
and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument  
to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which 
they arise. The carrying value of the loan notes have been 
adjusted to take for the fair value of principal repayments 
made since inception. 

Convertible loan notes 
Convertible loan notes issued by the Group are recorded  
at the fair value of the convertible loan notes issued, net  
of direct issue costs including commitment fees. Finance 
charges, including direct issue costs, are accounted for on 
an amortised cost basis to the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income using the effective interest method 
and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to 
the extent that they are not settled in the period in which 
they arise. The carrying value of the convertible loan notes 
have been adjusted to take into account of the fair value  
of those notes that have been converted into new ordinary 
shares since inception. 

Provisions 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present 
legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event,  
it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the 
obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. 

Share-based payments 

Equity-settled share-based payments relate to the acquisition 
related earn-out payments, warrants issued in connection 
with the cost of issuing loan notes, convertible notes and 
new ordinary shares during the relevant year. 

113 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

2  Accounting policies 

Acquisition related earn-out payments 
In addition, the Group recognises a share-based payment 
reserve in connection with acquisition related earn-out  
payments arising from the acquisition of TradeFlow. The fair 
value of these earn-out payments has been measured using 
the same methods as outlined above. Given the service  
conditions related to these payments are linked to one of 
the Group’s current subsidiaries, the share-based payment 
expense is recognised within the consolidated financial 
statements as an increase to the share-based payment  
reserve and through the Group’s income statement. The fair 
value determined at the grant date of these equity-settled 
share-based payments are recognised over the vesting 
period on a straight-line basis, based on the estimate of equity 
instruments that will eventually vest. Vesting assumptions 
are reviewed during each period to ensure they reflect  
current expectations and any changes required to true-up 
the related share-based payment reserve are recognised 
through the Group’s income statement in the relevant period. 

Discontinued Operations 

The Group classifies non-current assets and disposal groups 
as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered 
principally through a sale transaction rather than through 
continuing use. Non-current assets and disposal groups 
classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their 
carrying value and fair value less costs to sell. Costs to sell 
are the incremental costs directly attributable to the disposal 
of an asset (disposal group), excluding finance costs and  
income tax expense. 

The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded as met 
only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal 
group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. 
Actions required to complete the sale should indicate that  
it is unlikely that significant changes to the sale will be made 
or that decisions to sell will be withdrawn. Management 
must be committed to the plan to sell the asset and the sale 
expected to be completed within one year from the date  
of the classification. 

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are not 
depreciated or amortised once classified as held for sale.  
Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are presented 
separately in the balance sheet. 

A disposal group qualifies as a discontinued operation if  
it is a component of an entity that either has been disposed 
or, is classified as held for sale, and: 
> Represents a separate major line of business or  

geographical area of operations 

> Is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a  

separate major line of business or geographical area of 
operations. Discontinued operations are excluded from 
the results of continuing operations and are presented  
as a single amount as profit or loss after tax from  
discontinued operations in the income statements. All 
other notes in the financial statements include amounts 
for continuing operations, unless otherwise mentioned. 

The Board considered that in light of the TradeFlow  
Restructuring that commenced during the second half  
of 2022, the TradeFlow operations meet the criteria to be 
classified as held for sale at 31 December 2022 as at this 
date the details of the TradeFlow Restructuring had all been 
agreed in principle between the parties and was expected  
to be completed post year end together with the publication 
of the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts. As a result the 
TradeFlow operations were available for immediate sale in 
its present condition and it was highly probable that that sale 
would be completed within 12 months of 31 December 2022. 

On 24 March 2023, the Company announced the TradeFlow 
directors, being Tom James and John Collis, provided written 
notice of their intention to exercise their rights to buy back 
100% of the share capital of TradeFlow (the “Buy Back”),  
pursuant to certain earn-out arrangements entered into  
in connection with the Company’s acquisition of TradeFlow, 
the completion of which was announced on 6 July 2021 
(“Completion”). As a result of the exercise of the Buy Back, 
the details of the TradeFlow Restructure, that had been 
agreed in principle prior to year end, now need to be  
renegotiated, and a new independent valuation of the 
TradeFlow operations needs to be completed. As at the  
date of these consolidated financial statements, these  
activities had not been completed and were still ongoing. 

Equity 

“Share capital” represents the nominal value of equity shares 
issued. 

“Share premium” represents the excess over nominal value 
of the fair value of consideration received for equity shares 
net of expenses of the share issue. 

“Other reserves” represents legal reserves in respect of 
Supply@ME S.r.l. In accordance with Article 2430 of the  
Italian Civil Code, Supply@ME S.r.l., a limited liability company 
registered in Italy, with a corporate capital of euro 10,000  
or above shall annually allocate as a legal reserve an amount 
of 5% of the annual net profit until the legal reserve will be 
equal to 20% of corporate capital. 

114 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2  Accounting policies 

“Share-based payment reserve” represents the credit  
adjustments to equity in respect of the fair value of outstanding 
share-based payments including acquisition related earn-out 
payments, warrants issued in connection with the cost  
of issuing loan notes, convertible notes and new equity, and 
employee share schemes. 

A number of these key estimates and underlying assumptions 
have been considered for the first time this financial year as 
a result of specific transactions outlined in these consolidated 
financial statements. The Directors have evaluated the  
estimates using historical experience and other methods 
considered reasonable specific to the circumstances. The 
Directors have also but also in consultation with third-party 
experts where appropriate. These estimates will be evaluated 
on an ongoing basis as required. 

“Merger relief reserve” represents the excess of the value  
of the consideration shares issued to the shareholders  
of Supply@ME S.r.l. upon the reverse takeover over the fair 
value of the assets acquired. 

The Group believes that the estimates and judgements  
that have the most significant impact on the annual results 
under IFRS are as set out below: 

“Reverse takeover reserve” represents the accounting  
adjustments required to reflect the reverse takeover  
upon consolidation. Specifically, removing the value of the 
“investment” in Supply@ME S.r.l., removing the share capital 
of Supply@ME S.r.l. and bringing in the pre-acquisition 
equity of Supply@ME Capital Plc. 

“FX reserves” represents foreign currency translation  
differences on consolidation of subsidiaries reporting under 
a different functional currency to the parent company. 

“Retained losses” represents retained losses of the Group. 
As a result of the reverse takeover, the consolidated figures 
include the retained losses of the Group only from the date 
of the reverse takeover together with the brought forward 
losses of Supply@ME S.r.l. 

Critical accounting judgements and sources  
of estimation uncertainty 

The preparation of financial information in conformity with 
IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. 
It also requires the Directors to exercise their judgement  
in the process of applying the accounting policies which  
are detailed above. These judgements are continually  
evaluated by the Directors and management and are based 
on experience to date and other factors, including reasonable 
expectations of future events that are believed to be  
reasonable under the circumstances. 

The key estimates and underlying assumptions concerning 
the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty 
at the statement of financial position date, that have  
a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next  
financial period, are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions 
to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in 
which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that 
period, or in the period of the revision and future periods  
if the revision affects both current and future periods. 

Judgements 
Internally developed intangible assets 
The cost of an internally generated IM platform comprises all 
directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce, and 
prepare the asset to be capable of operating in the manner 
intended by management. During the period judgement 
was required to distinguish those costs that were capable of 
being capitalised under IAS 38 (“Intangible assets”) and that 
costs that related to research activities, the cost of which has 
been recognised as an expense during the relevant period. 

The Directors noted that the plan giving rise to the IM Platform 
asset remains, with an unchanged technical feasibility and 
the identification of a growing market. Additionally, the  
IM platform is now utilised following the facilitation of the 
first IM transaction announced during 2022. Despite this, 
management considered the material uncertainties with  
respect to both the future timing and growth rates of the 
forecast discounted cash flows arising from the use of  
the IM Platform following the delays experienced in the  
delivery of the business plan to date. This has resulted  
in an impairment of internally generated IM Platform as  
at 31 December 2022. 

Revenue recognition – assessment of performance obligations 
> The Directors are required to make a judgement as to if 

the due diligence services represent a distinct performance 
obligation under IFRS 15 (“Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers”). The Board and management have concluded 
that this is indeed the case due to the distinct beneficial 
service being provided to client companies through the 
delivery of the due diligence report which provide insight 
and information into the business. 

> The Directors are required to make a judgement as to  

if the receipt of non-refundable origination fees received 
from the client companies represent a distinct performance 
obligation under IFRS 15 (“Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers”). The Board and management have concluded 
that no separately identifiable performance obligation is 
carried out by the Group associated with this fee. 

115 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

2  Accounting policies 

Accounting for acquisition related earn-out payments 
The terms of the agreement to acquire TradeFlow included 
acquisition related earn-out payments that, together with 
the initial cash payment and issue of equity, form the total 
legal consideration agreed between the parties. The acquisition 
related earn-out payments are determined by reference  
to pre-determined revenue milestone targets in each of the 
2021, 2022 and 2023 financial years. These payments may 
be forfeited by the selling shareholders should they, in certain 
circumstances, no longer remain employed prior to the  
end of each earn-out period. Under the IFRS Interpretations 
Committee’s interpretation of paragraph B55 of IFRS 3 
(“Business Combinations”), the Directors have concluded 
that the inclusion of the substantive post-acquisition service 
conditions requires the fair value of these earn-out payments 
to be accounted for as a charge to the income statement  
(as deemed remuneration) rather than as consideration. 

Discontinued operations 
The Board considered that in light of the TradeFlow  
Restructuring that commenced during the second half  
of 2022, the TradeFlow operations meet the criteria to be 
classified as held for sale at 31 December 2022 as at this 
date the details of the TradeFlow Restructuring had all been 
agreed in principle between the parties and was expected  
to be completed post year end together with the publication 
of the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts. As a result the 
TradeFlow operations were available for immediate sale  
in its present condition and it was highly probable that that 
sale would be completed within 12 months of 31 December 
2022. As disclosed above the final terms of the sale are  
still being finalised following the triggering of the Buy Back. 
On this basis, the fair value less costs to sell used in these 
consolidated financial statement has been determined  
by reference to the specific terms and conditions of the 
Tradeflow Restructuring that had been agreed in principle 
prior to the triggering of the Buy Back. 

Estimates 
Intangible assets in a business combination 
On the acquisition of a business the identifiable intangible 
assets may include customer relationships, brands and  
internally generated software. The fair value of certain of 
these assets is determined by discounting estimated future 
net cash flows generated by the asset where no active  
market for the asset exists. The use of different assumptions 
for the expectations of future cash flows and the discount 
rate would change the valuation of the intangible assets, 
with a resultant impact on the goodwill or gain on acquisition 
recognised. 

On acquisition the Group recognised intangible assets of 
£6,888,000, representing customer relationships (£4,829,000), 
Brand (“TradeFlow”) (£205,000), CTRM software (£1,429,000) 
and AI software (£425,000). 

Customer relationships 
The most significant intangible asset recognised is relationships 
with customers, in this case being potential investors to the 
Global Inventory programme (more specifically, at the date 
of this report to its well-established CEMP – USD/ EUR Trade 
Flow Funds Segregated Portfolios) for which TradeFlow acts 
as an investment advisor. A model was used that present 
valued the earnings forecast to be generated by the investor 
relationships, net of a reasonable return on other assets 
also contributing to that stream of earnings. The significant 
assumptions used in this model were as follows: 

Discount rate – 25% 
Annual customer attrition rate – 5% 

If the discount rate was adjusted by 2.5% the impact on the 
value of the asset would be approximately plus or minus 
£769,000 and £605,000 respectively. If the annual customer 
attrition rate was adjusted by 2.5% the impact on the value 
of the asset would be approximately plus or minus £989,000 
and £824,000 respectively. 

Brand 
The brand has been valued by present valuing the saved 
costs by owning the brand rather than paying a royalty to 
licence the brand. The significant assumptions used in this 
model were as follows: 

Discount rate – 25% 
Royalty rate – 1% 

If the discount rate was adjusted by 2.5% the impact on the 
value of the asset would not be impacted. If the royalty rate 
was adjusted by 1% the impact on the value of the asset 
would be approximately plus or minus £220,000. 

CTRM software 
CTRM software has been valued by present valuing the 
saved costs by owning the software rather than paying a 
royalty to licence the software. The significant assumptions 
used in this model were as follows: 

Discount rate – 25% 
Royalty rate – 7% 

116 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2  Accounting policies 

If the discount rate was adjusted by 2.5% the impact on the 
value of the asset would be approximately plus or minus 
£110,000. If the royalty rate was adjusted by 1% the impact 
on the value of the asset would be approximately plus or 
minus £220,000. 

AI software 
AI software has been valued with reference to the costs that 
would have to be expended in order to recreate the asset. 
The cost assumptions were based on historical costs and  
as such there we no significant judgemental or subjective  
assumptions. 

Useful Economic Lives of Acquired Intangibles 
On acquisition, the useful economic lives of acquired  
intangibles, which are key estimates, are assessed by  
management. The estimated useful lives of the acquired  
intangible assets are set out below: 

Customer relationships                                                  13 years 
Brand (TradeFlow)                                                           5 years 
CTRM software                                                                 5 years 
AI software                                                                        5 years 

These useful economic lives have been based on the following 
factors: 
> Customer relationships – the period over which 95%  
of the value of the customer relationships is expected  
to be achieved. 

> Brand, CTRM software and AI software – the specific  
characteristics of the asset, its life to date and bench-
marking to market data for comparable acquisition  
transactions. 

We have outlined below a sensitivity analysis detailing the 
impact of changing the useful economic lives of each of the 
acquired intangibles would have on the amortisation charged 
to profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2022: 

                                                            Decreasing useful               Increasing useful 
                                                                    life by 3 years                     life by 3 years
                                                     Approximate increase     Approximate decrease 
                                                                 in amortisation                   in amortisation 
                                                                                   £000                                    £000 

Customer relationships                          81                             100 
Brand (TradeFlow)                                   58                               19 
CTRM software                                      406                             130 
AI software                                             121                               39 

Total                                                        666                             287 

Valuation of acquisition related earn-out payments 
The acquisition related earn-out payments described above, 
are able to be settled in either cash or equity. The contracts 
governing the acquisition of TradeFlow however contain 
conflicting terms with respect to which party has the right  
to decide whether to settle the earn-out payments in  
cash or shares. After taking legal advice, management have 
concluded that the choice is at the discretion of the  
Company, and that it is the Company’s current intention  
to settle these payments in equity, capturing them within  
the scope of IFRS 2 (“Share-based payments”). 

As such the Directors were required to determine the fair 
value of the equity-settled share-based payments at the 
date on which they were granted. This valuation needed  
to take into account the following market conditions related 
to these earn-out awards: 
> The number of shares to be issued will be determined 

using the Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) over 
the 20 dealing days to the end of the relevant financial 
year subject to a floor of 1p. In addition, the number  
of shares will be enhanced by 50% if the VWAP is greater 
than 1p; and 

> That 50% of any earn-out shares may not be sold for  

12 months following the award but are not contingent  
on continued employment. 

Judgement was required in determining the most appropriate 
inputs into the valuation model (refer to detail in note 26) 
used and the key judgemental input was the expected  
volatility rate of the Company’s share price over the relevant 
period and the assumption applied in the model was 90%, 
with 162% applied for any required holding period. This  
assumption reflects the Company’s actual volatility from the 
date of listing through the grant date, and the Company’s  
actual volatility for a 12 month period prior to the grant date, 
respectively. Given the Group’s early stage of development, 
it was concluded that the Group’s actual volatility was the 
most appropriate rate to use. If the expected volatility rates 
were adjusted by plus 10%, then the impact on the fair value 
credit recognised in the income statement in the current 
year would have been approximately minus £61,000. If the 
expected volatility rates were adjusted by minus 10%, then 
the impact on the fair value credit recognised in the income 
statement in the current year would have been approximately 
plus £51,000. These calculations assume that the volatility 
rates had also been adjusted by similar percentages in the 
prior year given that the current year fair value credit resulted 
partly from an adjustment to charges recognised in the  
prior year. 

117 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

The fair value cost of those share warrants that were  
issued connection with debt funding were recognised in  
the consolidated income statement. If the expected volatility 
rate was adjusted by plus 10%, then the impact on the fair 
value recognised in the income statement in the current 
year would have been approximately plus £23,000 (2021: 
£71,000). If the expected volatility rate was adjusted by 
minus 10%, then the impact on the fair value recognised  
in the income statement in the current year would have 
been approximately minus £24,000 (2021: £76,000). 

The fair value cost of those share warrants that were issued 
connection with equity funding during the current year were 
recognised as debits to equity on the consolidated balance 
sheet. If the expected volatility rate was adjusted by plus 
10%, then the impact on the fair value recognised as the  
initial debit to equity in the current year would have been 
approximately plus £307,000. If the expected volatility rate 
was adjusted by minus 10%, then the impact on the fair 
value recognised as the initial debit to equity in the current 
year would have been approximately minus £328,000. 

2  Accounting policies 

If management had reached the alternative conclusion  
that the choice to settle in either cash or shares is at the  
discretion of the TradeFlow shareholder, they would have 
been accounting for under IFRS 2 (“Share-based payments”). 
The impact would be to increase the acquisition related 
earn-out credit recognised in the current financial year  
by approximately £1.9m. Similar to above, these calculations 
assume that the alternative conclusion had been reached  
in the prior year given that the current year fair value credit 
resulted partly from an adjustment to charges recognised  
in the prior year. 

Valuation of share warrants issued 
During the year the Company issued share warrants  
in connection with the loan notes, certain convertible loan 
notes and new equity that were also issued during the year 
ended 31 December 2022. As these share warrants were  
issued as a cost of securing the debt and equity funding  
facility they fall into the scope of IFRS 2 (“Share-based  
payments”). As such the Directors were required to  
determine the fair value of the equity-settled share-based 
payments at the date on which they were granted. Judgement 
was required in determining the most appropriate inputs 
into the valuation models (Black Scholes) used and the key 
judgemental input was the expected volatility rate of the 
Company’s share price over the relevant period and the  
assumption applied in the models were between 97% – 88% 
and were based the actual volatility of the Company’s share 
price from the date of the RTO to the date at which the  
relevant valuation model was run. 

118 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
3  Segmental reporting 

IFRS 8 (“Operating segments”) requires the Group’s operating segments to be established on the basis of the components of 
the Group that are evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, which has been determined to be the Board of 
Directors. At this early stage of development, the Group’s structure and internal reporting is continually developing. Prior to the 
acquisition of TradeFlow on 1 July 2021, the Board considered that the Group operated in a single business segment of due 
diligence and all activities were undertaken in Italy. 

Following the acquisition, the Board of Directors managed the Group as two operating segments being inventory monetisation 
(currently comprising largely of the Group’s Italian operating subsidiary) and investment advisory (comprising the TradeFlow 
operations), alongside the head office costs (comprising the Company). To date the inventory monetisation segment has been 
focused on the development of the IM platform, the provision of due diligence services and the facilitation of the initial IM 
transaction that took place during 2022. 

Following the work carried out in respect of the TradeFlow Restructuring, and the announcement on the 24 March 2023 regarding 
the 100% buy back option exercised by the TradeFlow directors, the TradeFlow operations have been classified as a discontinued 
operation under IFRS 5 (“Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations”). As such the Group has reverted back 
to a single segment from its continuing operations for financial year ended 31 December 2022, being inventory monetisation, 
alongside the head office costs (largely compromising the Company). 

The key metrics assessed by the Board of Directors include revenue and adjusted operating profit (before deemed cost of 
listing, acquisition related costs and impairment charges) which is presented below. Revenue is presented by basis of recognition 
and by service line, in accordance with IFRS 15. 

                                                                                                                                                                                         Inventory                                 Head    Consolidated Group – 
                                                                                                                                                                                  monetisation                                office    continuing operations 
Year ended 31 December 2022                                                                                                                                         £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Revenue from continuing operations 
Due Diligence fees                                                                                                                      102                               –                          102 
Inventory monetisation fees                                                                                                       36                               –                            36 

Revenue from continuing operations                                                                                 138                               –                          138 

Operating loss from continuing operations before impairment charges             (1,308)                    (3,343)                    (4,651) 

All the Group’s revenue from due diligence fees is recognised at a point in time. Of the revenue generated from inventory 
monetisation fees, £20,000 is generated from origination fees which is recognised at a point in time, and the remaining £16,000 
is generated from usage of the Group’s IM Platform and services provided by the Group in connection with the IM transaction. 
This £16,000 of revenue is recognised over time and the amount recognised in the current financial year relates to the 
performance obligations satisfised prior to 31 December 2022. 

                                                                                                                                                                                         Inventory                                 Head    Consolidated Group – 
                                                                                                                                                                                  monetisation                                office    continuing operations 
As at 31 December 2022                                                                                                                                                     £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Balance sheet 
Assets                                                                                                                                           635                          867                       1,502 
Liabilities                                                                                                                                  (4,773)                     (1,037)                     (5,810) 

Net assets / (liabilities)                                                                                                        (4,138)                       (170)                    (4,308) 

Geographical analysis 
The Group’s inventory monetisation operation is currently predominately located in Europe, while the investment advisory 
operations (classified as a discontinued operation) are currently predominately located in Singapore. 

119 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

3  Segmental reporting 

Comparative segmental reporting 

                                                                                                                       Inventory Monetisation      Investment Advisory                      Head office      Consolidated Group 
Year ended 31 December 2021                                                                                               £000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Revenue 
Due Diligence fees                                                                                     279                               –                               –                          279 
Investment Advisory fees                                                                              –                          259                               –                          259 

Revenue by operating segment                                                           279                          259                               –                          538 

Operating loss before deemed cost of listing and  
   acquisition related costs and impairment charges                 (1,071)                        (407)                     (2,953)                     (4,431) 

All the Group’s revenue is recognised at a point in time. 

                                                                                                                       Inventory Monetisation      Investment Advisory                      Head office      Consolidated Group 
As at 31 December 2021                                                                                                          £ 000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Balance sheet 
Assets                                                                                                          802                          181                       9,552                     10,535 
Liabilities                                                                                                 (4,363)                     (1,526)                     (6,071)                  (11,960) 

Net assets / (liabilities)                                                                       (3,561)                     (1,345)                      3,481                      (1,425) 

The Company completed the acquisition of TradeFlow in 1 July 2021 and therefore the above tables include the results from 
this date and the assets / (liabilities) only as at 31 December 2021. 

Geographical analysis 
The Group’s inventory monetisation operation is currently predominately located in Europe, while the investment advisory 
operations are currently predominately located in Singapore. 

4  Finance costs 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Interest expense – loan notes / convertible loan notes                                                                                    1,969                       1,252 
Interest expense – long-term borrowings                                                                                                                 13                            89 

Total finance costs                                                                                                                                                 1,982                       1,341 

5  Other operating income 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Interest receivable                                                                                                                                                           6                               – 
Other operating income                                                                                                                                                 3                               – 

                                                                                                                                                                                            9                               – 

120 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

6  Operating loss 

The Group’s operating loss from continuing operations for the year has been arrived at after charging (crediting): 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Amortisation of internally developed IM platform (note 13)                                                                                  47                          391 
Depreciation                                                                                                                                                                     4                               2 
Staff costs (note 8)                                                                                                                                                   2,061                       1,402 
Professional and legal fees                                                                                                                                     2,194                       1,772 
Contractor costs                                                                                                                                                          274                            44 
Insurance                                                                                                                                                                      100                          123 
Training and recruitment costs                                                                                                                                     4                            75 

In addition to the above, the Group incurred the following costs from continuing operations relating to impairment charges as 
detailed below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Impairment charges (note 13)                                                                                                                               1,078                       1,773 

Total impairment charges                                                                                                                                   1,078                       1,773 

The following acquisition related costs and impairment charges have been recognised in the discontinued operations: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Transaction costs (note 25)                                                                                                                                            –                       2,009 
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisition (note 13)                                                                      846                          391 
Acquisition related earn-out payments (note 26)                                                                                                 (710)                      1,410 
Impairment charges (note 13)                                                                                                                                  765                          800 

                                                                                                                                                                                       901                       4,610 

7  Auditors’ remuneration 

During the year, the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor, at the costs detailed below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial statements                          100                            75 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its associates for other services to the Group: 
Audit of the Companies subsidiaries                                                                                                                         34                            29 
Audit fees relating to prior periods                                                                                                                             24                            30 

Total audit fees                                                                                                                                                          158                          134 
Non-audit assurance services                                                                                                                                     25                               – 

Total audit and non-audit assurance related services                                                                                    183                          134 

121 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

8  Staff costs 

The aggregate payroll costs (including directors' remuneration) included within continuing operations were as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Wages, salaries and other short term employee benefits                                                                                1,783                       1,164 
Social security costs                                                                                                                                                    203                          153 
Post-employment benefits                                                                                                                                          76                            86 

Total staff costs                                                                                                                                                      2,061                       1,402 

The aggregate payroll costs (including directors' remuneration) included within discontinued operations were as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Wages, salaries and other short term employee benefits                                                                                   680                          312 
Social security costs                                                                                                                                                      27                            13 

Total staff costs – discontinued operations                                                                                                        706                          325 

The average number of persons employed by the Group (including executive directors) during the year, analysed by category 
was as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              No.                                    No. 

Executive directors                                                                                                                                                          3                               2 
Finance, Risk and HR                                                                                                                                                       5                               2 
Sales and marketing                                                                                                                                                        4                               4 
Legal                                                                                                                                                                                   1                               2 
Operations and Platform development                                                                                                                     13                               9 

Total average number of people employed                                                                                                         26                            19 

9  Key management personnel 

Key management compensation (including directors): 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Wages, salaries and short-term employee benefits                                                                                           1,521                          890 
Social security costs                                                                                                                                                    111                            60 
Post-employment benefits                                                                                                                                          42                            60 

Total key management compensation                                                                                                            1,674                       1,010 

Key management personnel consist of the Company leadership team and the Directors. 

No retirement benefits are accruing to Company Directors under a defined contribution scheme (2021: none), however the 
Chief Executive Officer received cash in lieu of payments to a defined contribution pension scheme of £12,420 during the year 
(2021: £49,310). This was allowable under his director’s employment contract. 

The Directors’ emoluments are detailed in the Remuneration Report of the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 
December 2022. 

122 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

10  Income tax 

Tax charged in the income statement: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Current Taxation 
UK Corporation tax                                                                                                                                                          –                               – 
Foreign taxation paid/(receivable) by subsidiaries – continuing operations                                                          –                          399 
Foreign taxation paid/(receivable) by subsidiaries – discontinued operations                                                      –                           (67) 

                                                                                                                                                                                            –                          332 

The tax on loss before tax for the period is more than (2021 – more than) the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% 
(2021 – 19%). 

The differences are reconciled below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Loss before tax                                                                                                                                                       9,877                     12,155 

Corporation tax at standard rate – 19%                                                                                                             (1,877)                     (2,309) 
Effect of expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit (tax loss)                                                        817                          929 
Increase in tax losses carried forward which were unutilised in the current year                                        1,612                          616 
Tax adjustments in respect of foreign subsidiaries (timing differences)                                                                 –                       1,096 
Over provision of tax in prior years                                                                                                                             (1)                              – 
Income not taxable                                                                                                                                                    (452)                              – 
Deferred tax not recognised                                                                                                                                    (131)                              – 
Differences between UK and foreign tax legislation                                                                                                31                               – 

Total tax charge                                                                                                                                                             (1)                         332 

11  Deferred tax 

The following are the deferred tax (liabilities)/assets have been recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the 
current and prior year: 

                                                                                                                                                                       Deferred tax liability         Deferred tax asset 
                                                                                                                                                                        arising on acquired    arising on short-term 
                                                                                                                                                                            intangible assets          timing differences                                 Total 
                                                                                                                                                                                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

As at 1 January 2021                                                                                                                       –                          394                          394 
Arising on acquisition of TradeFlow                                                                                    (1,171)                              –                      (1,171) 
Additions                                                                                                                                           –                            24                            24 
Credit / (charge) to income                                                                                                         67                         (254)                        (187) 
Impairment                                                                                                                                       –                         (164)                        (164) 

As at 31 December 2021                                                                                                     (1,104)                              –                      (1,104) 

As at 1 January 2022                                                                                                              (1,104)                              –                      (1,104) 
Credit / (charge) to income                                                                                                       144                               –                          144 
Reclassified to assets of disposal group held for sale                                                          960                               –                          960 

As at 31 December 2022                                                                                                              –                               –                               – 

123 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

11  Deferred tax 

The deferred tax liability arises on the acquisition of TradeFlow in 2020 and in particular on the fair value uplift that was applied 
to the acquired intangible assets. This deferred tax liability will be released in line with the amortisation profile of the acquired 
intangible assets. The balance as at 31 December 2022 has been reclassified to assets of disposal group held for sale. 

The deferred tax asset previously recognised related to short term timing differences arising from revenue recognition, amortisation 
costs and IAS 19 timing differences. As at 31 December 2022 the Directors reviewed the carrying amount of all deferred tax 
assets to determine whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit the use of the existing deferred tax 
assets. In order to be prudent, and to follow a consistent approach used to determine the impairment of the Group’s internally 
generated IM platform asset (refer to note 13 for further details), the Directors reached the conclusion to impair the full carrying 
value of the deferred tax assets as at the year-end date. No further deferred tax assets have been recognised in the current 
financial year due to the fact that the Group’s track record of successful IM facilitation is still being established. 

In addition, unrecognised deferred tax assets, relating to tax losses carried forward across the Group have not been recognised 
due to uncertainty over the timing and extent of future taxable profits. The losses can be carried forward indefinitely and have 
no expiry date. The total approximate tax losses carried forward across the Group as at 31 December 2022 were £16.8m, being 
£13.7m relating to continuing operations and £3.1m relating to discontinued operations. 

12  Earnings per share 

The calculation of the basic earnings/(loss) per share (EPS) is based on the total loss for the year of £9,878,000 (2021 – loss 
£12,487,000) and on a weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue of 43,240,915,594 (2021 – 33,921,396,568). The 
basic EPS is (0.023) pence (2021 – (0.037 pence)). 

The calculation of the basic earnings/(loss) per share (EPS) from continuing operations is based on the total loss for the year 
from continuing operations of £7,711,000 (2021 – loss £7,420,000) and on a weighted average number of ordinary shares in 
issue of 43,240,915,594 (2021 – 33,921,396,568). The basic EPS from continuing operations is (0.018) pence (2021 – (0.022 
pence)). 

The calculation of the Basic earnings/(loss) per share (EPS) from discontinued operations is based on the total loss for the year 
discontinued operations of £2,167,000 (2021 – loss £5,067,000) and on a weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
of 43,240,915,594 (2021 – 33,921,396,568). The basic EPS from discontinued operations is (0.005) pence (2021 – (0.015 pence)). 

The Company has share warrants and employee share scheme options in issue as at 31 December 2022, which would dilute 
the earnings per share if or when they are exercised in the future. Further details of these share warrants and employee share 
scheme options can be found in note 26. 

No dilution per share was calculated for 2022 and 2021 as with the reported loss they are all anti-dilutive. 

124 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

13  Intangible assets 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Internally 
                                                                                                                     Customer                                        CTRM                                                         developed 
                                                                                                               Relationships              Brand         Software     AI Software          Goodwill    IM platform                 Total 
                                                                                                                             £000                £000                £000                £000                £000                £000                £000 

Cost or valuation 
At 1 January 2021                                                                       –                  –                  –                  –                  –          1,524          1,524 
Arising of acquisition of Tradeflow                                   4,829             205          1,429             425          2,199                  –          9,087 
Additions                                                                                      –                  –                  –                  –                  –          1,020          1,020 

At 31 December 2021                                                        4,829             205          1,429             425          2,199          2,544       11,631 

Additions                                                                                      –                  –                  –                  –                  –          1,125          1,125 
Reclassified to assets of disposal group  
   held for sale                                                                     (4,829)           (205)        (1,429)           (425)        (2,199)                 –         (9,087) 

At 31 December 2022                                                                –                  –                  –                  –                  –         3,669         3,669 

Amortisation 
At 1 January 2021                                                                       –                  –                  –                  –                  –             380             380 
Amortisation charge                                                              186               20             143               43                  –             391             783 

At 31 December 2021                                                           186               20             143               43                  –             771          1,163 

Amortisation charge                                                              401               44             309               92                  –               47             893 
Reclassified to assets of disposal group  
   held for sale                                                                        (587)             (64)           (452)           (135)                 –                  –         (1,238) 

At 31 December 2022                                                                –                  –                  –                  –                  –             818             818 

Impairment 
At 1 January 2021                                                                       –                  –                  –                  –                  –                  –                  – 
Impairment charge                                                                     –                  –                  –                  –             800          1,773          2,573 

At 31 December 2021                                                                –                  –                  –                  –             800          1,773          2,573 

Impairment charge                                                                     –                  –                  –                  –             765          1,078          1,843 
Reclassified to assets of disposal group  
   held for sale                                                                              –                  –                  –                  –         (1,565)                 –         (1,565) 

At 31 December 2022                                                                –                  –                  –                  –                  –         2,851         2,851 

Net Book Value 

At 31 December 2022                                                                –                  –                  –                  –                  –                  –                  – 

At 31 December 2021                                                        4,643             185          1,286             382          1,399                  –          7,895 

The following intangible assets arose on the acquisition of TradeFlow during the prior period; Customer relationships, Brand, 
Commodity Trade Risk Management (“CTRM”) software, Artificial Intelligence and back-office (“AI”) software and Goodwill. The 
carrying value of these assets at the date of acquisition is shown in the table above. As at 31 December 2022, the TradeFlow 
operations were reclassified as discontinued operations and as such the net book value of the intangible assets relating to the 
TradeFlow operations have been reclassified to assets of disposal group held for sale at this date. 

Impairment assessment – Internally developed IM Platform 
The Directors considered the continued current year losses of the Group’s Italian subsidiary, to which the Internally developed 
IM platform relates, and the full impairment of this intangible asset in the prior year, as an impairment indicators and therefore, 
in accordance to IAS 36 (“Impairment of Assets”), considered if as at 31 December 2022, this intangible asset required further 
impairment of the additions during the year or if some so the prior year impairment could be reversed.  

125 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

13  Intangible assets 

The full going concern statement, set out in note 2, noted there is currently an absence of a historical recurring track record relating 
to inventory monetisation transactions being facilitated by the Group’s Platform, the generation of the full range of fees from 
the use of its Platform from more than one inventory monetisation transaction, and the Group being cash flow positive. As such 
the Directors have prudently identified a material uncertainty in relation to the going concern statement. The Directors have also 
concluded that these uncertainties also apply to the discounted cash flow model used in this impairment test also. In particular, 
there is uncertainty that arises with respect to both the future timing and growth rates of the forecast discounted cash flows 
arising from the use of the Internally developed IM Platform intangible asset. 

As such, the Directors have prudently decided to continue to impair the full carrying amount of this asset as at 31 December 
2022. This impairment loss may subsequently be reversed and if so, the carrying amount of the asset will be increased to the 
revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the investment in prior years. 

Impairment assessment – TradeFlow  
The Directors considered the underperformance of TradeFlow compared to the forecast for the year ended 31 December 
2022 (included in the independent valuation report prepared for the purposes of the acquisition) to be an impairment indicator. 
In particular, the Directors noted that the earn-out milestone target, which had been set in line with the forecast referred to 
above, for the year ended 31 December 2022 had not been achieved. Therefore, in accordance with IAS 36 (“Impairment of 
Assets”) and IFRS 5 (“Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”), management have considered the need 
for further impairment during the current financial year. 

During the preparation of the interim financial statements this included a full IAS 36 (“Impairment of Assets”) impairment test 
being carried out using an updated cash flow forecast that the TradeFlow CGU is expected to generate during the period to 
FY25 in its current conditions. This reforecast has been prepared by the Directors of TradeFlow and factored in reduced revenues, 
higher operating losses for the first two years of the reforecast and lower operating profits for the remaining periods. This 
reforecast is considered to be based on a set of reasonable assumptions given the current expectations for TradeFlow’s growth 
and development in the future. 

The Directors prudently applied a 25% discount rate in order to be consistent with the approach followed at 31 December 
2021 and also to be consistent with the independent purchase price accounting exercise carried out in respect of the TradeFlow 
acquisition in the prior financial year. Using these assumptions, the recoverable amount has been identified as the value in 
use, equal to the sum of the discounted future cash flows (including a terminal value and terminal value growth rates of 2.5%) 
that the TradeFlow CGU will be able to generate according to management estimates in its current condition. This recoverable 
amount of the TradeFlow CGU was determined to be lower than its carrying amount on the balance sheet at 30 June 2022 by 
£765,000. 

As such, in accordance with IAS 36 (“Impairment of Assets”), an impairment charge of £765,000 has been recognised against 
the value of the goodwill initially recognised in line with IFRS 3 (“Business Combinations”). This impairment charge has also been 
recognised in the profit and loss in the current financial year. 

As described earlier in these consolidated financial statements, during the second half of 2022, the Directors began the process of 
the TradeFlow Restructuring, and as detailed in notes 2 and 27 the TradeFlow operations have been classified as a discontinued 
operation as at 31 December 2022 in accordance with IFRS 5 (“Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”). 
When carrying out the impairment assessment of the TradeFlow CGU as at 31 December 2022, management was required to 
consider the fair value less cost to sell of the TradeFlow operations, which given the classification as a discontinued operation, 
is assumed to be the agreed price between two market participants. 

Further to the TradeFlow Restructuring activities, on the 24 March 2023, that the TradeFlow Directors had provided written 
notice to the Board of their intention to exercise their rights to buy back 100% of the share capital of TradeFlow, pursuant to 
certain earn-out arrangements entered into in connection with the Company's acquisition of TradeFlow (the “Buy Back”), the 
completion of which was announced on 6 July 2021. 

126 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

13  Intangible assets 

Given the proximity of this Buy Back announcement to the date of publication of these consolidated financial statements, details 
of the Buy Back are still being considered and finalised as at the date of these financial statements. As such, management 
instead considered the specifics set out in the TradeFlow Restructuring share purchase agreement that had been agreed in 
principle between the Company and the TradeFlow directors, Tom James and John Collis, who together acted as the buyers 
(the “Buyers”), prior to the Buy Back being exercised (the “TradeFlow SPA”). These specifics included that the: 
a) TradeFlow SPA set out the total legal consideration for the 81% of the TradeFlow business and required an amount of 

£2,000,000 to be payable to the Company by the TradeFlow directors as a result of the TradeFlow Restructuring; 

b) Based on the amount agreed in a) above, the estimated fair value of 100% of the TradeFlow CGU is assumed to be 

£2,469,000; 

c) This value was compared to the net asset value of the TradeFlow operations in the consolidated financial statements as at 

31 December 2022. This net asset value was £2,311,000. 

As the estimated fair value of the TradeFlow CGU exceeded the net asset value of the TradeFlow operations in the consolidated 
Group financial statements as at 31 December 2022, no additional impairment charges were recognised during the second 
half of 2022. 

14  Trade and other receivables 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Trade receivables                                                                                                                                                             7                            13 
Contract assets                                                                                                                                                                 –                            84 
Other receivables                                                                                                                                                     1,179                          727 
Prepayments                                                                                                                                                                  33                            72 

Total trade and other receivables                                                                                                                     1,219                          896 

15  Share capital 

Allotted, called up and fully paid shares 

                                                                                                                                                      As at                                 As at                                  As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                            31 December 2022      31 December 2022        31 December 2021        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                 No. 000                                 £000                            No. 000                                 £000 

Equity                                                                                                                –                               –                               –                               – 
Ordinary shares of £0.00002 each                                           56,621,568                       1,132             36,068,442                          721 
Deferred shares of £0.04000 each                                                   63,084                       2,523                     63,084                       2,523 
2018 Deferred shares of £0.01000 each                                      224,194                       2,242                  224,194                       2,242 

                                                                                                        56,908,846                       5,897             36,355,720                       5,486 

127 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

15  Share capital 

Reconciliation of allotted, called up and full paid 
                                                                                                                                                                                2022                         2022                         2021                         2021 
                                                                                                                                                                           No. 000                         £000                    No. 000                         £000 

Ordinary shares as at 1 January                                                                    36,355,720                5,486      33,042,223                5,420 
New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of Mercator  
   Capital Management Fund LP convertible loan notes                              1,400,898                      28            680,791                      14 
New ordinary shares issued to Venus Capital S.A. in connection  
   with the Capital Enhancement Plan                                                           14,350,000                   287 
New ordinary shares issued to settle the FY21 acquisition  
   related earn-out payments                                                                               213,526                        4 
New ordinary shares issued in connection with Open Offer  
   completed during the year                                                                               641,710                      13 
New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion  
   of Open Offer warrants                                                                                       49,508                        1 
New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion  
   of Venus Capital S.A. convertible loan notes                                              3,897,484                      78 
New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion  
   of Negma Group Limited convertible loan notes                                                                                           1,319,706                      26 
New ordinary shares issued as consideration for acquisition  
   of TradeFlow                                                                                                                                                            813,000                      16 
New ordinary shares issued as consideration for support  
   with the TradeFlow acquisition                                                                                                                             500,000                      10 

Total at 31 December                                                                                   56,908,846                5,897      36,355,720                5,486 

New shares allotted during the current financial year 

New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of Mercator Capital Management Fund LP (“Mercator”) convertible loan notes 
> On 13 January 2022, the Company allotted 594,664,101 new ordinary shares as a result of the conversion of £678,333 of 

the convertible loan notes issued and subscribed by Mercator. 

> On 28 February 2022, the Company allotted 489,787,922 new ordinary shares as a result of the conversion of £500,000 of 

the convertible loan notes issued and subscribed by Mercator. 

> On 29 March 2022, the Company allotted 316,446,349 new ordinary shares as a result of the conversion of £178,333 of the 

convertible loan notes issued and subscribed by Mercator. 

New ordinary shares issued to Venus Capital S.A. (“Venus”) in connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan   
On 27 April 2022, the Company announced its Capital Enhancement Plan pursuant to which it would enter into a subscription 
agreement with Venus and undertake an open offer to existing shareholders, in order to raise up to £7,500,000 in new equity 
capital (the “Capital Enhancement Plan”). This new equity capital enabled the Company to settle the outstanding loan notes and 
convertible loan notes with Mercator in cash rather than by the conversion of the convertible loan notes into new ordinary 
shares. During the current financial year ended 31 December 2022, the following share issues were made to Venus in line with 
subscription agreement dated 26 April 2022, and the subsequent amendment agreement dated 21 July 2022 and the side 
letter agreement dated 3 October 2022: 
> On 26 April 2022, the Company issued 2,770,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £1,385,000. 
> On 10 May 2022, the Company issued 550,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £275,000. 
> On 18 July 2022, the Company issued 1,350,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £675,000. 
> On 5 September 2022, the Company issued 950,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £475,000. 
> On 11 October 2022, the Company issued 8,730,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £4,365,000. 

As at 31 December 2022 £500,000 of this amount is included with other receivables. 

New ordinary shares issued in connection with the TradeFlow FY21 acquisition related earn-out payment 
> On 19 July 2022, the Company issued 213,525,520 of new ordinary shares in settlement of the TradeFlow acquisition related 

earn-out for FY21. 

128 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

15  Share capital 

New ordinary shares issued in connection with Open Offer completed on 17 August 2022 
> On 18 August 2022, the Company issued 641,710,082 of new ordinary shares as a result of an Open Offer issue in exchange 

for £306,029. 

New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of Open Offer warrants 
Further to the issue of new ordinary shares on the 18 August 2022 as a result of the Open Offer, the Company also issued 
320,855,008 warrants to certain qualifying shareholders who participated in its open offer (the “Open Offer Warrants”). Following 
the issue of the Open Offer Warrants, certain holders have elected to exercise their Open Offer Warrants and this resulted in 
the following share issues during the current financial year: 
> On 2 September 2022, the Company issued 5,064,230 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 17 September 2022, the Company issued 8,058,388 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 27 September 2022, the Company issued 1,608,176 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 11 October 2022, the Company issued 30,897,410 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 21 October 2022, the Company issued 2,190,452 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 7 November 2022, the Company issued 615,335 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 26 November 2022, the Company issued 512,454 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 8 December 2022, the Company issued 561,555 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 

New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of Venus convertible loan notes 
In connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan, the Company also issued convertible loan note to the value of £1,917,500 to 
Venus during the year.  Further details of the Venus convertible loan notes can be found in note 8 to these financial statements.  
The Venus convertible loan notes were settled through the issue of the following new ordinary shares:  
> On 6 October 2022, the Company issued 3,048,986,302 of new ordinary shares to Venus Capital for the conversion of 

Tranche B convertible loan notes with a principal value of £1,500,000.  

> On 11 October 2022, the Company issued 848,498,083 of new ordinary shares to Venus Capital the conversion of Tranche 

A convertible loan notes with a principal value of £417,500. 

Rights, preferences and restrictions 

Ordinary shares have the following rights, preferences, and restrictions 
The Ordinary shares carry rights to participate in dividends and distributions declared by the Company and each share carries 
the right to one vote at any general meeting. There are no rights of redemption attaching to the Ordinary shares. 

Deferred shares have the following rights, preferences, and restrictions 
The deferred shares carry no rights to receive any dividend or distribution and carry no rights to vote at any general meeting. 
On a return of capital, the Deferred shareholders are entitled to receive the amount paid up on them after the Ordinary 
shareholders have received £100,000,000 in respect of each share held by them. The Company may purchase all or any of the 
Deferred shares at an appropriate consideration of £1. 

2018 Deferred shares have the following rights, preferences, and restrictions 
The deferred shares carry no rights to receive any dividend or distribution and carry no rights to vote at any general meeting. 

129 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

16  Loan notes and Long-Term Borrowings 

Loan notes 

On 29 September 2021, the Company announced it had entered a loan note facility with Mercator Capital Management Fund 
LP (“Mercator”). The new loan note facility consisted of a short-term loan with the following key terms:  
> Initial draw down of £5m, with a further £2m available within 60 days subject to certain conditions precedent which were 

subsequently met; 

> 12-month term, with an interest rate of 10%; 
> The principal and interest to be repaid on a monthly basis; and 
> Warrants will be issued representing 20% of both tranches. The warrants will have a term of 3 years from issue and an exercise 

price of 130% of the lowest closing VWAP over the ten trading days immediately preceding the issue of the warrants. 

The loan note facility was linked to a convertible loan note facility also entered into with Mercator, which was able be used 
should the Company elect not to repay any of the interest or principal relating to the loan notes in cash. The Mercator convertible 
loan note facility was for the same aggregate value as the loan facility including interest, being £7.7m, and was able to be drawn in 
tranches equal to the monthly loan repayments. Further details of the Mercator convertible loan notes can be found in note 17. 

To assist with the key objective of the Capital Enhancement Plan, which was to enable the Company, at its election, to settle the 
outstanding Mercator loan notes and convertible loan notes in cash rather than by the conversion into new ordinary shares of 
the Company, the Company and Mercator signed an amendment agreement on 26 April 2022 (the “Mercator Amendment”). 
To assist with the final settlement of the outstanding Mercator loan notes and convertible loan notes, the Company and Mercator 
signed a further Addendum Deed on 3 October 2022 (the “Addendum Deed”). 

Pursuant to both the original agreement dated 29 September 2021, the Mercator Amendment and the Addendum Deed, the 
Group repaid the following monthly instalments of the loan note liability over the year ended 31 December 2022: 
> The January, February and March monthly repayments of £678,333 per month were settled through the issue of convertible 

loan notes, in lieu of cash repayments, to Mercator. 

> The April monthly repayment was paid in cash on 10 June 2022, in accordance with the Mercator Amendment referred to 

above. This was for an amount of £678,333, plus an additional late payment interest charge of £72,767. 

> The May and June monthly payments were settled together on the 10 June 2022 through the issue of convertible loan notes 
to the value of £1,502,198, in lieu of cash repayments, to Mercator. This combined repayment was in accordance with the 
Mercator Amendment and included additional late payment interest charges of £145,532. 

> In line with the Mercator Amendment, each of the July, August and September monthly repayments were made through a 
part issue of convertible loan notes of £400,000 each and through a part cash payment of £278,333 each. Each of these 
monthly repayments incurred additional interest charges in line with the Mercator Amendment. The total additional interest 
for these three months totalled £86,000. 

> In October 2022, the Company exercised the repayment option that was agreed as part of the Addendum Deed entered 
into on 3 October 2022. Under this option the Company, made the final October monthly payment of £678,333 in cash.  
This payment incurred an addition interest charge of £20,000. 

The settlements in lieu of cash were made in order to allow the Group to preserve cash for working capital requirements and 
to facility further new strategic initiatives. 

The loan notes were initially recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs (including commitment fees, introducer 
fees and the fair value of warrants issued to satisfy issue costs). The finance charges, including direct issue costs, are accounted 
for on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate applied was 47.5%. The additional 
late payment interest charges have been recorded as finance costs in the periods in which they were incurred and have not 
been included in the effective interest rate calculation. 

Further details on the fair value of the warrants are set out in note 26. 

130 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

16  Loan notes and Long-Term Borrowings 

The movement in the loan notes during the current financial year are set out in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Loan note liability at 1 Jan                                                                                                                                       5,732                               – 
Initial drawdown net of commitment, introducer fees and fair value of warrants  
   issued in connection with the loan notes                                                                                                                 –                       4,209 
Second drawdown net of commitment and introducer fees                                                                                   –                       1,900 
Amortisation of finance costs during the period (recognised in the income statement)                            1,051                          540 
Less: repayments made via issue of convertible loan notes                                                                           (4,592)                        (917) 
Less: repayments made via cash                                                                                                                         (2,191)                              – 

Loan note liability at 31 December                                                                                                                               –                       5,732 

Long-Term Borrowings 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Unsecured loan notes                                                                                                                                                     –                       1,263 
Other bank borrowings (non-current portion)                                                                                                       748                            21 

Total long-term borrowings                                                                                                                                       748                       1,284 

TradeFlow entered into an unsecured loan note subscription agreement on 23 October 2020 and this was recognised by the 
Group from the date of acquisition. This loan note was for a principal amount of USD 1,700,000. The terms of this agreement 
require the principal to be repaid as one lump sum on the 23 October 2023 along with an additional cost of issue of USD 
300,000. As at 31 December 2022 TradeFlow is disclosed as a discontinued operation under IFRS 5 (“Non-current assets Held 
for Sale and Discontinued Operations”) and as such equivalent liability have been disclosed in aggregate as liabilities of disposal 
group held for sale (refer to note 27 for more information). 

On 13 October 2022, the Company announced that its subsidiary, Supply@ME Technologies S.r.l, had entered into a new long 
term loan facility with Banco BPM S.p.A (the “Banco BPM Facility”). The obligations of Supply@ME Technologies S.r.l under the 
Banco BPM Facility are guaranteed by the Company. The key commercial terms of the Banco BPM Facility include: 
a) €1m in principal amount; 
b) 275 basis points over Euribor interest rate; and 
c) a five-year repayment term (the final payment to be made on 11 October 2027), including an initial six months of interest 

only repayments, followed by 54 months of combined principal and interest repayments. 

Fees totalling €52,000 were incurred in connection with the arrangement of the Banco BPM Facility. These costs have been 
capitalised and will be spread over the term of the Banco BPM Facility. The amount include in the table above represents the 
non-current portion of the Banco BPM Facility. 

131 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

17  Convertible loan notes 

As at 31 December 2022, the convertible loan note liability was nil (31 December 2021:nil).  However, during the current financial 
year, the Company entered into two different convertible loan arrangements.  These are set out below:  

Mercator convertible loan notes 

As set out in Note 16 the loan note facility the Company entered into with Mercator is linked to a convertible loan note facility 
also with Mercator. 
The Mercator convertible loan notes contain the following key terms: 
> They were each to be issued at par value; 
> Each convertible loan note had a 12-month term, a conversion price of 85% of the lowest 10 day closing VWAP prior to the 

issue of the conversion notice and was able to be convertible at the holders request; 

> Warrants are to be issued for 20% of each tranche. The warrants will have a term of 3 years from issue and an exercise price 
of 130% of the lowest closing VWAP over the ten trading days immediately preceding the request to issue a new tranche. 
Under the terms of amendment Mercator Amendment no further warrants were required to be issued on the monthly 
repayments due following April 2022. 

During the year ended 31 December 2022, the Company issued convertible loan notes to Mercator to the value of £4,737,000 
which included the monthly repayments of £4,592,000 made by way of convertible loan notes (as set out in Note 6 above) and 
the additional interest charge due on the May and June repayments of £145,532. 

Of the £4,737,000 of convertible loan notes issued during the year, £3,381,000 was repaid in cash and the remaining £1,357,000 
was converted into ordinary shares in the Company. 

The Mercator convertible loan notes did not have any annual interest costs in addition to the loan notes but did have costs relating 
to commitment fees and late payment interest charges of £571,000 and the fair value of the warrants of £236,000 associated 
with issue of the convertible loan notes. All these costs have been recognised in the income statement in the current year given 
the liability to which they relate has been extinguished (2021: £113,000). Further details on the fair value of the warrants are 
set out in note 23 to the Group consolidated financial statements. 

The movement in Mercator convertible loan note liability during the current financial period is set out in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     £000 

Mercator convertible loan note liability at 1 January 2022                                                                                                                  – 
Monthly loan note repayments made via issue of convertible loan notes                                                                                      4,592 
Financial costs satisfied via the issue of convertible loan notes                                                                                                           145 
Less convertible loan notes converted into ordinary shares                                                                                                           (1,356) 
Less convertible loan notes repaid in cash                                                                                                                                         (3,381) 

Mercator convertible loan note liability at 31 December 2022                                                                                                           – 

Venus convertible loan notes 

In connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan announced by the Company on 26 April 2022, the Company executed a new 
convertible loan note agreement with Venus Capital S.A. (“Venus”), under which the Company, at its discretion, could issue to 
Venus convertible loan notes up to £1,950,000 in aggregate principal amount. These convertible loan notes were split into two 
tranches being: 
1. The Tranche A Venus convertible loan notes up to the value of £417,500 which could be issued by the Company to cover 
the fees associated with the Venus equity subscription (£342,500) and convertible loan agreements (£75,000). The former 
fees were required to be paid by the Company, proportionally, in line with when new ordinary shares were issued to Venus 
under the Capital Enhancement Plan. The obligation to pay the later fees arose at the point the Company executed of the 
working capital facility which is referred to below; and 

2. The Tranche B Venus convertible loan notes which could be issued by the Company to receive a working capital facility of 

up to £1,500,000. 

132 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

17  Convertible loan notes 

In order to preserve the Company’s cash balance, the full £417,500 of fees were settled by the issue of the Tranche A convertible 
loan notes to Venus between the period the 19 July 2022 and the 10 October 2022. These convertible loan notes are repayable 
in shares with a maturity date of 31 December 2025 and incur a 10% per annual interest rate. The cost of the Tranche A Venus 
convertible loan notes associated with the Venus equity subscription (£342,500) was offset against the share premium in 
accordance with IAS 32 (“Financial Instruments”). The cost of the Tranche A Venus convertible loan notes associated with the 
arrangement of the working capital facility with Venus (£75,000) was recorded as finance costs in the income statement given 
these directly related to the cost of drawing down on this financing facility. These costs were recognised in line with the draw 
down of the working capital facility. 

Additionally, during July and August 2022, the Company drew down a total of £1,500,000 Tranche B convertible loan notes from 
Venus in the form of the working capital facility. These convertible loan notes were also repayable in shares with a maturity 
date of 31 December 2025 and incur a 10% per annual interest rate. 

The settlement of both the Tranche A and Tranche B Venus convertible loan notes took place in October 2022 as follows: 
a. On 3 October 2022, the Company and Venus entered into the side letter agreement, pursuant to which and conditional on 
the admission subject to the Prospectus issued on the 3 October 2022, £1,500,000 in principal amount of Tranche B Venus 
convertible loan notes, plus accrued interest of £25,000, were converted into 3,048,986,302 new ordinary shares which 
were issued to Venus at a price of 0.05 pence per share on the 6 October 2022; and 

b. On the 10 October 2022, in line with the side letter agreement referred to above, and conditional on the secondary admission 
subject to the Prospectus issued on the 3 October 2022, £417,500 in principal amount of Tranche A Venus convertible loan 
notes, plus accrued interest of £7,000, (including £61,500 in principal amount of Tranche A Venus CLNs to be issued and 
immediately converted, not attracting interest) converted into 848,498,083 new ordinary shares which were issued to Venus 
at a price of 0.05 pence per share on the 11 October 2022. 

Both interest costs referred to above have been recognised in the income statement during the current financial period. As at 
31 December 2022, there were no amounts outstanding under the Venus convertible loan note facility (31 December 2021: nil). 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     £000 

Venus convertible loan note liability at 1 January 2022                                                                                                                        – 
Tranche A Venus convertible loan notes                                                                                                                                                 418 
Tranche B Venus working capital convertible loan notes                                                                                                                   1,500 
Interest cost associated with Tranche A and B convertible loan notes                                                                                                 32 
Repayment of Venus convertible loan notes via the issue of new ordinary share                                                                       (1,950) 

Venus convertible loan note liability at 31 December 2022                                                                                                                – 

Historical convertible loan notes 

In addition to the above, the Company also had historical convertible loan notes and associated derivative financial instruments 
that expired during the financial year ended 31 December 21 resulting in a credit to the income statement in the prior 
year in respect of the outstanding fair value of £24,000. There were no amounts recorded in the income statement in the 
current financial year. 

133 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

18  Trade and other payables 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Trade payables                                                                                                                                                         2,209                       1,086 
Other payables                                                                                                                                                            747                          588 
Current portion of long term borrowings                                                                                                               158                               – 
Social security and other taxes                                                                                                                                 977                          994 
Accruals                                                                                                                                                                         402                          437 
Contract liabilities                                                                                                                                                          94                          395 

                                                                                                                                                                                    4,587                       3,500 

19  Provisions 

                                                                                                                                Post-employment           Provision for risks            Provision for VAT 
                                                                                                                                                 benefits                    and charges                  and penalties                                 Total 
                                                                                                                                                       £000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

At 1 January 2021                                                                                         32                            36                          267                          335 
Released to profit and loss                                                                           –                               –                           (58)                          (58) 
Provided for in the year                                                                              26                            51                               –                            77 
Payments                                                                                                     (11)                              –                               –                           (11) 
Actuarial (gain)/loss                                                                                       (3)                              –                               –                             (3) 

At 31 December 2021                                                                                 44                            87                          209                          340 

Forex retranslation adjustment                                                                   2                               5                            12                            19 
At 1 January 2022                                                                                         46                            92                          221                          359 
Released to profit and loss                                                                           –                           (19)                          (20)                          (39) 
Provided for in the year                                                                              22                            12                          144                          178 
Payments                                                                                                        (8)                              –                               –                             (8) 
Actuarial (gain)/loss                                                                                     (22)                              –                               –                           (22) 

At 31 December 2022                                                                               38                            85                          345                          467 

Post-employment benefits 
Post-employment benefits include severance pay and liabilities relating to future commitments to be disbursed to employees 
based on their permanence in the company. This entirely relates to the Italian subsidiary where severance indemnities are due 
to each employee at the end of the employment relationship. 

Post-employment benefits relating to severance indemnities are calculated by estimating the amount of the future benefit that 
employees have accrued in the current period and in previous years using actuarial techniques. The calculation is carried out 
by an independent actuary using the “Projected Unit Credit Method”. 

Provision for risks and charges 
Provision for risks and charges includes the estimated amounts of penalties for payment delays referring the tax payables recorded 
in the Italian subsidiary financial statements which, at the closing date, are overdue. 

Provision for VAT and penalties 
In advance of the Group’s first monetisation transaction, a number of advance payments have been received by the Group’s 
Italian subsidiary from potential client companies in accordance with agreed contractual terms. These payments have been 
recognised as revenue in accordance with local accounting rules. These advance payments, for which an invoice has not yet 
been issued, have been made exclusive of VAT. As at 31 December 2022, the Group has included a provision relating to a 
potential VAT liability, including penalties, in respect of these advance payments of £201,000 (31 December 2021: £209,000). 
The reduction in the provision during the year represents the fact that some of these payments have been refunded, at the 
customer’s request, and therefore the potential VAT liability has been removed. 

134 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

19  Provisions 

At the point in the future when the associated monetisation transaction takes place, the potential VAT liability will be settled by 
the Group. At this same point in time, the Directors expect to be able to recover the VAT from the client companies as invoices 
in respect of the monetisation transactions are issued. The timing of these future monetisation transactions currently remains 
uncertain and as such no corresponding VAT receivable has been recognised as at 31 December 2022, however there is a 
contingent asset of £143,000 as at 31 December 2022 (31 December 2021: £149,000) in respect of this. 

From time to time, during the course of business, the Group maybe subject to disputes which may give rise to claims. The Group 
will defend such claims vigorously and provision for such matters are made when costs relating to defending and concluding 
such matters can be measured reliably. There were no cases outstanding as at 31 December 2022 that meet the criteria for a 
provision to be recognised. 

An additional amount of £144,000 was added to the provision during the current financial year to reflect the fact that the Italian 
intercompany invoice was issued late and this balance reflects potential VAT penalties that may arise due to the timing of the 
invoice. 

20  Pension and other schemes 

Defined contribution pension scheme 
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are recognised as being held separately 
from those of the Group and Company and will be paid over to an independently administered fund. The pension cost charge 
represents contributions payable by the Group to the fund. 

The total pension charge for the year represents contributions payable by the Group to the scheme and amounted to £76,000 
(2021: £86,000). 

Contributions totalling £9,000 (2021: £21,000) were payable to the scheme at the end of the year and are included in creditors. 
This has been paid post year end. 

21  Capital commitments 

There were no capital commitments for the Group at 31 December 2022 or 31 December 2021.  

22  Contingent liabilities 

There were no contingent liabilities for the Group at 31 December 2022 or 31 December 2021. 

135 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

23  Financial instruments 

Financial assets 

                                                                                                                                    Carrying value                 Carrying value                        Fair value                         Fair value 
                                                                                                                                                      As at                                  As at                                 As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                            31 December 2022        31 December 2021      31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                       £000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Financial assets at amortised cost: 
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                      257                       1,727                          257                       1,727 
Trade receivables                                                                                           7                            13                               7                            13 
Other receivables                                                                                   1,179                          727                       1,179                          727 

                                                                                                                  1,443                       2,467                       1,443                       2,467 

Valuation methods and assumptions: The directors believe due to their short term nature, the fair value approximates to the 
carrying amount. 

Financial liabilities 

                                                                                                                                    Carrying value                 Carrying value                        Fair value                         Fair value 
                                                                                                                                                      As at                                  As at                                 As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                            31 December 2022        31 December 2021      31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                       £000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost: 
Loan notes                                                                                                       –                       5,732                               –                       5,732 
Long-term borrowings                                                                              906                       1,284                          906                       1,284 
Trade payables                                                                                       2,209                       1,086                       2,209                        1086 
Other payables                                                                                          747                          588                          747                          588 

                                                                                                                  3,862                       8,690                       3,862                       8,690 

Valuation methods and assumptions: The directors believe that the fair value of trade and other payables approximates to the 
carrying value. 

There are no financial liabilities that are carried at fair value through the profit and loss as at 31 December 2022 (31 December 
2021:nil). 

Risk management 
The Group is exposed through its operations to the following financial risks: credit risk, foreign exchange risk, and liquidity risk. 

In common with all other businesses, the Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. This note 
describes the Group's objectives, policies and processes for managing these risks and the methods used to measure them. 
Further quantitative information in respect of these risks is presented throughout these financial statements. There have been 
no substantive changes in the Group's exposure to financial instrument risks, its objectives, policies and processes for managing 
those risks or the methods used to measure them from previous periods unless otherwise stated in this note. 

Principal financial instruments 
The principal financial instruments used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, were as follows: 
> trade receivables; 
> cash at bank; and 
> trade and other payables. 

General objectives, policies and processes 
The board had overall responsibility for the determination of the Group's risk management objectives and policies and, whilst 
retaining ultimate responsibility for them, it had delegated the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure the 
effective implementation of the objectives and policies to the Group's finance function. The board received monthly reports from 
the Chief Financial Officer through which it reviewed the effectiveness of the processes put in place and the appropriateness of 
the objectives and policies it had set. The overall objective of the board was to set polices that sought to reduce risk as far as possible 
without unduly affecting the Group's competitiveness and flexibility. Further details regarding these policies are set out below. 

136 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

23  Financial instruments 

Interest rate risk 
At present the directors do not believe that the Group has significant interest rate risk and consequently does not hedge against 
such risk. Cash balances earn interest at variable rates. 

The Group's interest generating financial assets from continuing operations as at 31 December 2022 comprised cash and cash 
equivalents of £257,000 (2021: £1,727,000). Interest is paid on cash at floating rates in line with prevailing market rates. 

The Group’s interest generating financial liabilities from continuing operations as at 31 December 2022 comprised long term 
borrowings of £906,000 (2021 – loan notes of £5,732,000 and long term borrowings of £1,284,000). 

Sensitivity analysis 
At 31 December 2022, had the LIBOR 1 MONTH rate of 0.01609 (2021 – 0.01047) increased by 1% with all other variables held 
constant, the increase in interest receivable on financial assets would amount to approximately £nil (2021 – £nil). Similarly, a 
1% decrease in the LIBOR 1 MONTH rate with all other variables held constant would result in a decrease in interest receivable 
on financial assets of approximately £nil (2021 – £nil). 

Credit risk and impairment 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or a counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales. It is Group policy, implemented locally, to 
assess the credit risk of new customers before entering contracts. Such credit ratings take into account local business practices. 
The Group has a credit policy under which each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness before the Group’s 
standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. 

Credit risk also arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions. To manage this, the 
Group has made sure that they use reputable banks. 

The Group’s Chief Financial Officer monitors the utilisation of the credit limits regularly. 

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit by class of individual financial instrument is shown in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                    Carrying value   Maximum exposure                 Carrying value      Maximum exposure 
                                                                                                                                                       as at                                 as at                                  as at                                  as at 
                                                                                                                            31 December 2022      31 December 2022        31 December 2021        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                       £000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Cash and cash equivalents                                                                      257                          257                       1,727                       1,727 
Trade receivables                                                                                           7                               7                            13                            13 

                                                                                                                     264                          264                       1,740                       1,740 

As at 31 December 2022, the assets held by the Group are not past due or impaired. Trade receivables are all considered to 
be low risk and have been fully repaid since year end. 

Foreign exchange risk 
Foreign exchange risk arises because the Group has operations located in various parts of the world whose functional currency 
is not the same as the functional currency in which the Group operates. Although its global market penetration reduces the Group’s 
operational risk, in that it has diversified into several markets, the Group’s net assets arising from such overseas operations are 
exposed to currency risk resulting in gains or losses on retranslation into sterling. Only in exceptional circumstances would the 
Group consider hedging its net investments in overseas operations as generally it does not consider that the reduction in 
foreign currency exposure warrants the cash flow risk created from such hedging techniques. 

The Group’s policy is, where possible, to allow Group entities to settle liabilities denominated in their functional currency 
(primarily Euros or Pound Sterling) with the cash generated from their own operations in that currency. Where Group entities 
have liabilities denominated in a currency other than their functional currency (and have insufficient reserves of that currency 
to settle them) cash already denominated in that currency will, where possible, be transferred from elsewhere within the Group. 

137 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

23  Financial instruments 

Currency profile 
Financial assets 
> Cash and cash equivalents Sterling: £229,000 (2021 – £1,585,000) 
> Cash Euro: £28,000 (2021 – £92,000) 
> Cash US Dollar: £nil (2021 – £44,000) 
> Cash Singapore Dollar: £324,000 (2021 – £5,000) 
> Trade receivables Sterling: £nil (2021 – £nil) 
> Trade receivables Euro: £7,000 (2020 – £13,000) 
> Trade receivables Singapore Dollar: £1,000 (2021 – £4,000) 

Financial liabilities 
> Trade payables Sterling: £482,000 (2021 – £193,100) 
> Trade payables Euro: £1,727,000 (2021 – £879,000) 
> Trade payables Singapore Dollar: £6,000 (2021 – £14,000) 

TradeFlow financial assets and liabilities have been included within the currency disclosures above. TradeFlow financial assets 
and liabilities form part of the of the assets/liabilities held for disposal groups within the statement of financial position. 

Sensitivity analysis 
At 31 December 2022, if Sterling had strengthened by 10% against the below currencies with all other variables held constant, 
loss before tax for the year would have been approximately 
> EUR: £60,000 higher (2021 – £131,000 higher) 
> Singapore Dollar: £69,000 higher (2021 – £51,000 higher) 

Conversely, if the below currencies had weakened by 10% with all other variables held constant, loss before tax for the year 
would have been approximately: 
> EUR: £60,000 lower (2021 – £131,000 lower) 
> Singapore Dollar: £60,000 lower (2021 – £51,000 lower) 

Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital and the finance charges and principal repayments on its 
debt instruments. It is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they fall due. 

The Group’s policy is to ensure that it will always have sufficient cash to allow it to meet its liabilities when they become due. 

The board receives rolling 12-month cash flow projections on a regular basis as well as information regarding cash balances. 
At the statement of financial position date, these projections indicated that the Group expects to have sufficient liquid resources 
to meet its obligations under all reasonably expected circumstances. 

There were no undrawn facilities at 31 December 2022 or 31 December 2021. 

                                                                                                                                                Between                          Between                          Between 
                                                                                         Up to 3 months            3 and 12 months                  1 and 2 years                  2 and 5 years                    Over 5 years 
At 31 December 2022                                                                      £000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Liabilities 
Long-term borrowings                                                  –                          158                          189                          559                               – 
Trade and other payables                                    2,209                          747                               –                               –                               – 
Social security and other taxes                               977                               –                               –                               –                               – 

Total liabilities                                                      3,186                          905                          189                          559                               – 

138 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

23  Financial instruments 

                                                                                                                                                Between                          Between                          Between 
                                                                                         Up to 3 months            3 and 12 months                  1 and 2 years                  2 and 5 years                    Over 5 years 
At 31 December 2021                                                                      £000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Liabilities 
Loan notes                                                              1,493                       4,239                               –                               –                               – 
Loans and borrowings                                                  –                               2                       1,269                            13                               – 
Trade and other payables                                    1,674                               –                               –                               –                               – 
Social security and other taxes                               994                               –                               –                               –                               – 

Total liabilities                                                       4,161                       4,241                       1,269                            13                               – 

Capital risk management 
The Group’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Group is appropriately funded to continue as a going concern 
and to provide an adequate return to shareholders commensurate with risk. The Group defines capital as being total shareholder’s 
equity. The Group’s capital structure is periodically reviewed and, if appropriate, adjustments are made in the light of expected 
future funding needs, changes in economic conditions, financial performance and changes in Group structure. As explained in 
notes 16 and 17, the Group has currently entered into external debt finance by way of loan notes, long term borrowings and 
convertible loan notes. 

The Group adheres to the capital maintenance requirements as set out in the Companies Act. 

Capital for the reporting periods under review is summarised as follows: 
> Net liabilities: (£2,025,000) (2021: (£1,425,000)) 
> Cash and cash equivalents: £257,000 (2021: 1,727,000) 

24  Net debt 

The Group reconciliation of the movement in net debt is set out below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                       Convertible      Total long-term 
                                                                                                                                Cash at bank              Loan notes               loan notes             borrowings                         Total 
                                                                                                                                              £000                         £000                         £000                         £000                         £000 

At 1 January 2022                                                                           1,727               (5,732)                       –               (1,284)              (5,289) 
Net cash flows                                                                                 (1,133)                       –               (1,500)              (2,403)              (5,036) 
Convertible loan notes issued as repayment of loan  
   notes, share issue costs and/or interest                                           –                        –               (5,187)                       –               (5,187) 
Amortisation of finance costs                                                                –               (1,051)                       –                  (356)              (1,407) 
Cash repayments made during the year                                             –                2,191                3,381                        –                5,572 
Repayment of convertible loan notes via share issues                      –                        –                3,306                        –                3,306 
Repayment of loan notes via issue of  
   convertible loan notes                                                                         –                4,592                        –                        –                4,592 
Reclassification of disposal group held for sale                                  –                        –                        –                3,171                3,171 
Foreign exchange                                                                                 (13)                       –                        –                     (34)                    (47) 

As at 31 December 2022                                                                 581                        –                        –                  (906)                 (325) 

139 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

24  Net debt 

                                                                                                                                                                                                       Convertible               Long-term 
                                                                                                                                Cash at bank              Loan notes               loan notes             borrowings                         Total 
                                                                                                                                              £000                         £000                         £000                         £000                         £000 

At 1 January 2021                                                                              552                        –                        –                     (22)                  530 
Net cash flows                                                                                     686               (6,629)              (5,000)                       –             (10,943) 
Fair value of warrants                                                                              –                   520                        –                        –                   520 
Amortisation of finance costs                                                                –                  (540)                 (600)                       –               (1,140) 
Cash repayments                                                                                     –                        –                2,016                        –                2,016 
Non cash repayments                                                                             –                   917                3,584                        –                4,501 
Arising on acquisition                                                                         477                        –                        –               (1,229)                 (752) 
Foreign exchange                                                                                  12                        –                        –                     (33)                    (21) 

As at 31 December 2021                                                              1,727               (5,732)                       –               (1,284)              (5,289) 

25  Business combinations 

On 1 July 2021, the Group completed the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of TradeFlow Capital Management Pte. 
Ltd (“TradeFlow”). TradeFlow is a leading Singapore-based fintech-powered commodities trade enabler focused on small and 
medium size entities. The Board approved the acquisition by the Group to complement its global offering of its “warehouse goods” 
inventory  monetisation platform with the TradeFlow offering of monetising “in-transit” inventory (in particular, commodities). It 
was also expected the acquisition generate a number of attractive synergy benefits for Group from both a funding and customer 
origination perspective. 

TradeFlow owns 85% of the issued share capital of Tijara Pte. Limited and 50% of the issued share capital of TradeFlow Capital 
Management Systems Pte. Limited. Both of these companies are at very early-stage of their development and their results and 
balances as at both 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022 are immaterial to the Group. 

The net asset amounts in respect of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities which have recognised in the financial statements 
are set out in the table below. These are based on a fair valuation of the acquired identifiable net assets as at the acquisition 
date. The assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisition on 1 July 2021 are: 

                                                                                                                                                                                      Book Value    Fair value Adjustment                         Fair Value 
                                                                                                                                                                                                 £000                                 £000                                 £000 

Net assets / (liabilities) acquired 
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                                                       477                               –                          477 
Accrued income                                                                                                                            47                               –                            47 
Trade and other receivables                                                                                                         6                               –                               6 
Property, plant and equipment                                                                                                    9                               –                               9 
Trade and other payables                                                                                                        (137)                              –                         (137) 
Long-term borrowings                                                                                                          (1,229)                              –                      (1,229) 
Intangible assets 
Customer relationships                                                                                                                  –                       4,829                       4,829 
Brand – “TradeFlow”                                                                                                                        –                          205                          205 
CTRM Software                                                                                                                                –                       1,429                       1,429 
AI Software                                                                                                                                       –                          425                          425 
Deferred tax liability                                                                                                                        –                      (1,171)                     (1,171) 

Total identifiable net (liabilities) / assets acquired                                                         (827)                      5,717                       4,890 

140 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

25  Business combinations 

Satisfied by: 
Consideration under IFRS 3: 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     £000 

Cash consideration                                                                                                                                                                                   4,000 
Equity instruments (813,000,000 new ordinary shares)                                                                                                                     3,089 

Total consideration                                                                                                                                                                                   7,089 

Goodwill recognised on acquisition                                                                                                                                                       2,199 

Consideration accounted as deemed remuneration 
Acquisition related earn-out recognised in the prior financial year                                                                                                 1,410 
Acquisition related earn-out recognised in the current financial year                                                                                               (710) 
Acquisition related earn-out expected to be recognised in future periods                                                                                            – 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        700 

The goodwill arising is attributable to: 
> the significant amount of knowledge, experience and expertise acquired through the TradeFlow workforce, and in particular 

the earn-out shareholders; 

> the anticipated future profit from growth opportunities; and 
> synergies expected to be realised with the Group. 

The goodwill arising from the acquisition has been allocated to the TradeFlow Cash Generated Unit (“CGU”). Fair value adjustments 
of £6,888,000 have been recognised for acquisition-related intangible assets and related deferred tax of £1,171,000 as at 1 July 
2021. Details of intangible assets recorded can be found in note 13. 

As detailed above, elements of the consideration payable for this acquisition require post-acquisition service obligations to be 
performed by the earn-out shareholders over a three-year period. These amounts are accounted for as deemed remuneration 
(see notes 2 and 27) as required by IFRS 3 (“Business Combinations”). 

Transaction costs of £2,009,000 have been charged to the statement of comprehensive income during the year ended 31 December 
2021. Of these costs, £1,900,000 represented the fair value of 500,000,0000 new ordinary shares issued as consideration to 
third party intermediaries who either introduced TradeFlow to the Company or who provided due diligence activities in respect 
of the TradeFlow business, market, sector and geographic location. The remaining £109,000 related to legal fees that were di-
rectly associated with the acquisition. 

During the second half of 2022, the Directors began the process of the proposed restructuring the Company’s ownership with 
TradeFlow (“TradeFlow Restructuring”) and as a result the TradeFlow business has been classified as held for sale / a discontinued 
operation as at 31 December 2022 in line with IFRS 5 (“Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”). This 
is due to the fact that TradeFlow was available for immediate sale in its present condition and it was highly probable that sale 
would be completed. Further details are set out in note 27. 

141 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

26 Share-based payments 

Share warrants issued to Mercator 

As explained in note 17, during the year the Group entered into a funding facility with Mercator which included the Group 
issuing loan notes in exchange for funding. These loan notes linked to a convertible loan note facility, which was able to be used 
should the Group elect not to repay any of the interest or principal relating to the loan notes in cash. Both the loan note and 
convertible loan note agreements required share warrants to be issued representing 20% of the face value of any loan notes 
or convertible loans issued. The warrants have a term of 3 years from issue and an exercise price of 130% of the lowest closing 
VWAP over the ten trading days immediately preceding the issue of the warrants. Under the terms of amendment agreement 
signed with Mercator dated 26 April 2022, no further warrants were required to be issued on the monthly repayments due 
following April 2022. 

The total number of share warrants issued during the current financial year was 439,040,922, which together with the total of 
522,791,511 issued in the prior financial year takes the total number of share warrants issued to Mercator as at 31 December 
2022 to 961,832,433 (31 December 2021: 522,791,511). Details of the outstanding share warrants issued to Mercator are set 
out in the table below. 

                                                                                    Principal value                                                                                                                                Amount                   Amount 
                                                                                         of warrants                                                                                                                          recognised              recognised 
                                                                                                  issued                       Number of                                                   Fair value           during FY22            during FY21 
Date of issue                                                                            (£000)                         warrants         Exercise price                        (£000)                      (£000)                      (£000) 

1 October 2021                                               1,400           443,726,030         £0.00316                   520                   343                   177 
1 November 2021                                                92             29,197,856         £0.00314                      42                        –                      42 
1 December 2021                                                92             49,867,625         £0.00184                      46                        –                      46 
4 January 2022                                                    136             77,763,767         £0.00174                      83                      83                        – 
2 February 2022                                                 136             79,179,799         £0.00171                      54                      54                        – 
4 March 2022                                                     136           105,948,198         £0.00128                      44                      44                        – 
10 June 2022                                                       149           176,149,157         £0.00085                      55                      55                        – 

Total                                                                  2,141           961,832,433                                              844                   579                   265 

As these share warrants were issued as a cost of securing the funding facility they are classified as share-based payments. As 
such, the Directors were required to determine the fair value of the equity-settled share-based payments at the date on which 
they were granted. The fair value was determined using a Black Sholes model and the key judgemental assumptions have been 
detailed in note 2. 

The total fair value of the above share warrants issued during the current financial year is £236,000 (2021:£608,000). In the prior 
year, a fair value amount of £520,000 related to warrants that were issued in connection with the loan notes and this fair value 
was netted off the initial proceeds received on the balance sheet. This amount is being amortised to the income statement using 
the effective interest rate method and £343,000 was recognised in the income statement for the period ended 31 December 2022 
(2021: £177,000). The remaining £236,000 (2021: £88,000) related to those warrants issued in connection with the convertible 
loan notes, this amount was expensed fully in the income statement in the current year given the liability to which they relate 
has been extinguished (2021: £88,000). 

Share warrants issued to Venus under Capital Enhancement Plan 

As set out in note 1, on the 27 April 2022, the Group announced it had entered into a subscription agreement with Venus in 
connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan. The subscription agreement specified that the Group was required to issue 
one warrant for every two shares issued in connection with the mandatory tranches of the new shares issues. This was a total 
of 2,950,000,000 share warrants. The subscription agreement specified that the Group was required to issue one warrant for 
every five shares issued in connection with the optional tranches of the new shares issues. This was a total of 1,500,000,000 
share warrants. Additionally, an amount of 3,250,000,000 share warrants were to be issued to Venus in connection with the 
signing of the subscription agreement on 26 April 2022. As such the Group issued a total of 8,175,000,000 share warrants to 
Venus during the year ended 31 December 2022, and as at the year end date, these all remain outstanding. The warrants 
issued to Venus can be exercised at any time up to 31 December 2025 and have an exercise price of 0.065 pence per warrant. 

142 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

26 Share-based payments 

As these share warrants were issued as a cost of issuing new ordinary shares to Venus they fall into of scope of IFRS 2 
(“Share-based payments”). As such, the Directors were required to determine the fair value of the equity-settled share-based 
payments at the date on which they were granted. The fair value was determined using a Black-Sholes model  and the key 
judgemental assumptions have been detailed in note 2. 

The total fair value of the above share warrants to be issued to Venus at 31 December 2022 is £4,795,000 (31 December 2021: 
nil). Given this amount directly related to the cost of issuing new ordinary shares to Venus, an amount of £3,204,000 has been 
offset against the share premium balance as at 31 December 2022 (31 December 2021: nil) in accordance with IAS 32 “Financial 
Instruments”. This amount was offset against the related share premium that was created in connection with the relevant issue 
of ordinary share to Venus. The remaining fair value amount of £1,591,000 has been recognised in retained losses. 

Share warrants issued to retail shareholders under the Open Offer 

On 22 July 2022, the Group announced the Open Offer, giving existing shareholders the opportunity to subscribe for up to 
641,710,082 new ordinary share in the Group on the basis of one Open Offer share for every 66 existing ordinary shares held 
at an offer price of 0.05 pence per Open Offer share. The Open Offer closed on 17 August 2022 and on 18 August 2022, the 
Group announced it would allot and issue 641,710,082 new ordinary shares to those qualifying shareholders and that this 
would raise £320,855 gross (and £269,855 net of fees and expenses) for the Group. 

In addition to the new ordinary share that were issued, the Group also issued 320,855,008 warrants to the qualifying shareholders 
on the basis of one warrant for every two ordinary shares received as a result of the Open Offer. The warrants issued to Venus 
can be exercised at any time up to 31 December 2025 and have an exercise price of 0.065 pence per warrant. 

As these share warrants were issued as a cost of issuing the new Open Offer ordinary shares they fall into of scope of IFRS 2 
(“Share-based payments”). As such, the Directors were required to determine the fair value of the equity-settled share-based 
payments at the date on which they were granted. The fair value was determined using a Black-Sholes model and the key judge-
mental assumptions have been detailed in note 2. 

The total fair value of the above share warrants to be issued in connection with the Open Offer was £261,000 (31 December 
2021: nil). Given this amount directly related to the cost of issuing new Open Offer ordinary shares, the amount of £247,000 
has been offset against the share premium balance as at 31 December 2022 (31 December 2021: nil) in accordance with IAS 
32 “Financial Instruments”. This amount was offset against the related share premium that was created in connection with 
Open Offer share issue. The remaining fair value amount of £14,000 has been recognised in retained losses. 

Subsequent to the issue of the Open Offer warrants, and prior to 31 December 2022, an amount of 51,869,971 of these warrants 
have been converted in exchange for new ordinary shares and as at 31 December 2022 there is a balance of 268,985,037 
Open Offer warrants which remained outstanding. On the exercise of the Open Offer warrants, the fair value amount is reclassified 
from the share-based payment reserve to retained losses. 

A summary of the share warrants outstanding as at 31 December 2022 is detailed in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Number of                               Number of 
                                                                                                                                                                                                  warrants outstanding            warrants outstanding 
                                                                                                                                                                                                   at 31 December 2022            at 31 December 2021 

Share warrants issued to Mercator                                                                                                   961,832,433                 522,791,511 
Share warrants issued to Venus                                                                                                     8,175,000,000                                     – 
Share warrants issued to retail shareholders                                                                                  268,985,037                                     – 

Total                                                                                                                                                    9,405,817,470                 522,791,511 

143 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

26 Share-based payments 

A summary of the fair value of the share warrants issued during the period are detailed in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           FY22                                 FY21 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Share warrants issued to Mercator                                                                                                                          236                          608 
Share warrants issued to Venus                                                                                                                            4,795                               – 
Share warrants issued to retail shareholders                                                                                                        261                               – 

Total                                                                                                                                                                           5,292                          608 

Acquisition related earn-out payments 

In addition, the Group recognised a share-based payment reserve in connection with acquisition related earn-out. Given the 
service conditions related to these payments the Group records this amount as a share-based payment expense through the 
income statement and through the share-based payment reserve. 

The terms of the TradeFlow acquisition included related earn-out payments that, together with the initial cash payment and 
issue of equity, form the total legal consideration agreed between the parties. Further details are set out below. 

This acquisition related earn-out payments are determined by reference to pre-determined revenue milestone targets in each 
of the 2021, 2022 and 2023 financial years. These payments may be forfeited by the selling shareholders should they, in certain 
circumstances, no longer remain employed prior to the end of each earn-out period. As such, under the IFRS Interpretations 
Committee’s interpretation of paragraph B55 of IFRS 3 (“Business Combinations”), the fair value of these earn-out payments 
have been accounted as a charge to the income statement (as deemed remuneration) rather than as consideration. 

The terms of the agreements also allow this acquisition related earn-out payments to be settled in either cash or equity at the 
discretion of the Company. As it is the Company’s current intention to settle these payments in equity, they have been fair 
valued at the grant date in line with IFRS 2 (“Share-based payments”). When the Company settles the earn-out payment in 
shares, the number of shares to be issued will be determined using the Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) over the 20 
dealing days to the end of the relevant financial year subject to a floor of 1p. In addition, the number of shares will be enhanced 
by 50% if the VWAP is greater than 1p. Finally, 50% of any earn-out shares may not be sold for 12 months following the award 
but are not contingent on continued employment. The 2021 earn-out payment was settled through the issue of new ordinary 
shares on the 18 July 2022. 

Considering the factors above, the fair value of the earn-out payments at grant date (being 1 July 2021) has been estimated using 
a Monte Carlo simulation model. These earn-out payments, to be settled by way of equity, have market conditions associated 
with them including the future share price. As part of the valuation, a further discount has been applied to the 50% which are 
subject to lock in provisions, and this discount factor has been calculated using a Finnerty model, being a variant of the Black 
Scholes model. 

The key judgemental assumptions associated with this valuation have been detailed in note 2. The models above have assumed 
the non-market conditions surrounding these earn-out payments / awards will be met and as such the impact of the revision 
of the original estimates, if any, will be recognised in the income statement such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised 
estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. 

The expense recognised in the income statement during the year ended 31 December 2021 was £1,410,000. This reflected 
managements best estimate at the time of the earn-out payments that would be required to be settled in relation to FY21, 
FY22 and FY23. 

During the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, management concluded the continued underperformance 
of TradeFlow compared to the forecast for the year ended 31 December 2022 (included in the independent valuation report 
prepared for the purposes of the Acquisition) resulted in the FY22 acquisition related earn-out targets of TradeFlow not being 
achieved. This led the Directors to revise their IFRS 2 judgements in connection with the FY22 acquisition related earn-out 
payments and the likelihood of FY23 acquisition related earn-out targets being met is now considered to be remote. 

144 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

26 Share-based payments 

As a result the Directors revised their IFRS 2 judgements in respect of the acquisition related earn-out payments to be made 
in connection with the FY22 and FY23 revenue targets of TradeFlow. This resulted in an amount of £833,000 being reversed 
from the share-based payment reserve in relation to the FY22 and FY23 acquisition related earn-out payments. As the FY21 
acquisition related earn-out payment was settled during the current financial year, an additional amount was added to the 
share-based payment reserve of £172,000 which covered the amounts to be recognised in FY22 in line with the estimated 
vesting date of March 2022. The net amount that was recognised in the income statement during the year ended 31 December 
2022 was £710,000. As this relates to the TradeFlow operations, it has been recognised through the loss from discontinued 
operations in the current year. 

The settlement of the FY21 acquisition related earn-out payment occurred in July 2022 when the Group had sufficient equity 
headroom to issue the Tom James and John Collis, the directors of TradeFlow, with 213,525 of new ordinary shares. The fair 
value of the FY21 acquisition related earn-out payments that was recognised in the year ended 31 December 2021 was 
£699,000. At the point this was settled in shares, the relevant share-based payment reserve was released and the corresponding 
increase in share capital and share premium was recognised. 

Employee share scheme awards 

On 31 October 2022, the Group awarded an LTIP conditional on performance conditions, being the achievement of specified 
Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) (market condition) performance, as well as continued employment. The TSR performance related 
to a three year period over the 2022, 2023 and 2024 financial years and the required TSR performance is set out in the table 
below with the adjusted share price measurement period being the average closing mid-market price of a share over a three 
month period ending on the last dealing day of the performance period: 

Adjusted share price per share                                                                                                                                                                             Percentage of TSR award vesting 

Below 0.6945 pence                                                                                                                                             0% 
Equal to 0.6945 pence                                                                                                                                         25% 
1 penny or greater                                                                                                                                                100% 

Vesting is on a straight-line basis between target levels. 

The vesting date of these share awards is 31 October 2025, and the continued employment covers up until this date. The share 
awards issued to the Chief Executive Officer are subject to an additional 2 years holding period following the vesting date. 

For those share schemes with market related vesting conditions, the fair value is determined using the Monte Carlo model at 
the grant date. The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the awards granted in the year ended 31 December 
2022 based on information at the date of grant: 

LTIP awards (granted on 31 October 2022)                                                                                                                                                        TSR element 

Share price at date of grant                                                                                                                                 0.08 pence 
Award price                                                                                                                                                            0.002 pence 
Volatility                                                                                                                                                                   116.38% 
Life of award                                                                                                                                                          3 years 
Risk free rate                                                                                                                                                          3.34% 
Dividend yield                                                                                                                                                        0% 
Fair value per award                                                                                                                                             0.0245 pence 

145 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

26 Share-based payments 

The additional holding period applicable to the share awards issued to the Chief Executive Officer have been valued using the 
Finnerty model. The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the awards granted in the year ended 31 December 
2022 based on information at the date of grant: 

LTIP awards (granted on 31 October 2022)                                                                                                                                       TSR element additional holding period 

Share price at date of grant                                                                                                                   0.08 pence 
Award price                                                                                                                                               0.08 pence 
Volatility                                                                                                                                                      116.73% 
Life of holding period                                                                                                                              2 years 
Risk free rate                                                                                                                                             3.60% 
Dividend yield                                                                                                                                           0% 
Fair value per award with holding period                                                                                            0.0208 pence 

These awards will be equity-settled by award of ordinary shares. The total share-based payment charge recognised in the 
consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2022 is £11,000 (2021: nil). As all social security charges with 
respect to the share awards will be the responsibility of the employee, no expense has been recognised by the Group in respect 
of these charges. 

The following table summarised the movements in the number in share awards issued by the Company: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 

Outstanding at 1 January                                                                                                                                                –                               – 
Conditionally awarded in year                                                                                                                   874,783,094                               – 
Exercised                                                                                                                                                                           –                               – 
Forfeited or expired in year                                                                                                                                            –                               – 

Outstanding at 31 December                                                                                                                 874,783,094                               – 

Exercisable at the end of the year                                                                                                                                 –                               – 

All of the outstanding share awards as at 31 December 2022 related to the share awards issued on the 31 October 2022. 

27  Discontinued Operations 

During the second half of 2022, the Directors began the process of the TradeFlow Restructuring, and as detailed in notes 2 
and 3, the Board considered the TradeFlow operations meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale at 31 December 2022 
in accordance with IFRS 5 (“Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”). This is due to the fact that as at 
this date the details of the TradeFlow Restructuring had all been agreed in principle between the parties and was expected to 
be completed post year end together with the publication of the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts. As a result the TradeFlow 
operations were available for immediate sale in its present condition and it was highly probably that that sale would be completed 
at 31 December 2022. With the classification as discontinued operations, the TradeFlow operations have been excluded from 
the segmental reporting note (note 3). 

Further to the TradeFlow Restructuring activities, on the 24 March 2023, that the TradeFlow Directors, being Tom James and 
John Collis, had provided written notice to the Board of their intention to exercise their rights to buy back 100% of the share 
capital of TradeFlow, pursuant to certain earn-out arrangements entered into in connection with the Company’s acquisition of 
TradeFlow (the “Buy Back”), the completion of which was announced on 6 July 2021. As a result of the exercise of the Buy Back, 
the details of the TradeFlow Restructure, that had been agreed in principle prior to year end, now need to be renegotiated, 
and a new independent valuation of the TradeFlow operations needs to be completed. Given the proximity of this Buy Back 
announcement to the date of publication of these consolidated financial statements, details of the Buy Back are still being 
considered and finalised as at the date of these financial statements. 

146 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

27  Discontinued Operations 

The results of the TradeFlow operations for the year are presented below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Revenue                                                                                                                                                                        629                          259 
Administration expenses                                                                                                                                       (1,705)                        (697) 
Other operating income                                                                                                                                               22                               – 

Operating loss before acquisition relation costs and impairment charges                                          (1,054)                        (438) 
Transaction costs (note 25)                                                                                                                                            –                      (2,009) 
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisition (note 25)                                                                    (846)                        (391) 
Acquisition related earn-out payments (note 26)                                                                                                  710                      (1,410) 
Impairment charges (note 13)                                                                                                                                 (765)                        (800) 

Operating loss                                                                                                                                                       (1,955)                     (5,048) 
Finance costs (refer below)                                                                                                                                       (356)                          (86) 

Loss before tax                                                                                                                                                      (2,311)                     (5,134) 
Deferred tax credit (note 11)                                                                                                                                     144                            67 

Loss for the year                                                                                                                                                   (2,167)                     (5,067) 

The major classes of assets and liabilities of the TradeFlow operations as held for sale as at 31 December 2022 are as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           31 December 2022 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     £000 

Assets 
Intangible assets (note 13)                                                                                                                                                                      6,283 
Tangible assets                                                                                                                                                                                                  4 
Trade and other receivables                                                                                                                                                                      101 
Contract assets                                                                                                                                                                                             132 
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                                                                                                                         324 

Assets of disposal group held for sale                                                                                                                                               6,844 

Liabilities 
Trade and other payables                                                                                                                                                                          429 
Long term borrowings (refer below)                                                                                                                                                      3,171 
Deferred tax liability (note 11)                                                                                                                                                                    960 

Liabilities of disposal group held for sale                                                                                                                                         4,560 

Net assets                                                                                                                                                                                                 2,284 

The net cash flows from the TradeFlow operations were as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Net cash flows from operating activities                                                                                                             (1,228)                        (387) 
Net cash flows from investing activities                                                                                                                      (1)                              – 
Net cash flows from financing activities                                                                                                               1,517                               – 

Net cash inflows/(outflows)                                                                                                                                    288                         (387) 

147 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

27  Discontinued Operations 

Financial instruments 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Carrying value                         Fair value 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2022 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Financial assets 
Financial assets at amortised cost: 
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                                                                                        324                          324 
Trade receivables                                                                                                                                                             1                               1 
Other receivables                                                                                                                                                          29                            29 

                                                                                                                                                                                       354                          354 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Carrying value                         Fair value 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2022 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities at amortised cost: 
Loan notes                                                                                                                                                                        –                               – 
Long-term borrowings                                                                                                                                            3,171                       3,171 
Trade payables                                                                                                                                                                 6                               6 
Other payables                                                                                                                                                            196                          196 

                                                                                                                                                                                    3,372                       3,372 

TradeFlow long term borrowings 

On 1 April 2022, TradeFlow settled the outstanding unsecured loan notes earlier than the original maturity date of 23 October 
2023. This involved the settlement of the principal amount of USD$1,700,000, the additional redemption premium cost of USD 
$300,000 and accrued interest of USD $100,000. These loan term borrowings were replaced by a new long term loan facility, 
with the same third party, for USD $3,800,000, which has a maturity date of 31 March 2026. The new long term borrowings 
bears a simple fixed interest rate of 7.9% per annum and has an additional redemption premium cost of USD$200,000 which 
is payable at the time the principal is repaid. In accordance with IFRS 9 (“Financial Instruments”) the new long term loan facility 
resulted in a substantial modification to the previous loan note facility. 

Both the unsecured loan notes and the new loan facility include a redemption premium cost which is payable together with 
the settlement of the principal amount of the facility. This redemption premium cost is recognised over the expected life of the 
facility using the effective interest rate method. Due to the early settlement of the unsecured loan notes this resulted in the 
unrecognised portion of the redemption premium cost being accelerated. This contributed an additional finance cost of 
£128,000 during the year ended 31 December 2022. 

As at 31 December 2022, the Group has recognised outstanding monthly accrued interest on the new long term loan facility 
of £186,000 within trade and other payables. An additional amount of £30,000 relating to the amortisation of the redemption 
premium cost has been recognised as part of the unsecured loan balance at 31 December 2022. 

148 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

28  Related Party Transactions 

During the year to 31 December 2022, the following are treated as related parties: 

Alessandro Zamboni 

Alessandro Zamboni is the Chief Executive Officer of the Group and is also the sole director of The AvantGarde Group S.p.A as well 
as holding numerous directorships across companies including RegTech Open Project S.p.A. Both of these entities are related 
parties due the following transactions that took place over the current or prior financial year. 

The AvantGarde Group S.p.A (“TAG”) and its subsidiaries 

As at 31 December 2022 TAG held 22.5% of the Company’s total ordinary shares issued in Supply@ME Capital Plc (as at 31 
December 2021: 35.3%). 

As announced in the RNS issued on 24 December 2020, 1AF2 S.r.l. and TAG previously merged. Alessandro Zamboni was 
also a director of 1AF2 S.r.l. During 2020, the Group entered into an origination contract with 1AF2 S.r.l. in connection with the 
identification of potential client companies. Under this origination contract it was the related party’s responsibility to carry out 
due diligence services. However, given the Group already had this expertise they chose to contract with the Group to perform 
the due diligence services on their behalf. 

This specific contract stipulated a fee to cover the performance of due diligence services for a specific number of clients. This fee 
was paid at the date the contract was signed. As such, the fees received in advance were held on the balance sheet as deferred 
income, and the revenue was recognised in line with the completion of each of the due diligence reviews. During the period 
ended 31 December 2022, nil (period ended 31 December 2021 £175,000) of the Group’s revenue related to client companies 
originated by TAG (previously 1AF2 S.r.l) as referred to above, and for which the Group was contracted to carry out due diligence 
services. This revenue was recognised in line with the Group’s revenue recognition policy set out in note 2. 

In addition to the above, following the reverse takeover in March 2020, the Group entered into a Master Service Agreement 
with TAG in respect of certain shared service to be provided to the Group. During the period ended 31 December 2022, the 
Group incurred expenses of £70,000 (period ended 31 December 2022: £129,000) to TAG in respect of this agreement. 

Following the above transactions with TAG the Group has a net amount receivable of £9,000 as at 31 December 2022 (net 
amount payable of £64,000 as at 31 December 2021). 

The TAG Group includes other companies which the Group had entered into transactions with. These companies include the 
Future of Fintech S.r.l. and RegTech Open Project S.p.A (“RTOP”), a regulatory technology company focussed on the development 
of an integrated risk management platform for Banks, Insurance Companies and Large Corporations. Alessandro Zamboni is 
also the sole director of both these companies. 

In July 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with RTOP, pursuant to which RTOP was engaged to build and create a 
number of modules for the Company, including “data factory” (i.e., data ingestion and business rule application), and, during 
the year ended 31 December 2022, £270,000 has been paid by the Company to RTOP pursuant to that agreement. As at 31 
December 2022 there is an outstanding amount accrued by the Group of £58,000 to RTOP in relation to this specific agreement. 

As at 31 December 2021 there is an outstanding amount owed by the Group of £5,000 to RTOP in relation historical amounts 
owing for regulatory technology professional services provided to the Group. 

As at 31 December 2022 there were no outstanding amounts between the Group and Future of Fintech as the amount that 
had been outstanding had been fully provided against (31 December 2021: amount owed to the Group of £6,000 in relation 
to severance pay accrued by former employees which had been transferred to the Group). 

Eight Capital Partners Plc 

David Bull is an Independent Non-Executive Director and audit committee chair was the CEO of Eight Capital Partners PLC from 
22 June 2021 until 12 August 2022. Following the reverse takeover in March 2020, the Company entered into a Master Service 
Agreement with Eight Capital Partners Plc in respect of certain shared service to be provided to the Group. During the year, this 
agreement was terminated and the Group paid £3,000 (2021: £72,000) to Eight Capital Partners Plc in respect of this agreement. 
As at 31 December 2022 there was no amount outstanding amount owed by the Group (31 December 2021: £8,000). 

149 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

28  Related Party Transactions 

Westcott Hill Limited 

Albert Ganyushin was appointed as the Independent Chair of the Company on 6 June 2022. Albert is also a director of Westcott 
Hill Limited. Prior to his appointment Albert carried out a strategic review of the Group focusing on the long-term business 
objectives and its governance requirements. This strategic review was contracted by the Company with Westcott Hill Limited and 
the Group recorded an expense of £12,000 in relation to this review. As at 31 December 2022 there was no amount outstanding 
amount owed by the Group (31 December 2021: nil). 

29  Controlling party 

At 31 December 2022 the Directors do not believe that a controlling party exists. 

30  Subsequent events 

Board restructuring 

On 15 March 2023 Andrew Thomas, a Non-Executive Director at the time, resigned from the Board of Directors of the Group 
in order to focus on his other business interests. 

On 16 March 2023, Alexandra Galligan was appointed to the Board of Directors as a new independent Non-Executive Director. 

On 23 March 2023 Dr Tom James and John Collis resigned from the Board of Directors of the Group. 

Shares issued post year relating to Open Offer Warrant Conversions 

> On 10 January 2023, the Company announced the exercise of 67,471 Open Offer Warrants by certain Qualifying Shareholders, 

and the issue of 67,471 Open Offer Warrant Shares. 

> On 30 January 2023, the Company announced the exercise of 1,800,019 Open Offer Warrants by certain Qualifying Shareholders, 

and the issue of 1,800,019 Open Offer Warrant Shares. 

> On 2 March 2023, the Company announced the exercise of 494,481 Open Offer Warrants by certain Qualifying Shareholders, 

and the issue of 494,481 Open Offer Warrant Shares. 

TradeFlow Buy Back 

On the 24 March 2023, that the TradeFlow Directors, being Tom James and John Collis, had provided written notice to the Board 
of their intention to exercise their rights to buy back 100% of the share capital of TradeFlow, pursuant to certain earn-out 
arrangements entered into in connection with the Company’s acquisition of TradeFlow (the “Buy Back”), the completion of which 
was announced on 6 July 2021. As a result of the exercise of the Buy Back, the details of the TradeFlow Restructure, that had been 
agreed in principle prior to year end, now need to be renegotiated, and a new independent valuation of the TradeFlow operations 
needs to be completed. Given the proximity of this Buy Back announcement to the date of publication of these consolidated 
financial statements, details of the Buy Back are still being considered and finalised as at the date of these consolidated financial 
statements. 

150 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

30  Subsequent events 

TAG unsecured Working Capital loan agreement 

On the 28 April 2023, the Company and TAG entered into a fixed term unsecured working capital loan agreement (the “TAG 
Working Capital facility”). Under the TAG Working Capital facility, TAG shall provide, subject to customary restrictions, a facility of 
up to £2,800,000, in tranches up to 31 January 2024, to cover the Company’s interim working capital and growth needs. 

The due date for repayment by the Company of amounts (if any) drawn under the TAG Working Capital facility shall be 1 February 
2028. Any sums drawn under the TAG Working Capital facility shall attract a non-compounding interest rate of 10% per annum, 
and any principal amount (excluding accrued interest) outstanding on 1 February 2028 shall attract a compounding interest 
rate of 15% per annum thereafter. Interest will be due to be paid annually on 31 March of each relevant calendar year. 

New Equity Subscription Agreement 

On the 28 April 2023, the Company and Venus Capital entered into a new subscription agreement, pursuant to which Venus 
Capital committed to subscribe for 4,500,000,000 new Ordinary Shares (the “Subscription Shares”) at £0.0005 per Subscription 
Share (the “Subscription Agreement”). The issue of the Subscription Shares will be over two tranches as set out below: 
> an initial tranche of 3,375,000,000 Subscription Shares for gross proceeds of £1,687,500 gross (or £1,603,125 net of a 5% 
commission chargeable by Venus Capital) expected to be admitted to a Standard Listing and to trading on the Main Market 
on or around 10 May 2023; and 

> a second tranche of up to 1,125,000,000 Subscription Shares for proceeds of up to £562,500 gross (or up to £534,375 net a 
5% commission chargeable by Venus Capital), for which admission to a Standard Listing and to trading on the Main Market 
may be sought by the Company until a long stop date of 31 May 2023. 

In additional to the commission chargeable by Venus Capital set out above: 
> £112,500 will be paid to Venus Capital in respect of agreed costs and expenses incurred by Venus Capital in connection 

with the Subscription Agreement; and 

> New warrants will be issued to Venus at a ratio of one warrant for every two Subscription shares issued under the Subscription 
Agreement. The new warrants are each exercisable into one new Ordinary Share at a price equal to 0.065 pence per share 
up to a final exercise date of 31 December 2026. 

The fees referred to above were agreed through the commission and fee letter signed with Venus Capital and the new warrant 
instrument agreement, both of which were also dated 28 April 2023. In connection with the above, the final exercise date of the 
existing 8,175,000,000 warrants issued to Venus Capital in connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan have been extended 
from 31 December 2025 for 12 months to 31 December 2026, through a deed of amendment to the existing warrant instruments. 

Other corporate activities 

Discussions are currently ongoing with a significant creditor of the Group regarding a reduction to the total amount owed and 
included in the financial statements as at 31 December 2022 of £1.0m. To date no agreement has been reached.

151 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Company Statement of Financial Position 

as at 31 December 2022

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Note                                 £000                                 £000 

Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment                                                                                                                                     7                               9 
Investments                                                                                                                                      3                       2,478                       5,426 
Other non-current assets                                                                                                                                            19                               – 

Total non-current assets                                                                                                                                      2,504                       5,435 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables                                                                                                          4                          612                            98 
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                                                                                        229                       1,585 

Total current assets                                                                                                                                                  841                       1,683 

Total assets                                                                                                                                                              3,345                       7,118 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables                                                                                                              6                       1,035                          534 
Loan notes                                                                                                                                        7                               –                       5,732 

Total current liabilities                                                                                                                                          1,035                       6,266 

Net assets                                                                                                                                                                2,310                          852 

Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
Share capital                                                                                                                                     5                       5,897                       5,486 
Share premium                                                                                                                                                      25,269                     18,171 
Share-based payment reserve                                                                                                      9                       5,871                       2,018 
Retained earnings                                                                                                                                                (34,727)                  (24,823) 

Total equity                                                                                                                                                              2,310                          852 

A separate income statement for the parent company has not been presented, as permitted by section 408 of the Companies 
Act 2006. The Company’s loss for the year was £8,339,000 (2021: loss for the year of £8,134,000). The Company’s operating 
loss before acquisition related costs and impairment charges for the year was £3,440,000 (2021: loss for the year of £2,907,000). 

The notes on pages 154 to 171 form an integral part of these financial statements. 

The Company financials on pages 152 to 171 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 28 April 2023 and signed 
on its behalf by: 

Mr Alessandro Zamboni                                              Mr David Bull 
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director             Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of Audit Committee 

Supply@ME Capital Plc 
Company registration number: 03936915

152 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Section

Company Statement of Changes in Equity 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

                                                                                                                                                                                                    Share-based 
                                                                                                                                                                                                           payment                  Retained 
                                                                                                                                Share capital      Share premium                    reserve                       losses                         Total 
                                                                                                           Notes                         £000                         £000                         £000                         £000                         £000 

At 1 January 2021                                                                           5,420              11,820                        –             (16,689)                  551 
Loss for the year                                                                                      –                        –                        –               (8,134)              (8,134) 

Total comprehensive loss for the period                                             –                        –                        –               (8,134)              (8,134) 
Issuance of new shares                                                5                      66                6,351                        –                        –                6,417 
Credit to equity for issue of warrants                         9                        –                        –                   608                        –                   608 
Credit to equity for acquisition related earn-out      3                        –                        –                1,410                        –                1,410 

At 31 December 2021                                                                   5,486              18,171                2,018             (24,823)                  852 

                                                                                                                                                                                                    Share-based 
                                                                                                                                                                                                           payment                  Retained 
                                                                                                                                Share capital      Share premium                    reserve                       losses                         Total 
                                                                                                           Notes                         £000                         £000                         £000                         £000                         £000 

At 1 January 2022                                                                           5,486              18,171                2,018             (24,823)                  852 
Loss for the year                                                                                      –                        –                        –               (8,339)              (8,339) 

Total comprehensive loss for the period                                             –                        –                        –               (8,339)              (8,339) 
Issuance of new ordinary shares                                5                   406              10,396                        –                        –              10,802 
Costs incurred in connection with the issuance  
   of new ordinary shares                                            10                        –               (4,024)                       –               (1,605)              (5,629) 
Credit to equity for issue of warrants                         9                        –                        –                5,292                        –                5,292 
Exercise of Open Offer warrants                                 9                        1                      31                     (40)                     40                      32 
Credit to equity for prior year acquisition  
   related earn-out payments                                       3                        –                        –                   172                        –                   172 
Settlement of prior year acquisition related  
   earn-out payment                                                       9                        4                   695                  (699)                       –                        – 
Debit to equity for current year and future  
   acquisition related earn-out payments                   3                        –                        –                  (883)                       –                  (883) 
Equity settled employee share-based  
   payment schemes                                                                                –                        –                      11                        –                      11 

At 31 December 2022                                                                   5,897              25,269                5,871            (34,727)               2,310 

The notes on pages 154 to 171 form an integral part of these financial statements.

153 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

1  General information 

2  Accounting policies 

Supply@ME Capital Plc (the “Company” or “SYME”) is a  
public company limited by share capital incorporated and 
domiciled in England. The address of its registered office  
is 27/28 Eastcastle Street, London W1W 8DH. The Company’s 
ordinary shares are traded on the Main Market of the  
London Stock Exchange. 

These financial statements are the separate financial  
statements for the Company and have been prepared  
in compliance with Financial Reporting Standard 102, the  
Financial Reporting Standard applicated in the United  
Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland (“FRS 102”) and the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Going concern 

These financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis. The Directors have assessed the Company’s 
ability to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future and consider it appropriate to continue to prepare 
these financial statements on a going concern basis. 

The full going concern assessment of the Group, being the 
Company and its subsidiaries, has been set out in note 2 to 
the Group consolidated financial statements. 

Investments in subsidiaries 

The Company’s financial statements are presented in 
Pounds Sterling, the Company’s functional and presentational 
currency, and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand 
pounds (£000) excepted when otherwise stated. 

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Company has 
control. The Company controls an entity when the Company 
is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its  
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity. 

These financial statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention, modified to include certain financial 
instruments at fair value. The principal accounting policies 
are set out below, which have been consistently applied to 
all the years presented. 

As permitted by FRS 102 section 1.12, the Company has 
taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available 
under that standard in relation to: 
> Section 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’: Presentation of a 

statement of cash flow and related notes and disclosures; 

> Section 11 ‘Basic Financial Instruments’ and Section 12 
‘Other Financial Instrument Issues’: Carrying amounts,  
interest income/expense and net gains/losses for each 
category of financial instrument; basis of determining fair 
values; details of collateral, loan defaults or breaches; 
> Section 26 ‘Share-based Payment’: Share-based payment 
expense charged to profit or loss, reconciliation of opening 
and closing number and weighted average exercise price 
of share options, how the fair value of options granted 
was measured, measurement and carrying amount  
of liabilities for cash-settled share-based payments,  
explanation of modifications to arrangements; 

> Section 33 ‘Related Party Disclosures’: Compensation  

for key management personnel. 

The parent company meets the definition of a qualifying entity 
under FRS 102. Where required, equivalent disclosures are 
given in the Group accounts of Supply@ME Capital Plc. 

Supply@ME Capital Plc is the parent company of the Group 
and its results are included in the consolidated financial 
statements on pages 100 to 151. 

Unless otherwise stated, the investments in subsidiary 
undertakings are stated at cost, including the costs associated 
with the acquisitions, if applicable. 

The value of the acquisition of Supply@ME S.r.l and TradeFlow 
Capital Management Pte. Ltd. (“TradeFlow”) as shown in  
the accounts of the holding company has been determined 
by applying the sections 610, 612 and 615 of the Companies 
Act 2006 as they relate to merger relief. These sections  
of the Companies Act 2006 are applicable to corporate  
investments where more than 90% of the acquired entity  
is represented by a share for share exchange, as occurred 
with the acquisition of Supply@ME S.r.l and Tradeflow.  
In this instance FRS 102 allows the investment to be carried 
in the Company’s balance sheet at the nominal value of the 
shares issued, ignoring any associated share premium. 

The carrying value referred to above is then adjusted by: 
a) any provision for impairment in the value. Where events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value of an investment may not be recoverable, an  
impairment review is carried out. An impairment write 
down is recognised to the extent that the carrying value 
of the investment exceeds the higher of fair value less 
costs to sell and value in use; and 

b) any increases or decreases due to acquisition related 
earn-out payments recognised in the Company’s  
subsidiaries during the current year. Refer to the  
share-based payment reserve accounting policy for 
further details. 

154 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2  Accounting policies 

Financial liabilities 

Any subsidiary undertakings sold or acquired during the 
year are included up to, or from, the date of acquisition  
or the date of the change of control. When control of the 
subsidiary is lost, any profit or loss on disposal is recognised 
in the profit or loss. 

The amounts due to and from subsidiaries are unsecured, 
interest free and repayable on demand. The carrying 
amounts of such payables or receivables are considered  
to be the same as their fair values due to their short-term 
nature. 

Financial assets 

Classification 
Financial assets currently comprise trade and other receivables, 
cash and cash equivalents. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and 
other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily 
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to 
an insignificant risk of change in value. 

Impairment of financial assets 
Financial assets, other than those held at fair value through 
the income statement, are assessed for indicators of  
impairment at each reporting end date. Financial assets are 
impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result 
of one or more events that occurred after the initial  
recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future  
cash flows have been affected. If an asset is impaired, the 
impairment loss is the difference between the carrying 
amount and the present value of the estimated cash flows 
discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate.  
The impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss. If there  
is a decrease in the impairment loss arising from an event 
occurring after the impairment was recognised, the  
impairment is reversed. The reversal is such that the current 
carrying amount does not exceed what the carrying amount 
would have been, had the impairment not previously  
been recognised. The impairment reversal is recognised  
in profit or loss. 

Derecognition of financial assets 
Financial assets are derecognised only when the contractual 
rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or are settled, 
or when the Company transfers the financial asset and  
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to another 
entity, or if some significant risks and rewards of ownership 
are retained but control of the asset has transferred  
to another party that is able to sell the asset in its entirety  
to an unrelated third party. 

Classification 
Financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables,  
convertible loan notes and derivative financial instruments. 

Recognition and measurement 
Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value 
less transaction costs and thereafter carried at amortised cost. 

Loan note and long-term borrowings 
Interest bearing loan notes and long-term borrowings are 
initially recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct 
issue costs (including commitment fees, introducer fees  
and the fair value of warrants issued to satisfy issue costs). 
Finance charges, including direct issue costs, are accounted 
for on an amortised cost basis to the Company’s income 
statement using the effective interest method and are 
added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the  
extent that they are not settled in the period in which  
they arise. The carrying value of the loan notes have been 
adjusted to take into account the fair value of principal  
repayments made since inception. 

Convertible loan notes 
Convertible loan notes issued by the Company are recorded 
at the fair value of the convertible loan notes issued, net  
of direct issue costs including commitment fees. Finance 
charges, including direct issue costs, are accounted for on 
an amortised cost basis to the Company’s income statement 
using the effective interest method and are added to the 
carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they 
are not settled in the period in which they arise. 

The carrying value of the convertible loan notes have been 
adjusted to take into account the fair value of those notes 
that have been converted into ordinary shares since inception. 

Derecognition of financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the Company’s 
contractual obligations expire or are discharged or cancelled. 

Provisions 

Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present 
legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event,  
it is probable that the Company will be required to settle  
the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. 

155 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

2  Accounting policies 

Share-based payments 

Share warrants 
Equity-settled share-based payments relate to the warrants 
issued in connection with the cost of issuing loan notes,  
convertible notes and equity. Equity-settled share-based 
payments are measured at the fair value of the equity  
instruments at the grant date. The fair value excludes  
the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.  
Details regarding the determination of the fair value  
of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out  
in note 9. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 
share-based payments relating to the warrants issued in 
connection with the issue of loan notes or convertible loan 
notes are netted off against the fair value of the underlying 
loan notes or convertibles loan notes to which they directly 
relate. The fair value is then expensed together with the other 
related finance costs on an amortised cost basis to the 
Company’s income statement using the effective interest 
method. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 
share-based payments relating to the warrants issued in 
connection with the issue of equity are netted off against  
the amount of share premium that is recognised in respect 
of the share issue to which they directly relate. Any amounts 
in excess of the share premium recognised, are netted off 
against retained earnings. 

In respect of the share-based payments, the fair value is  
not revised at subsequent reporting dates, however, the fair 
value is released from the share-based payment reserve  
at the point in time that any of the warrants are exercised  
by the third party holder. 

Employee share schemes 
Grants made to certain employees of the Company will result 
in a charge recognised in the Company’s income statement. 
Such grants will be measured at fair value at the date  
of grant and will be expensed on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate  
of the shares that will eventually vest. Vesting assumptions 
are reviewed during each period to ensure they reflect  
current expectations. 

Grants made to subsidiary employees will not result in a 
charge to the Company’s income statement as any charges 
for share-based payments are recognised in the cost of  
investment in the relevant subsidiary. 

Full details of the Group’s share-base payments refer to note 
26 to the Group consolidated financial statements. 

Acquisition related earn-out payments 
In addition, the Company recognises a share-based payment 
reserve in connection with acquisition related earn-out  
payments arising from the acquisition of TradeFlow. The fair 
value of these earn-out payments has been measured using 
the same methods as outlined above. Given the service  
conditions related to these payments are linked to the  
Company’s subsidiaries, the share-based payment expense 
is recognised by this entity. The Company records this 
amount as an increase to the investment value and through 
the share-based payment reserve. The fair value determined 
at the grant date of these equity-settled share-based payments 
are recognised over the vesting period on a straight-line 
basis, based on the estimate of equity instruments that will 
eventually vest. Vesting assumptions are reviewed during 
each period to ensure they reflect current expectations and 
any changes required to true-up the related share-based 
payment reserve are recognised through the income  
statement of the Company’s subsidiary, and the Company’s 
investment value and share-based payment reserve, in the 
relevant period. Full details can be found in notes 26 and  
27 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements and 
note 3 to these financial statements of the Company. 

Equity 

“Share capital” represents the nominal value of equity shares 
issued. 

“Share premium” represents the excess over nominal value 
of the fair value of consideration received for equity shares 
net of costs associated with the share issue. 

“Share-based payment reserve” represents the adjustments 
to equity in respect of the fair value of outstanding share-based 
payments including acquisition related earn-out payments, 
warrants issued in connection with the cost of issuing loan 
notes, convertible notes and equity during the relevant 
period, and employee share schemes. 

“Retained earnings” represents retained losses of the Company. 

Foreign currency transactions 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the  
functional currency using the average exchange rates  
in the month. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting 
from the settlement of such transactions, and from the 
translation at the reporting period end exchange rates  
of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies, are recognised in the income statement. 

156 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation of share warrants issued 
During the current and prior year the Company issued 
share warrants in connection with the loan notes, certain 
convertible loan notes, and new ordinary shares that were 
issued during the respective years. As these share warrants 
were issued as a cost of securing funding facilities or new 
equity investment into the Company they are classified as 
share-based payments. As such the Directors were required 
to determine the fair value of the equity-settled share-based 
payments at the date on which they were granted. Judgement 
was required in determining the most appropriate inputs 
into the valuation models (Black Scholes) used and the key 
judgemental input was the expected volatility rate of the 
Company’s share price over the relevant period and the  
assumption applied in the models were between 97% – 88% 
and were based the actual volatility of the Company’s share 
price from the date of the RTO to the date at which the  
relevant valuation model was run. If the expected volatility 
rate was adjusted by plus 10%, then the impact on the fair 
value recognised in the income statement in the current 
year would have been approximately plus £24,000 (2021: 
£71,000). If the expected volatility rate was adjusted by 
minus 10%, then the impact on the fair value recognised  
in the income statement in the current year would have 
been approximately minus £25,000 (2021: £71,000). 

Impairment 
At the end of the accounting period the Company assesses 
if there are any indicators of impairment with respect to its 
investments in subsidiaries. The carrying value is determined 
by the use of a discounted cash flow model of future free 
cash flows which involves estimates to be made by the  
Directors around future cash forecasts, discount rates etc. 

2  Accounting policies 

Critical judgements and significant  
accounting estimates 

In determining and applying accounting policies, judgement 
is often required in respect of items where the choice  
of specific policy, accounting estimate or assumption  
to be followed could materially affect the reported results  
or net asset position of the Company should it later  
be determined that a different choice would be more  
appropriate. The most significant areas where judgement 
and estimates have been applied are as follows: 

Judgements 
Accounting for acquisition related earn-out 
The terms of the agreement to acquire TradeFlow included 
acquisition related earn-out payments that, together  
with the initial cash payment and issue of equity, form the 
total legal consideration agreed between the parties.  
The acquisition related earn-out payments are determined 
by reference to pre-determined revenue milestone targets 
in each of FY21, FY22 and FY23. These payments may be  
forfeited by the selling shareholders should they, in certain 
circumstances, no longer remain employed prior to the  
end of each earn-out period. As set out in note 2 to the 
Group’s consolidated financial statements, the Directors 
have concluded that the inclusion of the substantive  
post-acquisition service conditions requires the fair value  
of these earn-out payments to be accounted for a charge  
to the income statement (as deemed remuneration) in  
the financial statements of the entity to which the service 
condition relates, rather than as consideration or part  
of the initial investment made. 

Estimates 
Valuation of acquisition related earn-out 
The full disclosures relating to the valuation of the acquisition 
relation earn-out payments are set out in note 2 to the Group’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

157 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

3  Investment 

Details of undertakings 

Details of the investments in which the Company holds 20% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital as at 31 
December 2022 are as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                 Proportion of voting               Proportion of voting 
                                                           Country of                                                                                                   rights and shares held           rights and shares held 
Subsidiary undertakings                incorporation         Registered address                Holding                    2022                                         2021 

Supply@ME S.r.l.                Italy                   Via Giosuè Carducci    Legal capital    100%                             100% 
                                                                        36, 20123, Milano,  
                                                                        Italy 

Supply@ME                         Italy                                                           Legal capital    100%                             N/A 
Technologies S.r.l 

Supply@ME Stock              Italy                                                           Legal capital    N/A                                 100% (indirectly through  
Company 1 S.r.l.                                                                                                                                                     Supply@ME S.r.l.) 

Supply@ME Stock              Italy                                                           Legal capital    100% (indirectly           100% (indirectly through 
Company 2 S.r.l.                                                                                                             through                         Supply@ME S.r.l.) 
                                                                                                                                         Supply@ME S.r.l.) 

Supply@ME Stock              Italy                                                           Legal capital    100% (indirectly           100% (indirectly through 
Company 3 S.r.l.                                                                                                             through                         Supply@ME S.r.l.) 
                                                                                                                                         Supply@ME S.r.l.) 

Supply@ME Limited          England            27/28 Eastcastle          Ordinary          100%                             100% 
                                             and Wales        Street, London             shares 
                                                                        W1W 8DH, UK 

Tradeflow Capital               Singapore        16 Raffles Quay,           Legal capital    100%                             100% 
Management Pte. Ltd.                                 #16-02, Hong Leong  
                                                                        Building, Singapore  
                                                                        048581 

Tijara Pte. Ltd.                     Singapore                                                Legal capital    85% (indirectly             85% (indirectly through 
                                                                                                                                         through TradeFlow)    TradeFlow) 

Tradeflow Capital               Singapore                                                Legal capital    50% (indirectly             50% (indirectly through 
Management Systems                                                                                                  through TradeFlow)    TradeFlow) 
Pte. Ltd. 

Supply@ME S.r.l. is the Group’s operating subsidiary currently engaged in inventory monetisation activities. Supply@ME 
Technologies S.r.l. was incorporated by the Company in Italy on 25 March 2022 for the purpose of holding the Group’s intellectual 
property rights relating to the Platform together with future developments in a dedicated entity. On 9 September 2022, 
Supply@ME S.r.l. assigned the intellectual property rights to Supply@ME Technologies S.r.l. As both Supply@ME S.r.l and 
Supply@ME Technologies are 100% owned subsidiaries of the Company, this was an intragroup reassignment. 

On the 10 August 2022, Supply@ME S.r.l. sold one of it’s 100% owned subsidiaries, Supply@ME Stock Company 1 S.r.l. to Cayman 
Emerging Manager Platform (3) SPC – Global Inventory Monetisation Fund 1 S.P. for consideration of €1,000. Prior to the sale, 
Stock Company 1 S.r.l. was a nontrading entity. As at 31 December 2022, Supply@ME S.r.l. continued to own Supply@ME Stock 
Company 2 S.r.l. and Supply@ME Stock Company 3 S.r.l., both of which are also nontrading entities. 

Tradeflow was acquired in July 2021 to complement the Company’s global offering of its “warehouse goods” inventory 
monetisation platform with the TradeFlow offering of monetising “in-transit” inventory (in particular, commodities). It was also 
expected that the acquisition would generate a number of attractive synergy benefits for the Group from both a funding and 
customer origination perspective. 

158 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

3  Investment 

TradeFlow owes 85% of the issued share capital of Tijara Pte. Limited and 50% of the issued share capital of TradeFlow Capital 
Management Systems Pte. Limited.  Both of these companies are at very early-stage of their development and their results and 
balances as at 31 December 2022 are immaterial to the Group. The Company’s holdings in Tijara Pte. Limited and TradeFlow Capital 
Management Systems Pte. Limited are held indirectly through its direct holding in Tradeflow Capital Management Pte. Ltd. 

Investments 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     £000 

As at 1 January 2021                                                                                                                                                                                  646 
Additions at cost – TradeFlow                                                                                                                                                                 4,016 
Increase for acquisition related earn-out                                                                                                                                             1,410 
Impairment charges – Supply@ME S.r.l                                                                                                                                                  (646) 

As at 31 December 2021                                                                                                                                                                       5,426 

As at 1 January 2022                                                                                                                                                                               5,426 
Increase in investment of Supply@ME S.r.l due to waiver of intercompany debt                                                                             420 
Transfer of prior year intercompany debt impairment charge to Investments                                                                                (420) 
Additions at cost - Supply@ME Technologies S.r.l                                                                                                                                       9 
Increase for FY21 acquisition related earn-out payments                                                                                                                    172 
Reversal of FY22 and FY23 acquisition related earn-out payments                                                                                                   (883) 
Impairment charges – TradeFlow                                                                                                                                                          (2,246) 

As at 31 December 2022                                                                                                                                                                       2,478 

Investment in Supply@ME S.r.l 
On 23 March 2020, the Company issued 32,322,246,220 ordinary shares to acquire the whole of the share capital of Supply@ME 
S.r.l. These shares had a nominal value of £0.00002 per share and an issue price of £0.006945 per share. As outlined in note 
2 above the value of the acquisition of Supply@ME S.r.l. has been determined by applying the sections 610, 612 and 615 of the 
Companies Act 2006 as they relate to merger relief. These sections of the Companies Act 2006 are applicable to corporate 
investments where more than 90% of the acquired entity is represented by a share for share exchange, as occurred with the 
acquisition of Supply@ME S.r.l. In this instance FRS 102 permits the investment to be carried in the Company’s balance sheet 
at the nominal value of the shares issued, ignoring any associated share premium. 

On the 9 March 2022, an agreement was signed between the Company and Supply@ME S.r.l. stating that the Company would 
unconditionally waive repayment of the intercompany debt to the amount of €500,000 (£420,000). The waiving of this debt 
resulted in an increase in the value of the investment in Supply@ME S.r.l. As at 31 December 2021, the Directors had fully impaired 
the carrying value of the full amount owed by Supply@ME S.r.l. to the Company. As a result of the intercompany debt wavier 
being agreed post 31 December 2021, an amount of £420,000 was transferred from the provision for impairment of the receivable 
from Supply@ME S.r.l., to the provision for impairment of the investment in Supply@ME S.r.l. No amounts were recorded in 
the income statement in the current financial year as a result of this transfer. 

Impairment assessment 
As at 31 December 2021, the Directors impaired the full carrying amount of the investment in Supply@ME S.r.l. As set out 
above, the additional investment in Supply@ME S.r.l. that was added during the current year as a result of the intercompany 
debt wavier, had also been fully impaired by the Directors in the prior year. As such the value of the investment in Supply@ME 
S.r.l as at 31 December 2022 was nil (31 December 2021: nil). 

159 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

3  Investment 

During the preparation of these current year financial statements for the Company, the Directors considered if there were indicators 
that the previously recognised impairment loss on the investment in Supply@ME S.r.l. could be reversed. Given the following 
factors, the Directors concluded this was not  currently the case: 
> Supply@ME S.r.l continued to record losses in the current year; 
> the continued absence of a historical recurring track record relating to inventory monetisation transactions being facilitated 

by the Group; 

> the inability to fully establish recurring generation of the full range of fees from the use of its Platform; and 
the Group being cash flow positive. 

The previously recognised impairment losses may subsequently be reversed in future financial periods, and if so, the carrying 
amount of the investment will be increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount. The increased carrying amount should 
not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the investment 
in prior years. 

Investment in TradeFlow 
On 1 July 2021 the Company completed the acquisition of the entire share capital of TradeFlow by way of cash and share 
consideration (the “Acquisition”). As such from this date TradeFlow became a fully owned subsidiary of the Company and formed 
part of the Group’s consolidated financial performance and position from this point. The Company acquired 100% of the equity 
of TradeFlow for a purchase consideration of £4,000,000 which was paid in cash and the issue of 813,000,000 equity shares. 

As outlined in note 2 above the value of the acquisition of TradeFlow has been determined by applying the sections 610, 612 
and 615 of the Companies Act 2006 as they relate to merger relief. These sections of the Companies Act 2006 are applicable 
to corporate investments where more than 90% of the acquired entity is represented by a share for share exchange, as occurred 
with the acquisition of TradeFlow. In this instance FRS 102 permits the investment to be carried in the Company’s balance sheet 
at the nominal value of the shares issued, ignoring any associated share premium. 

In addition, the Company recognises an increase or decrease in the carrying amount of the TradeFlow investment in connection 
with acquisition related earn-out. Full details can be found in notes 2 and 26 of the Group consolidated financial statements. 

Investment in TradeFlow                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          £000 

As at 1 January 2021                                                                                                                                                                                       – 
Cash consideration paid on acquisition                                                                                                                                                4,000 
Nominal value of equity instruments (813,000,000 new ordinary shares) issued on acquisition                                                    16 
Increase for acquisition related earn-out                                                                                                                                             1,410 

As at 31 December 2021                                                                                                                                                                       5,426 

As at 1 January 2022                                                                                                                                                                               5,426 
Increase for FY21 acquisition related earn-out payments                                                                                                                    172 
Reversal of FY22 and FY23 acquisition related earn-out payments                                                                                                   (883) 
Impairment charges – TradeFlow                                                                                                                                                          (2,246) 

As at 31 December 2022                                                                                                                                                                       2,469 

Impairment assessment 
During FY22, the Directors began the process of restructuring the Company’s ownership with TradeFlow (the “TradeFlow 
Restructuring”) and as at 31 December 2022 a share purchase agreement between the Company and the TradeFlow directors, 
Tom James and John Collis, who together acted as the buyers (the “Buyers”) had been agreed in principal (the “TradeFlow SPA”). 

Subsequent to year end, on 24 March 2023, the Company announced the TradeFlow directors, being Tom James and John 
Collis, provided written notice of their intention to exercise their rights to buy back 100% of the share capital of TradeFlow (the 
“Buy Back”), pursuant to certain earn out arrangements entered into in connection with the Company’s acquisition of TradeFlow, 
the completion of which was announced on 6 July 2021 (“Completion”). As a result of the exercise of the Buy Back, the details 
of the TradeFlow Restructure, that had been agreed in principle prior to year end, now need to be renegotiated, and a new 
independent valuation of the TradeFlow operations needs to be completed. 

160 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

3  Investment 

Given the details of the Buy Back are still being considered and finalised as at the date of the Company’s financial statements, 
management instead considered the specifics set out in the TradeFlow SPA that had been agreed in principle prior to the Buy 
Back being exercised. These specifics included the following facts: 
1) The TradeFlow SPA set out the total legal consideration for the 81% of the TradeFlow business and required an amount of 

£2,000,000 to be payable to the Company by the TradeFlow directors as a result of the TradeFlow Restructuring; and 

2) The continued underperformance of TradeFlow compared to the forecast for the year ended 31 December 2022 (included 
in the independent valuation report prepared for the purposes of the Acquisition) resulted in the FY22 acquisition related 
earn-out targets of TradeFlow not being achieved, and led the Directors to revise their IFRS 2 judgements in connection with 
the FY22 acquisition related earn-out payments and the likelihood of FY23 acquisition related earn-out targets being met to 
remote. 

As a result of the Directors revised IFRS 2 judgements, the total amounts reversed in relation to the FY22 and FY23 acquisition 
related earn-out payments was £833,000 during the current financial year. As the FY21 acquisition related earn-out payment 
was settled during the current financial year, an additional amount was added to the share-based payment reserve of £172,000 
which covered the amounts to be recognised in FY22 in line with the estimated vesting date of March 2022. In the prior financial 
year, an amount of £1,410,000 was added to the share-based payment reserve which covered the Directors judgements at 
that time relating to the FY21, FY22 and FY23 acquisition related earn-out payments. 

Due to the combination of the factors outlined above, the Directors concluded that the carrying value of the TradeFlow investment 
as at 31 December 2022 should be compared to the fair value, calculated by reference to the £2,000,000 that will be received 
by the Company in exchange for 81% of the TradeFlow business that was sold to the Buyers through the TradeFlow Restructuring. 
The difference between the carrying value of the TradeFlow investment as at 31 December 2022 of £4,715,000, and the fair 
value of 100% of the TradeFlow investment of £2,469,000, resulted in an impairment charge of £2,246,000 being recognised 
as at 31 December 2022. 

4  Trade and other receivables 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Trade receivables                                                                                                                                                             –                               – 
Other receivables                                                                                                                                                        579                            39 
Amounts due from Group companies                                                                                                                         –                               5 
Prepayments                                                                                                                                                                  33                            54 

Total current trade and other receivables                                                                                                              612                            98 

Impairment of amounts due from Group companies 

As at 31 December 2022, the Directors reviewed the carrying value of amounts due from Group companies for indicators of 
impairment.  In order to be prudent, and to follow a consistent approach used to determine the impairment of the Company’s 
investment in Supply@ME S.r.l due to the factors set out in note 3, the Directors reached the conclusion to impair the full 
carrying value of the specific receivable balance due from both the Company’s Italian subsidiaries as at the 31 December 2022. 

Prior to this review, the Company held a total combined amount due from Supply@ME S.r.l and Supply@ME Technologies of 
£1,588,000.  In order to be prudent, and to follow a consistent approach used to determine the impairment of the Company’s 
investment in Supply@ME S.r.l (refer to note 3 for further details), the Directors reached the conclusion to impair the full carrying 
value of the specific receivable balance as at 31 December 2022. An impairment charge in respect of the amounts due from 
Group companies of £689,000 has been recognised in the Company’s income statement for the current financial year (2021: 
£1,319,000). The impairment charge for the year ended 31 December 2022 reflects the increase in the amounts due from 
Group companies of £269,000, together with the £420,000 that was transferred from the provision for impairment of the 
receivable from Group companies, to the provision for impairment of the investment in Supply@ME S.r.l. during the current 
year as a result of the intercompany debt waiver agreed on 9 March 2022. 

161 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

4  Trade and other receivables 

Financial assets, other than those held at fair value through the income statement, are assessed for indicators of impairment 
at each reporting end date. Financial assets are impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events 
that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows have been affected. If an asset 
is impaired, the impairment loss is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the estimated cash 
flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The impairment loss is recognised in the income statement. If 
there is a decrease in the impairment loss arising from an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the impairment 
is reversed. The reversal is such that the current carrying amount does not exceed what the carrying amount would have been, 
had the impairment not previously been recognised. The impairment reversal is recognised in the income statement. 

5  Share capital 

Allotted, called up and fully paid shares 

                                                                                                                                                      As at                                 As at                                  As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                            31 December 2022      31 December 2022        31 December 2021        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                 No. 000                                 £000                            No. 000                                 £000 

Equity 
Ordinary shares of £0.00002 each                                           56,621,568                       1,132             36,068,442                          721 
Deferred shares of £0.04000 each                                                   63,084                       2,523                     63,084                       2,523 
2018 Deferred shares of £0.01000 each                                      224,194                       2,242                  224,194                       2,242 

Total                                                                                               56,908,846                       5,897             36,355,720                       5,486 

Reconciliation of allotted, called up and full paid 

                                                                                                                                                                                2022                         2022                         2021                         2021 
                                                                                                                                                                           No. 000                         £000                    No. 000                         £000 

Ordinary shares as at 1 January                                                                    36,355,720                5,486      33,042,223                5,420 
New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of Mercator  
   Capital Management Fund LP convertible loan notes                              1,400,898                      28            680,791                      14 
New ordinary shares issued to Venus Capital S.A. in connection  
   with the Capital Enhancement Plan                                                           14,350,000                   287                        –                        – 
New ordinary shares issued to settle the FY21 acquisition  
   related earn-out payments                                                                               213,526                        4                        –                        – 
New ordinary shares issued in connection with Open Offer  
   completed during the year                                                                               641,710                      13                        –                        – 
New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of  
   Open Offer warrants                                                                                            49,508                        1                        –                        – 
New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of  
   Venus Capital S.A. convertible loan notes                                                   3,897,484                      78                        –                        – 
New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of  
   Negma Group Limited convertible loan notes                                                           –                        –         1,319,706                      26 
New ordinary shares issued as consideration for acquisition  
   of TradeFlow                                                                                                                    –                        –            813,000                      16 
New ordinary shares issued as consideration for support  
   with the TradeFlow acquisition                                                                                     –                        –            500,000                      10 

Total at 31 December                                                                                   56,908,846                5,897      36,355,720                5,486 

162 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

5  Share capital 

Details of new shares allotted during the current financial year 

New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of Mercator Capital Management Fund LP (“Mercator”)  
convertible loan notes 
> On 13 January 2022, the Company allotted 594,664,101 new ordinary shares as a result of the conversion of £678,333 of 

the convertible loan notes issued and subscribed by Mercator. 

> On 28 February 2022, the Company allotted 489,787,922 new ordinary shares as a result of the conversion of £500,000 of 

the convertible loan notes issued and subscribed by Mercator. 

> On 29 March 2022, the Company allotted 316,446,349 new ordinary shares as a result of the conversion of £178,333 of the 

convertible loan notes issued and subscribed by Mercator. 

New ordinary shares issued to Venus Capital S.A. (“Venus”) in connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan 
On 27 April 2022, the Company announced its Capital Enhancement Plan pursuant to which it would enter into a subscription 
agreement with Venus and undertake an open offer to existing shareholders, in order to raise up to £7,500,000 in new equity 
capital (the “Capital Enhancement Plan”). This new equity capital enabled the Company to settle the outstanding loan notes and 
convertible loan notes with Mercator in cash rather than by the conversion of the convertible loan notes into new ordinary 
shares. During the currently financial year ended 31 December 2022, the following share issues were made to Venus in line 
with subscription agreement dated 26 April 2022, and the subsequent amendment agreement dated 21 July 2022 and the 
side letter agreement dated 3 October 2022: 
> On 26 April 2022, the Company issued 2,770,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £1,385,000. 
> On 10 May 2022, the Company issued 550,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £275,000. 
> On 18 July 2022, the Company issued 1,350,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £675,000. 
> On 5 September 2022, the Company issued 950,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £475,000. 
> On 11 October 2022, the Company issued 8,730,000,000 of new ordinary shares to Venus in exchange for £4,365,000. 

As at 31 December 2022 £500,000 of this amount is included in other receivables. 

New ordinary shares issued in connection with the TradeFlow FY21 acquisition related earn-out payment 
> On 19 July 2022, the Company issued 213,525 of new ordinary shares in settlement of the TradeFlow acquisition related 

earn-out for FY21. 

New ordinary shares issued in connection with Open Offer completed on 17 August 2022 
> On 18 August 2022, the Company issued 641,710,082 of new ordinary shares as a result of an Open Offer issue in exchange 

for £306,029. 

New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of Open Offer warrants 
Further to the issue of new ordinary shares on the 18 August 2022 as a result of the Open Offer, the Company also issued 
320,855,008 warrants to certain qualifying shareholders who participated in its open offer (the “Open Offer Warrants”). Following 
the issue of the Open Offer Warrants, certain holders have elected to exercise their Open Offer Warrants and this resulted in 
the following share issues during the current financial year: 
> On 2 September 2022, the Company issued 5,064,230 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 17 September 2022, the Company issued 8,058,388 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 27 September 2022, the Company issued 1,608,176 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 11 October 2022, the Company issued 30,897,410 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 21 October 2022, the Company issued 2,190,452 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 7 November 2022, the Company issued 615,335 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 26 November 2022, the Company issued 512,454 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 
> On 8 December 2022, the Company issued 561,555 of new ordinary shares as an Open Offer Warrant conversion. 

163 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

5  Share capital 

New ordinary shares issued to fulfil the conversion of Venus convertible loan notes 
In connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan, the Company also issued convertible loan note to the value of £1,917,500 to 
Venus during the year. Further details of the Venus convertible loan notes can be found in note 8 to these financial statements.  
The Venus convertible loan notes were settled through the issue of the following new ordinary shares: 
> On 6 October 2022, the Company issued 3,048,986,302 of new ordinary shares to Venus Capital for the conversion of 

Tranche B convertible loan notes with a principal value of £1,500,000. 

> On 11 October 2022, the Company issued 848,498,083 of new ordinary shares to Venus Capital the conversion of Tranche 

A convertible loan notes with a principal value of £417,500. 

Rights, preferences and restrictions 

Ordinary shares have the following rights, preferences, and restrictions 
The Ordinary shares carry rights to participate in dividends and distributions declared by the Company and each share carries 
the right to one vote at any general meeting. There are no rights of redemption attaching to the Ordinary shares. 

Deferred shares have the following rights, preferences, and restrictions 
The deferred shares carry no rights to receive any dividend or distribution and carry no rights to vote at any general meeting. 
On a return of capital, the Deferred shareholders are entitled to receive the amount paid up on them after the Ordinary shareholders 
have received £100,000,000 in respect of each share held by them. The Company may purchase all or any of the Deferred 
shares at an appropriate consideration of £1. 

2018 Deferred shares have the following rights, preferences, and restrictions 
The deferred shares carry no rights to receive any dividend or distribution and carry no rights to vote at any general meeting. 

6  Trade and other payables 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           As at                                  As at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Trade payables                                                                                                                                                            482                          193 
Amounts due to Group companies                                                                                                                              5                               – 
Other payables                                                                                                                                                              32                            48 
Social security and other payroll taxes due                                                                                                              89                            42 
Accruals and deferred income                                                                                                                                  427                          251 

Total                                                                                                                                                                           1,035                          534 

164 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

7  Loan notes 

On 29 September 2021, the Company announced it had entered a loan note facility with Mercator Capital Management Fund 
LP (“Mercator”). The new loan note facility consisted of a short-term loan with the following key terms: 
> Initial draw down of £5m with a further £2m available within 60 days subject to certain conditions precedent which were 

subsequently met; 

> 12-month term, with an interest rate of 10%; 
> The principal and interest to be repaid on a monthly basis; and 
> Warrants will be issued representing 20% of both tranches. The warrants will have a term of 3 years from issue and an exercise 

price of 130% of the lowest closing VWAP over the ten trading days immediately preceding the issue of the warrants. 

The loan note facility was linked to a convertible loan note facility also entered into with Mercator, which was able be used 
should the Company elect not to repay any of the interest or principal relating to the loan notes in cash. The Mercator convertible 
loan note facility was for the same aggregate value as the loan facility including interest, being £7.7m, and was able to be drawn in 
tranches equal to the monthly loan repayments. Further details of the Mercator convertible loan notes can be found in note 8. 

To assist with the key objective of the Capital Enhancement Plan, which was to enable the Company, at its election, to settle the 
outstanding Mercator loan notes and convertible loan notes in cash rather than by the conversion into new ordinary shares of 
the Company, the Company and Mercator signed an amendment agreement on 26 April 2022 (the “Mercator Amendment”). 
To assist with the final settlement of the outstanding Mercator loan notes and convertible loan notes, the Company and Mercator 
signed a further Addendum Deed on 3 October 2022 (the “Addendum Deed”). 

Pursuant to both the original agreement dated 29 September 2022, the Mercator Amendment and the Addendum Deed, the 
Group repaid the following monthly instalments of the loan note liability over the year ended 31 December 2021: 
> The January, February and March monthly repayments of £678,333 per month were settled through the issue of convertible 

loan notes, in lieu of cash repayments, to Mercator. 

> The April monthly repayment was paid in cash on 10 June 2022, in accordance with the Mercator Amendment referred to 

above. This was for an amount of £678,333, plus an additional late payment interest charge of £72,767. 

> The May and June monthly payments were settled together on the 10 June 2022 through the issue of convertible loan notes 
to the value of £1,502,198, in lieu of cash repayments, to Mercator. This combined repayment was in accordance with the 
Mercator Amendment and included additional late payment interest charges of £145,532. 

> In line with the Mercator Amendment, each of the July, August and September monthly repayments were made through a 
part issue of convertible loan notes of £400,000 each and through a part cash payment of £278,333 each. Each of these 
monthly repayments incurred additional interest charges in line with the Mercator Amendment. The total additional interest 
for these three months totalled £86,000. 

> In October 2022, the Company exercised the repayment option that was agreed as part of the Addendum Deed entered 
into on 3 October 2022. Under this option the Company, made the final October monthly payment of £678,333 in cash. 
This payment incurred an addition interest charge of £20,000. 

The payments in lieu of cash were made in order to allow the Group to preserve cash for working capital requirements and to 
facility further new strategic initiatives. 

The loan notes were initially recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs (including commitment fees, introducer 
fees and the fair value of warrants issued to satisfy issue costs). The finance charges, including direct issue costs, are accounted 
for on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate applied was 47.5%. The additional 
late payment interest charges have been recorded as finance costs in the periods in which they were incurred and have not 
been included in the effective interest rate calculation. 

Further details on the fair value of the warrants are set out in note 9. 

165 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

7  Loan notes 

The movement in the loan notes during the current financial year are set out in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2022                                 2021 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Loan note liability at 1 Jan                                                                                                                                       5,732                               – 
Initial drawdown net of commitment, introducer fees and fair value  
   of warrants issued in connection with the loan notes                                                                                            –                       4,209 
Second drawdown net of commitment and introducer fees                                                                                   –                       1,900 
Amortisation of finance costs during the period (recognised in the income statement)                            1,051                          540 
Less: repayments made via issue of convertible loan notes                                                                           (4,592)                        (917) 
Less: repayments made via cash                                                                                                                         (2,191)                              - 

Loan note liability at 31 December                                                                                                                            –                       5,732 

8  Convertible loan notes 

As at 31 December 2022, the convertible loan note liability was nil (31 December 2021: nil). However, during the current financial 
year, the Company entered into two different convertible loan arrangements. These are set out below: 

Mercator convertible loan notes 

As set out in Note 7 the loan note facility the Company entered into with Mercator is linked to a convertible loan note facility 
also with Mercator. 

The Mercator convertible loan notes contain the following key terms: 
> They were each to be issued at par value; 
> Each convertible loan note had a 12-month term, a conversion price of 85% of the lowest 10 day closing VWAP prior to the 

issue of the conversion notice and was able to be convertible at the holder’s request; 

> Warrants are to be issued for 20% of each tranche. The warrants will have a term of 3 years from issue and an exercise price 
of 130% of the lowest closing VWAP over the ten trading days immediately preceding the request to issue a new tranche. 
Under the terms of amendment Mercator Amendment no further warrants were required to be issued on the monthly 
repayments due following April 2022. 

During the year ended 31 December 2022, the Company issued convertible loan notes to Mercator to the value of £4,737,000 
which included the monthly repayments of £4,592,000 made by way of convertible loan notes (as set out in Note 7 above) and 
the additional interest charge due on the May and June repayments of £145,532. 

Of the £4,737,000 of convertible loan notes issued during the year, £3,381,000 was repaid in cash and the remaining £1,357,000 
was converted into ordinary shares in the Company. 

The Mercator convertible loan notes did not have any annual interest costs in addition to the loan notes but did have costs relating 
to commitment fees and late payment interest charges of £571,000 and the fair value of the warrants of £236,000 associated 
with issue of the convertible loan notes. All these costs have been recognised in the income statement in the current year given 
the liability to which they relate has been extinguished (2021: £113,000). Further details on the fair value of the warrants are 
set out in note 24 to the Group consolidated financial statements. 

166 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

8  Convertible loan notes 

The movement in Mercator convertible loan note liability during the current financial period is set out in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     £000 

Mercator convertible loan note liability at 1 January 2022                                                                                                                  – 
Monthly loan note repayments made via issue of convertible loan notes                                                                                      4,592 
Financial costs satisfied via the issue of convertible loan notes                                                                                                           145 
Less convertible loan notes converted into ordinary shares                                                                                                           (1,356) 
Less convertible loan notes repaid in cash                                                                                                                                         (3,381) 

Mercator convertible loan note liability at 31 December 2022                                                                                                           – 

Venus convertible loan notes 

In connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan announced by the Company on 26 April 2022, the Company executed a new 
convertible loan note agreement with Venus Capital S.A. (“Venus”), under which the Company, at its discretion, could issue to 
Venus convertible loan notes up to £1,950,000 in aggregate principal amount. These convertible loan notes were split into two 
tranches being: 
1) The Tranche A Venus convertible loan notes up to the value of £417,500 which could be issued by the Company to cover 
the fees associated with the Venus equity subscription (£342,500) and convertible loan agreements (£75,000). The former 
fees were required to be paid by the Company, proportionally, in line with when new ordinary shares were issued to Venus 
under the Capital Enhancement Plan. The obligation to pay the later fees arose at the point the Company executed of the 
working capital facility which is referred to below; and  

2) The Tranche B Venus convertible loan notes which could be issued by the Company to receive a working capital facility of 

up to £1,500,000. 

In order to preserve the Company’s cash balance, the full £417,500 of fees were settled by the issue of the Tranche A convertible 
loan notes to Venus between the period the 19 July 2022 and the 10 October 2022. These convertible loan notes are repayable 
in shares with a maturity date of 31 December 2025 and incur a 10% per annual interest rate. The cost of the Tranche A Venus 
convertible loan notes associated with the Venus equity subscription (£342,500) was offset against the share premium in 
accordance with IAS 32 (“Financial Instruments”). The cost of the Tranche A Venus convertible loan notes associated with the 
arrangement of the working capital facility with Venus (£75,000) was recorded as finance costs in the income statement given 
these directly related to the cost of drawing down on this financing facility. These costs were recognised in line with the draw 
down of the working capital facility. 

Additionally, during July and August 2022, the Company drew down a total of £1,500,000 Tranche B convertible loan notes from 
Venus in the form of the working capital facility. These convertible loan notes were also repayable in shares with a maturity 
date of 31 December 2025 and incur a 10% per annual interest rate. 

The settlement of both the Tranche A and Tranche B Venus convertible loan notes took place in October 2022 as follows: 
a) On 3 October 2022, the Company and Venus entered into the side letter agreement, pursuant to which and conditional on 
the admission subject to the Prospectus issued on the 3 October 2022, £1,500,000 in principal amount of Tranche B Venus 
convertible loan notes, plus accrued interest of £25,000, were converted into 3,048,986,302 new ordinary shares which 
were issued to Venus at a price of 0.05 pence per share on the 6 October 2022; and 

b) On the 10 October 2022, in line with the side letter agreement referred to above, and conditional on the secondary admission 
subject to the Prospectus issued on the 3 October 2022, £417,500 in principal amount of Tranche A Venus convertible loan 
notes, plus accrued interest of £7,000, (including £61,500 in principal amount of Tranche A Venus CLNs to be issued and 
immediately converted, not attracting interest) converted into 848,498,083 new ordinary shares which were issued to Venus 
at a price of 0.05 pence per share on the 11 October 2022. 

Both interest costs referred to above have been recognised in the income statement during the current financial period. As at 
31 December 2022, there were no amounts outstanding under the Venus convertible loan note facility (31 December 2021: nil). 

167 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

8  Convertible loan notes 

The movement in Venus convertible loan note liability during the current financial period is set out in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     £000 

Venus convertible loan note liability at 1 January 2022                                                                                                                        – 
Tranche A Venus convertible loan notes                                                                                                                                                 418 
Tranche B Venus working capital convertible loan notes                                                                                                                   1,500 
Interest cost associated with Tranche A and B convertible loan notes                                                                                                 32 
Repayment of Venus convertible loan notes via the issue of new ordinary share                                                                       (1,950) 

Venus convertible loan note at 31 December 2022                                                                                                                               – 

Historical convertible loan notes 
In addition to the above, the Company also had historical convertible loan notes and associated derivative financial instruments 
that expired during the financial year ended 31 December 21 resulting in a credit to the income statement in the prior year in 
respect of the outstanding fair value of £24,000. There were no amounts recorded in the income statement in the current 
financial year. 

9  Share-based payments 

Share warrants issued to Mercator 

As explained in notes 7 and 8, during the year the Company entered into a funding facility with Mercator which included the 
Company issuing loan notes in exchange for funding. These loan notes linked to a convertible loan note facility, which was able 
to be used should the Company elect not to repay any of the interest or principal relating to the loan notes in cash. Both the 
loan note and convertible loan note agreements required share warrants to be issued representing 20% of the face value of 
any loan notes or convertible loans issued. The warrants have a term of 3 years from issue and an exercise price of 130% of 
the lowest closing VWAP over the ten trading days immediately preceding the issue of the warrants. Under the terms of amendment 
agreement signed with Mercator dated 26 April 2022, no further warrants were required to be issued on the monthly repayments 
due following April 2022. 

The total number of share warrants issued during the current financial year was 439,040,922, which together with the total of 
522,791,511 issued in the prior financial year takes the total number of share warrants issued to Mercator as at 31 December 
2022 to 961,832,433 (31 December 2021: 522,791,511). Details of the outstanding share warrants issued to Mercator are set 
out in the table below. 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Amount                   Amount 
                                                                       Principal value of                                                                                                                                   recognised              recognised 
                                                                        warrants issued                                                                                                     Fair value           during FY22            during FY21 
Date of issue                                                                    (£000)        Number of warrants              Exercise price                        (£000)                      (£000)                      (£000) 

1 October 2021                                        1,400             443,726,030             £0.00316                   520                   343                   177 
1 November 2021                                          92               29,197,856             £0.00314                      42                        –                      42 
1 December 2021                                          92               49,867,625             £0.00184                      46                        –                      46 
4 January 2022                                             136               77,763,767             £0.00174                      83                      83                         - 
2 February 2022                                          136               79,179,799             £0.00171                      54                      54                         - 
4 March 2022                                               136             105,948,198             £0.00128                      44                      44                         - 
10 June 2022                                                149             176,149,157             £0.00085                      55                      55                         - 

Total                                                           2,141             961,832,433                                                  844                   579                   265 

As these share warrants were issued as a cost of securing the funding facility they are classified as share-based payments. As 
such, the Directors were required to determine the fair value of the equity-settled share-based payments at the date on which 
they were granted. The fair value was determined using a Black Sholes model and the key judgemental assumptions have been 
detailed in note 2. 

168 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

9  Share-based payments 

The total fair value of the above share warrants issued during the current financial year is £236,000 (2021: £608,000). In the 
prior year, a fair value amount of £520,000 related to warrants that were issued in connection with the loan notes and this fair 
value was netted off the initial proceeds received on the balance sheet. This amount is being amortised to the income statement 
using the effective interest rate method and £343,000 was recognised in the income statement for the period ended 31 
December 2022 (2021: £177,000). The remaining £236,000 (2021: £88,000) related to those warrants issued in connection 
with the convertible loan notes, this amount was expensed fully in the income statement in the current year given the liability 
to which they relate has been extinguished (2021: £88,000). 

Share warrants issued to Venus under Capital Enhancement Plan 

As set out in note 5, on the 27 April 2022, the Company announced it had entered into a subscription agreement with Venus 
in connection with the Capital Enhancement Plan. The subscription agreement specified that the Company was required to issue 
one warrant for every two shares issued in connection with the mandatory tranches of the new shares issue. This was a total 
of 2,950,000,000 share warrants. The subscription agreement specified that the Company was required to issue one warrant 
for every five shares issued in connection with the optional tranches of the new shares issues. This was a total of 1,500,000,000 
share warrants. Additionally, an amount of 3,250,000,000 share warrants were to be issued to Venus in connection with the 
signing of the subscription agreement on 26 April 2022. As such the Company issued a total of 8,175,000,000 share warrants 
to Venus during the year ended 31 December 2022, and as at the year end date, these all remain outstanding. The warrants 
issued to Venus can be exercised at any time up to 31 December 2025 and have an exercise price of 0.065 pence per warrant. 

As these share warrants were issued as a cost of issuing new ordinary shares to Venus they fall into of scope of IFRS 2 (“Share-
based payments”). As such, the Directors were required to determine the fair value of the equity-settled share-based payments 
at the date on which they were granted. The fair value was determined using a Black-Sholes model and the key judgemental 
assumptions have been detailed in note 2. 

The total fair value of the above share warrants to be issued to Venus at 31 December 2022 is £4,795,000 (31 December 2021: 
nil). Given this amount directly related to the cost of issuing new ordinary shares to Venus, an amount of £3,204,000 has been 
offset against the share premium balance as at 31 December 2022 (31 December 2021: nil) in accordance with IAS 32 “Financial 
Instruments”. This amount was offset against the related share premium that was created in connection with the relevant issue 
of ordinary share to Venus.  The remaining fair value amount of £1,591,000 has been recognised in retained earnings. 

Share warrants issued to retail shareholders under the Open Offer 

On 22 July 2022, the Company announced the Open Offer, giving existing shareholders the opportunity to subscribe for up to 
641,710,082 new ordinary shares in the Company on the basis of one Open Offer share for every 66 existing ordinary shares 
held at an offer price of 0.05 pence per Open Offer share. The Open Offer closed on 17 August 2022 and on 18 August 2022, 
the Company announced it would allot and issue 641,710,082 new ordinary shares to those qualifying shareholders and that 
this would raise £320,855 gross (and £269,855 net of fees and expenses) for the Company. 

In addition to the new ordinary share that were issued, the company also issued 320,855,008 warrants to the qualifying shareholders 
on the basis of one warrant for every two ordinary shares received as a result of the Open Offer. The warrants issued to Venus 
can be exercised at any time up to 31 December 2025 and have an exercise price of 0.065 pence per warrant. 

As these share warrants were issued as a cost of issuing the new Open Offer ordinary shares they fall into of scope of IFRS 2 
(“Share-based payments”). As such, the Directors were required to determine the fair value of the equity-settled share-based 
payments at the date on which they were granted. The fair value was determined using a Black-Sholes model and the key 
judgemental assumptions have been detailed in note 2. 

The total fair value of the above share warrants to be issued in connection with the Open Offer was £261,000 (31 December 
2021: nil). Given this amount directly related to the cost of issuing new Open Offer ordinary shares, the amount of £247,000 
has been offset against the share premium balance as at 31 December 2022 (31 December 2021: nil) in accordance with IAS 
32 “Financial Instruments”. This amount was offset against the related share premium that was created in connection with 
Open Offer share issue. The remaining fair value amount of £14,000 has been recognised in retained earnings. 

169 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

for the Year Ended 31 December 2022

9  Share-based payments 

Subsequent to the issue of the Open Offer warrants, and prior to 31 December 2022, an amount of 51,869,971 of these warrants 
have been converted in exchange for new ordinary shares and as at 31 December 2022 there is a balance of 268,985,037 
Open Offer warrants which remained outstanding. On the exercise of the Open Offer warrants, the fair value amount is reclas-
sified from the share-based payment reserve to retained earnings. 

A summary of the share warrants outstanding as at 31 December 2022 is detailed in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                             Number of warrants      Number of warrants 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        outstanding at                outstanding at 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                31 December 2022        31 December 2021 

Share warrants issued to Mercator                                                                                                          961,832,433           522,791,511 
Share warrants issued to Venus                                                                                                            8,175,000,000                               – 
Share warrants issued to retail shareholders                                                                                        271,347,008                               – 

Total                                                                                                                                                           9,408,179,441           522,791,511 

A summary of the fair value of the share warrants issued during the period are detailed in the table below: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           FY22                                 FY21 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Share warrants issued to Mercator                                                                                                                          236                          608 
Share warrants issued to Venus                                                                                                                            4,795                               – 
Share warrants issued to retail shareholders                                                                                                        261                               – 

Total                                                                                                                                                                           5,292                          608 

Acquisition related earn-out 

In addition, the Company recognised a share-based payment reserve in connection with acquisition related earn-out. Given 
the service conditions related to these payments are linked to the Company’s subsidiaries, the share-based payment expense 
is recognised by this entity. The Company records this amount as an increase or decrease to the investment value and the 
share-based payment reserve. 

As detailed in note 3, the Directors revised their IFRS 2 judgements in respect of the acquisition related earn-out payments to 
be made in connection with the FY22 and FY23 revenue targets of TradeFlow. This resulted in an amount of £833,000 being 
reversed from the share-based payment reserve in relation to the FY22 and FY23 acquisition related earn-out payments. As 
the FY21 acquisition related earn-out payment was settled during the current financial year, an additional amount was added 
to the share-based payment reserve of £172,000 which covered the amounts to be recognised in FY22 in line with the estimated 
vesting date of March 2022. In the prior financial year, an amount of £1,410,000 was added to the share-based payment reserve 
which covered the Directors judgements at that time relating to the FY21, FY22 and FY23 acquisition related earn-out payments. 

The settlement of the FY21 acquisition related earn-out payment occurred in July 2022 when the Company had sufficient equity 
headroom to issue the Tom James and John Collis, the directors of TradeFlow, with 213,525 of new ordinary shares. The fair value 
of the FY21 acquisition related earn-out payments that was recognised in the year ended 31 December 2021 was £699,000. 
At the point this was settled in shares, the relevant share-based payment reserve was reversed and the corresponding increase 
in share capital and share premium was recognised. 

Further details can be found in notes 2 and 26 of the Group consolidated financial statements. 

170 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

10  Share issue costs 

As referred to in note 9 above, the costs relating to the various share issues that took place during the year have been netted 
off against the amount of share premium that is recognised in respect of the share issue to which they directly relate. Any 
amounts in excess of the share premium recognised, are netted off against retained earnings. Details of the share issue costs 
recognised during the year ended 31 December 2022 are set out in the table below. There were no equivalent costs recognised 
in the prior year. 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            FY22                                 FY22 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Costs debited to             Costs debited to 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         share premium           retained earnings 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           £000                                 £000 

Capital enhancement plan warrant costs (note 9)                                                                                             3,204                       1,591 
Capital enhancement plan costs settled through issue of convertible loan notes (note 8)                            343                               – 
Open offer warrant costs (note 9)                                                                                                                            247                            14 
Other costs (legal fees, listing fees, registrars’ fees)                                                                                               230                               – 

Total                                                                                                                                                                           4,024                       1,605 

11  Related party transactions 

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under FRS 102:33.1A from disclosing transactions with other, wholly 
owned members of the Group. 

A full list of the Company’s subsidiaries and related party transactions are set out in note 28 to the Group consolidated financial 
statements. 

12  Controlling party 

At 31 December 2022 the Directors do not believe that a controlling party exists. 

13  Subsequent events 

A full list of the Company’s subsequent events are set out in note 30 to the Group consolidated financial statements. 

Additionally, on 27 April 2023, an agreement was signed between the Company and its subsidiaries, Supply@ME SRL and Supply@ME 
Technologies SRL, stating that the Company would unconditionally waive repayment of intercompany debt to the amount of 
€1,000,000 and €320,000 respectively.

171 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

172 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Financial Statements

Information

173 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Information

Company Information

Directors 
David Bull 
Enrico Camerinelli 
Alexandra Galligan 
Albert Ganyushin 
Alessandro Zamboni 

Registered Office 
27/28 Eastcastle Street 
London W1W 8DH 
United Kingdom 

Company Number 
03936915 

Website 
www.supplymecapital.com 

Company Secretary 
MSP Corporate Services Limited 
27/28 Eastcastle Street 
London W1W 8DH 
United Kingdom 

Auditors 
Crowe U.K. LLP 
55 Ludgate Hill  
London EC4M 7JW 
United Kingdom 

Solicitors 
Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe (UK) LLP 
107 Cheapside 
London EC2V 6DN 
United Kingdom 

Investor and Public Relations 
MHP Group 
4th Floor 
60 Great Portland Street 
London W1W 7RT 
United Kingdom

174 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Information

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary

Term

Definition

Board 

Buy Back 

The Board of Directors of Supply@ME Capital Plc 

With specific reference to Tradeflow, the written notice provided by the Tom James and  
John Collis of their intention to exercise their rights to buy back 100% of the share capital  
of TradeFlow pursuant to certain earn out arrangements entered into in connection with  
the Company’s acquisition of TradeFlow in July 2021. 

Company or SYME 

Supply@ME Capital Plc 

ERP 

FY21 

FY22 

Enterprise Resource Planning 

The financial year ended 31 December 2021 

The financial year ended 31 December 2022 

GIF or the Fund 

Global Inventory Fund (Segregated Portfolios) 

Group 

The Company and its subsidaries 

ICT 

IM 

IoT 

KPIs 

LTIP 

Mercator 

NFT 

Platform 

Information and communications technology 

Inventory Monetisation 

Internet of things 

Key Performance Indicators 

Long Term Incentive Plan 

Mercator Capital Management Fund LP 

Non-Fungable Token 

The Supply@ME Inventory Monetisation Platform 

PNP Regulation 

Italian legislation Pegno non Possessorio, introduces the concept of “security interest”  
into Italian law 

QCA Code 

Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance Code 

TAG 

The AvantGarde Group S.p.A 

TradeFlow  

TradeFlow Capital Management Pte. Limited 

TradeFlow Group 

TradeFlow and its subsidaries 

TradeFlow  
Restructure 

VeChain 

Venus 

White-Label

The proposed restructuring of the Company’s ownership with TradeFlow in order to separate 
the Platform (fintech business) from the fund management activities (regulated business) 

The VeChain Foundation 

Venus Capital S.A. 

The service whereby banks and other financial institutions access and pay for the use of our 
technology and platform to deploy with their customer bases

175 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Information

 
 
 
 
176 Supply@ME Capital Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022 Information

Design and produced by Haggie Partners / www.haggiepartners.com

Supply@ME Capital Plc 
Eastcastle House 
27/28 Eastcastle Street 
London W1W 8DH UK 

ww.supplymecapital.com